This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'wxPython-0_5_4'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/wxPython-0_5_4@1552 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-system.list
-bin
-.gdb_history
-Test
-config.cache
-config.status
-system.list
-linux.system.cache
-wx-config
-config.log
-linux-gnu.system.cache

Makefile

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-# Top-level Makefile for wxGTK by Wolfram Gloger
-# based on the version for wx-Xt by Martin Sperl
-
-SHELL=/bin/sh
-
-#if DIRS are defind make only executes in these diretories
-all::
-	@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
-	  for i in src samples utils user; do \
-	    echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
-	    (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
-	    if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
-	      echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
-	      (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
-	    fi; \
-	  done; \
-	fi	    
-
-# what to do if a target is not understood:
-# pass it on to all the children...
-
-.DEFAULT::
-	@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
-	  for i in src samples utils user; do \
-	    echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
-	    (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
-	    if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
-	      echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
-	      (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
-	    fi; \
-	  done; \
-	fi
-
-src::
-	@echo "entering directory src building all"
-	@cd src; ${MAKE} all
-
-samples::
-	@echo "entering directory samples building all"
-	@cd samples; ${MAKE} all
-
-utils::
-	@echo "entering directory utils building all"
-	@cd utils; ${MAKE} all
-
-user::
-	@echo "entering directory user building all"
-	@cd user; ${MAKE} all
-
-install::
-	@echo "entering directory src for installing"
-	@cd src; ${MAKE} install
-	@echo "entering directory utils for installing"
-	@cd utils; ${MAKE} install
-	
-# the following ones recreate all Makefiles.
-
-makefiles:: recreate
-Makefiles:: recreate
-recreate::
-	@setup/general/createall
-
-# the following ones define what needs to be done to distribute the 
-# library and its components
-
-distribute:: distrib
-distrib:: distrib_base distrib_user join_utils join_samples
-
-distrib_samples::
-	@echo "entering directory samples creating distribution files"
-	@(cd samples; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
-
-distrib_user::
-	@echo "entering directory user creating distribution files"
-	@(cd user; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
-
-distrib_utils:: 
-	@echo "entering directory utils creating distribution files"
-	@(cd utils; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
-
-join_utils:: distrib_utils
-	@$(MAKE) join \
-	    BASEDIR=utils \
-	    FILES=`echo distrib/utils/*.tgz `
-
-join_samples:: distrib_samples
-	@$(MAKE) join \
-	    BASEDIR=samples \
-	    FILES=`echo distrib/samples/*.tgz `
-
-join_user:: distrib_user
-	@$(MAKE) join \
-	    BASEDIR=user \
-	    FILES=`echo distrib/user/*.tgz `
-
-join::
-	@# needed are BASEDIR and FILES
-	@if test "x$$BASEDIR" = x; then\
-	  echo "BASEDIR not specified.";\
-	  exit -1;\
-	fi
-	@if test "x$$FILES" != x ; then \
-	  echo "putting all seperate distribution files:";\
-	  echo "$$FILES";\
-	  echo "into distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz";\
-	  src/gtk/setup/general/jointar $(BASEDIR) $$FILES distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
-	else \
-	  echo "Nothing to join - deleting..."; \
-	  echo "This may be the case, if you have not specified FILES."\
-	  rm -f distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
-	fi
-
-distrib_base:: 
-	@if test ! -d distrib ; then mkdir distrib; fi;
-	@if test ! -f system.list ; then \
-	  echo "dummy" > system.list;\
-	fi
-	@(curr=`pwd`; direc=`basename $$curr`;\
-	 (cd ..; \
-	  echo creating distrib/$$direc.tar from the current directory;\
-	  tar -cf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
-	    $$direc/COPYING\
-	    $$direc/INSTALL\
-	    $$direc/Makefile\
-	    $$direc/template.mak\
-	    $$direc/configure\
-	    $$direc/configure.in\
-	    $$direc/config.guess\
-	    $$direc/config.sub\
-	    $$direc/install-sh\
-	    $$direc/user/Makefile \
-	    $$direc/utils/Makefile \
-	    $$direc/samples/Makefile \
-	    ;\
-	  sed "s|^\(.*\)$$|/\1/|g" $$direc/system.list \
-	    | uniq > /tmp/$$direc.list; \
-	  echo "/RCS/" >> /tmp/$$direc.list; \
-	  for each in misc docs wx src setup; do \
-	    tar -uf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
-	      `\
-	       find $$direc/$$each \( -type f -o -type l \) -print \
-	       | fgrep -vf /tmp/$$direc.list \
-	       | grep -v "[~#]$$" \
-	      ` ;\
-	  done; \
-	  echo compressing $$direc.tar to $$direc.tgz;\
-	  gzip -9 -c /tmp/$$direc.tar > $$direc/distrib/$$direc.tgz;\
-	  rm /tmp/$$direc.tar /tmp/$$direc.list;\
-	 )\
-	)
-
-# the following ones are only needed if configure.in has changed
-# and needs to be updated...
-
-config:: configure
-
-configure::
-	@autoconf
-	@cat configure \
-	  | sed "s/config.cache/\$$OSTYPE.config.cache/g" \
-	  | sed "s/config.status/\$$OSTYPE.config.status/g" \
-	  | sed "s/\*\*--/  --/g" \
-	  > configure1
-	@chmod a+x configure1
-	@mv configure1 configure
-
-

config.guess

@@ -1,599 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
-# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
-#
-# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
-# (but try to keep the structure clean).
-#
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-    alpha:OSF1:[VX]*:*)
-	# After 1.2, OSF1 uses "V1.3" for uname -r.
-	# After 4.x, OSF1 uses "X4.x" for uname -r.
-	echo alpha-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VX]//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo alpha-dec-osf${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit 0 ;;
-    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
-	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit 0 ;;
-    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
-	echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
-	exit 0;;
-    amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
-      echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-      exit 0 ;;
-    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
-	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*)
-	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
-	else
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
-	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
-	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
-	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
-	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
-	    Series*|S4*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
-	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
-	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mips:*:4*:UMIPS)
-	echo mips-mips-riscos4sysv
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mips:*:5*:RISCos)
-	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit 0 ;;
-    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
-	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit 0 ;;
-    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
-        if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] ; then
-	if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
-	     -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
-		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-        else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        fi
- 	exit 0 ;;
-    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    M88*:*:R3*:*)
-	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
-	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:IRIX*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-   ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix      # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit 0 ;;              # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
-    i[34]86:AIX:*:*)
-	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:AIX:2:3)
-	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >dummy.c
-		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
-		main()
-			{
-			if (!__power_pc())
-				exit(1);
-			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
-			exit(0);
-			}
-EOF
-		${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-		rm -f dummy.c dummy
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
-	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
-	else
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:AIX:*:4)
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
-	else
-		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
-	fi
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:AIX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit 0 ;;
-    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to 
-	exit 0 ;;                           # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
-    *:BOSX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit 0 ;;
-    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
-	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*)
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
-	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/7?? | 9000/8?[679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;;
-	    9000/8?? )            HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;;
-	esac
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
-	#include <unistd.h>
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
-	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
-	     results, however.  */
-	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
-	    {
-	      switch (cpu)
-		{
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
-	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  exit (0);
-	}
-EOF
-	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	rm -f dummy.c dummy
-	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit 0 ;;
-    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit 0 ;;
-    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit 0 ;;
-    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit 0 ;;
-    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
-    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-        exit 0 ;;
-    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
-    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
-    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
-    CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo xmp-cray-unicos
-        exit 0 ;;
-    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    CRAY*C90:*:*:*)
-	echo c90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    CRAY-2:*:*:*)
-	echo cray2-cray-unicos
-        exit 0 ;;
-    hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i[34]86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-cygwin32
-	exit 0 ;;
-    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:GNU:*:*)
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:Linux:*:*)
-	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
-	# first see if it will tell us.
-	ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
-	if echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf_i[345]86"; then
-	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0
-	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i[345]86linux"; then
-	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxaout" ; exit 0
-	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i[345]86coff"; then
-	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxcoff" ; exit 0
-	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68kelf"; then
-	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0
-	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68klinux"; then
-	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxaout" ; exit 0
-	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
-	  echo alpha-unknown-linux ; exit 0
-	else
-	  # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linuxoldld) or one that does not give us
-	  # useful --help.  Gcc wants to distinguish between linuxoldld and linuxaout.
-	  test ! -d /usr/lib/ldscripts/. \
-	    && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxoldld" && exit 0
-	  # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
-	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
-main(argc, argv)
-int argc;
-char *argv[];
-{
-#ifdef __ELF__
-  printf ("%s-unknown-linux\n", argv[1]);
-#else
-  printf ("%s-unknown-linuxaout\n", argv[1]);
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-EOF
-	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
-	fi ;;
-# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.  earlier versions
-# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
-    i[34]86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
-	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i[34]86:*:4.*:* | i[34]86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
-	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i[34]86:*:3.2:*)
-	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
-		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-isc$UNAME_REL
-	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-		(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sco$UNAME_REL
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv32
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-mach3
-	exit 0 ;;
-    paragon:*:*:*)
-	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
-	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
-	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
-	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
-	# "miniframe"
-	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit 0 ;;
-    M680[234]0:*:R3V[567]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0)
-        uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3 && exit 0 ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-        uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
-    m680[234]0:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
-	echo m68k-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i[34]86:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
-	echo i386-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
-	echo sparc-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    rs6000:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
-	echo rs6000-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
-	else
-		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    R3000:*System_V*:*:*)
-	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-        exit 0 ;;
-esac
-
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
-cat >dummy.c <<EOF
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
-  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
-     I don't know....  */
-  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
-  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
-          "4"
-#else
-	  ""
-#endif
-         ); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
-  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
-  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
-  int version;
-  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
-  printf ("%s-next-nextstep%s\n", __ARCHITECTURE__,  version==2 ? "2" : "3");
-  exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
-  printf ("i386-unknown-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
-  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
-  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
-    struct utsname un;
-
-    uname(&un);
-
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-#if !defined (ultrix)
-  printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-  printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
-  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-  exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-rm -f dummy.c dummy
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
-    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
-    c1*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    c2*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    c34*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    c38*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    c4*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
-    esac
-fi
-
-#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
-
-exit 1

config.sub

@@ -1,927 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
-#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-if [ x$1 = x ]
-then
-	echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
-	echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
-	echo "or     $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
-	echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-# First pass through any local machine types.
-case $1 in
-	*local*)
-		echo $1
-		exit 0
-		;;
-	*)
-	;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
-  linux-gnu*)
-    os=-$maybe_os
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
-    ;;
-  *)
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
-    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
-    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
-    else os=; fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
-	-sun*os*)
-		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
-		;;
-	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-hiux*)
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	-sco5)
-		os=sco3.2v5
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco4)
-		os=-sco3.2v4
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco*)
-		os=-sco3.2v2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-isc)
-		os=-isc2.2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-clix*)
-		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
-		;;
-	-isc*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-lynx*)
-		os=-lynxos
-		;;
-	-ptx*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
-		;;
-	-windowsnt*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
-		;;
-	-psos*)
-		os=-psos
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
-	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	tahoe | i860 | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arm \
-		| arme[lb] | pyramid \
-		| tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \
-		| alpha | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh \
-		| powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | mips64 | mipsel \
-		| pdp11 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
-	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
-	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i[3456]86)
-	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
-	  ;;
-	# Object if more than one company name word.
-	*-*-*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m68k-* | m68000-* | m88k-* \
-	      | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
-	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | power-* \
-	      | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* | xmp-* | ymp-* \
-	      | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | alpha-* | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* \
-	      | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* | sparclite-* \
-	      | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
-	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* | f301-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
-	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
-	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
-		basic_machine=m68000-att
-		;;
-	3b*)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	alliant | fx80)
-		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
-		;;
-	altos | altos3068)
-		basic_machine=m68k-altos
-		;;
-	am29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-none
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	amdahl)
-		basic_machine=580-amdahl
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	amiga | amiga-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
-		;;
-	amigados)
-		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
-		os=-amigados
-		;;
-	amigaunix | amix)
-		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	apollo68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	aux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		os=-aux
-		;;
-	balance)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	convex-c1)
-		basic_machine=c1-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c2)
-		basic_machine=c2-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c32)
-		basic_machine=c32-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c34)
-		basic_machine=c34-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c38)
-		basic_machine=c38-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	cray | ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	cray2)
-		basic_machine=cray2-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	[ctj]90-cray)
-		basic_machine=c90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	crds | unos)
-		basic_machine=m68k-crds
-		;;
-	da30 | da30-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-da30
-		;;
-	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
-		basic_machine=mips-dec
-		;;
-	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
-	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
-		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
-		;;
-	delta88)
-		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
-		os=-bosx
-		;;
-	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	ebmon29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-ebmon
-		;;
-	elxsi)
-		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	encore | umax | mmax)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
-		;;
-	fx2800)
-		basic_machine=i860-alliant
-		;;
-	genix)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
-		;;
-	gmicro)
-		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	h3050r* | hiux*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	h8300hms)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	harris)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	hp300-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp300bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	hp300hpux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68000-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hppa-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
-	i[3456]86v32)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv32
-		;;
-	i[3456]86v4*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	i[3456]86v)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	i[3456]86sol2)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	iris | iris4d)
-		basic_machine=mips-sgi
-		case $os in
-		    -irix*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-irix4
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	isi68 | isi)
-		basic_machine=m68k-isi
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		basic_machine=m88k-omron
-		;;
-	magnum | m3230)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	merlin)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	miniframe)
-		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
-		;;
-	mips3*-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
-		;;
-	mips3*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
-		;;
-	ncr3000)
-		basic_machine=i486-ncr
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news1000)
-		basic_machine=m68030-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news-3600 | risc-news)
-		basic_machine=mips-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	next | m*-next )
-		basic_machine=m68k-next
-		case $os in
-		    -nextstep* )
-			;;
-		    -ns2*)
-		      os=-nextstep2
-			;;
-		    *)
-		      os=-nextstep3
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	nh3000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nh[45]000)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nindy960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-nindy
-		;;
-	np1)
-		basic_machine=np1-gould
-		;;
-	pa-hitachi)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	paragon)
-		basic_machine=i860-intel
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	pbd)
-		basic_machine=sparc-tti
-		;;
-	pbb)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tti
-		;;
-        pc532 | pc532-*)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
-		;;
-	pentium | p5)
-		basic_machine=i586-intel
-		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6)
-		basic_machine=i686-intel
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-*)
-		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	k5)
-		# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
-		basic_machine=i586-amd
-		;;
-	nexen)
-		# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
-		basic_machine=i586-nexgen
-		;;
-	pn)
-		basic_machine=pn-gould
-		;;
-	power)	basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-	        ;;
-	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-	        ;;
-	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ps2)
-		basic_machine=i386-ibm
-		;;
-	rm[46]00)
-		basic_machine=mips-siemens
-		;;
-	rtpc | rtpc-*)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	sequent)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		;;
-	sh)
-		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	sps7)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv2
-		;;
-	spur)
-		basic_machine=spur-unknown
-		;;
-	sun2)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		;;
-	sun2os3)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun2os4)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun3os3)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun3os4)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4os3)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun4os4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4sol2)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	sun3 | sun3-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		;;
-	sun4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
-		basic_machine=i386-sun
-		;;
-	symmetry)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	tower | tower-32)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
-		;;
-	udi29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	ultra3)
-		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
-		os=-sym1
-		;;
-	vaxv)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	vms)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-vms
-		;;
-       vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-               basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-               ;;
-	vxworks960)
-		basic_machine=i960-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	xmp)
-		basic_machine=xmp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-        xps | xps100)
-		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
-		;;
-	none)
-		basic_machine=none-none
-		os=-none
-		;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
-	mips)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		;;
-	romp)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	rs6000)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	vax)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		;;
-	pdp11)
-		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
-		;;
-	we32k)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	sparc)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-        cydra)
-		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
-		;;
-	orion)
-		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
-		;;
-	orion105)
-		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
-		;;
-	*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-digital*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
-		;;
-	*-commodore*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
-		;;
-	*)
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
-        # First match some system type aliases
-        # that might get confused with valid system types.
-	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
-		;;
-	-solaris)
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	-unixware* | svr4*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-gnu/linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	# First accept the basic system types.
-	# The portable systems comes first.
-	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
-	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
-	      | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* | -aos* \
-	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
-	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
-	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
-	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
-	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*)
-	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
-		;;
-	-linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos5*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos6*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
-		;;
-	-osfrose*)
-		os=-osfrose
-		;;
-	-osf*)
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	-utek*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-dynix*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-acis*)
-		os=-aos
-		;;
-	-ctix* | -uts*)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	-ns2 )
-	        os=-nextstep2
-		;;
-	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-	-sinix5.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-		;;
-	-sinix*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-triton*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-oss*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-svr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-svr3)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-sysvr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	# This must come after -sysvr4.
-	-sysv*)
-		;;
-	-xenix)
-		os=-xenix
-		;;
-	-none)
-		;;
-	*)
-		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
-		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-acorn)
-		os=-riscix1.2
-		;;
-	arm*-semi)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-        pdp11-*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	*-dec | vax-*)
-		os=-ultrix4.2
-		;;
-	m68*-apollo)
-		os=-domain
-		;;
-	i386-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.0.2
-		;;
-	m68000-sun)
-		os=-sunos3
-		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
-		# default.
-		# os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	sparc-* | *-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.1.1
-		;;
-	*-ibm)
-		os=-aix
-		;;
-	*-hp)
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	*-hitachi)
-		os=-hiux
-		;;
-	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-cbm)
-		os=-amigados
-		;;
-	*-dg)
-		os=-dgux
-		;;
-	*-dolphin)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	m68k-ccur)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		os=-luna
-		;;
-	*-next )
-		os=-nextstep
-		;;
-	*-sequent)
-		os=-ptx
-		;;
-	*-crds)
-		os=-unos
-		;;
-	*-ns)
-		os=-genix
-		;;
-	i370-*)
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	*-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-        *-gould)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-        *-highlevel)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-encore)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-        *-sgi)
-		os=-irix
-		;;
-        *-siemens)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	*-masscomp)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	f301-fujitsu)
-		os=-uxpv
-		;;
-	*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-unknown)
-		case $os in
-			-riscix*)
-				vendor=acorn
-				;;
-			-sunos*)
-				vendor=sun
-				;;
-			-aix*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-hpux*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-hiux*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-unos*)
-				vendor=crds
-				;;
-			-dgux*)
-				vendor=dg
-				;;
-			-luna*)
-				vendor=omron
-				;;
-			-genix*)
-				vendor=ns
-				;;
-			-mvs*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-ptx*)
-				vendor=sequent
-				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
-				vendor=wrs
-				;;
-			-aux*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-		esac
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
-		;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os

distrib/msw/docsrc.rsp

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-docs/latex/wx/*.tex
-docs/latex/wx/*.sty
-docs/latex/wx/*.bib
-docs/latex/wx/*.hpj
-docs/latex/wx/*.ini
-docs/latex/wx/*.txt
-docs/latex/wx/*.cnt
-docs/latex/wx/*.eps
-docs/latex/wx/*.bmp
-docs/latex/wx/*.gif
-docs/latex/wx/*.wmf
-
-docs/latex/porting/*.tex
-docs/latex/porting/*.sty
-docs/latex/porting/*.bib
-docs/latex/porting/*.hpj
-docs/latex/porting/*.ini
-docs/latex/porting/*.txt
-docs/latex/porting/*.cnt
-docs/latex/porting/*.eps
-docs/latex/porting/*.gif
-docs/latex/porting/*.bmp
-
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.tex
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.txt
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.hpj
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.ini
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.bmp
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.wmf
-utils/wxhelp/docs/*.gif
-
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.tex
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.txt
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.hpj
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.bib
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.ini
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.sty
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.bmp
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.shg
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.wmf
-utils/tex2rtf/docs/*.gif
-
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.tex
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.ini
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.bib
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.txt
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.hpj
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.bmp
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.wmf
-utils/wxtree/docs/*.gif
-
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.tex
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.ini
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.bib
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.txt
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.hpj
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.bmp
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.wmf
-utils/wxgraph/docs/*.gif
-
-utils/mfutils/docs/*.tex
-utils/mfutils/docs/*.txt
-utils/mfutils/docs/*.hpj
-utils/mfutils/docs/*.wmf
-utils/mfutils/docs/*.bmp
-
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.txt
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.hpj
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.tex
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.ini
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.eps
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.bmp
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.wmf
-utils/wxprop/docs/*.gif
-
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.txt
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.hpj
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.tex
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.ini
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.eps
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.bmp
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.wmf
-utils/dialoged/docs/*.gif
-
-

distrib/msw/generic.rsp

@@ -1,699 +0,0 @@
-distrib/msw/*.rsp
-distrib/msw/*.bat
-
-docs/readme.txt
-docs/install.txt
-docs/release.txt
-docs/changes.txt
-docs/upgrade.txt
-docs/todo.txt
-docs/licence.txt
-docs/symbols.txt
-docs/*.html
-
-src/*.inc
-src/mkdir
-
-src/common/*.cpp
-src/common/dosyacc.c
-src/common/doslex.c
-src/common/vmsyacc.c
-src/common/vmslex.c
-src/common/extended.c
-src/common/*.l
-src/common/*.y
-src/common/*.inc
-
-src/generic/*.cpp
-src/generic/*.c
-src/generic/*.inc
-
-src/png/*.c
-src/png/*.h
-src/png/makefile*
-src/png/INSTALL
-src/png/CHANGES
-src/png/README
-src/png/TODO
-src/png/*.1
-src/png/*.3
-src/png/*.5
-src/png/scripts/*
-
-src/zlib/*.c
-src/zlib/*.h
-src/zlib/INDEX
-src/zlib/README
-src/zlib/ChangeLog
-src/zlib/configure
-src/zlib/*.txt
-src/zlib/makefile*
-src/zlib/*.com
-src/zlib/*.3
-src/zlib/*.mms
-
-include/wx/*.h
-include/wx/protocol/*.h
-include/wx/*.cpp
-include/wx/wx_setup.vms
-include/wx/common/*.h
-include/wx/generic/*.h
-lib/dummy
-
-bin/*.*
-
-tools/gettext/*.*
-
-bitmaps/xpm/16x16/*.*
-bitmaps/xpm/32x32/*.*
-bitmaps/xpm/64x64/*.*
-bitmaps/xpm/misc/*.*
-bitmaps/*.*
-bitmaps/bmp/16x15/*.*
-bitmaps/bmp/10x8/*.*
-bitmaps/ico/32x32/*.*
-
-afm/*.*
-
-utils/*.txt
-utils/make*
-
-utils/xpmshow/src/makefile*
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.cpp
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.h
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.def
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.rc
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.xpm
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.bmp
-utils/xpmshow/src/*.ico
-
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.cpp
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.h
-utils/wxhelp/src/makefile*
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.xbm
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.xpm
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.txt
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.ico
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.def
-utils/wxhelp/src/*.rc
-
-utils/tex2rtf/src/wxwin/*.*
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.cpp
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.h
-utils/tex2rtf/src/make*.*
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.xbm
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.xpm
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.sty
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.ini
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.inf
-utils/tex2rtf/lib/dummy
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.bmp
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.ico
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.def
-utils/tex2rtf/src/*.rc
-utils/tex2rtf/tools/lacheck/*.*
-utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.awk
-utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.pl
-utils/tex2rtf/tools/tcheck/*.bat
-
-utils/wxtree/src/*.cpp
-utils/wxtree/src/*.h
-utils/wxtree/src/makefile*
-utils/wxtree/src/*.xbm
-utils/wxtree/src/*.xpm
-utils/wxtree/lib/dummy
-utils/wxtree/src/*.ico
-utils/wxtree/src/*.def
-utils/wxtree/src/*.rc
-
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.cpp
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.c
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.h
-utils/wxgraph/src/makefile*
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.xbm
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.xpm
-utils/wxgraph/lib/dummy
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.ico
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.def
-utils/wxgraph/src/*.rc
-
-utils/mfutils/src/*.cpp
-utils/mfutils/src/*.h
-utils/mfutils/src/*.rc
-utils/mfutils/src/*.def
-utils/mfutils/src/makefile*
-utils/mfutils/src/*.txt
-utils/mfutils/lib/dummy
-utils/mfutils/src/*.ico
-utils/mfutils/src/*.def
-utils/mfutils/src/*.bmp
-utils/mfutils/src/*.ico
-
-utils/rcparser/src/*.cpp
-utils/rcparser/src/*.c
-utils/rcparser/src/*.h
-utils/rcparser/src/makefile*
-utils/rcparser/src/*.xbm
-utils/rcparser/src/*.xpm
-utils/rcparser/lib/dummy
-utils/rcparser/src/*.ico
-utils/rcparser/src/*.def
-utils/rcparser/src/*.rc
-utils/rcparser/src/*.rh
-
-utils/colours/*.h
-utils/colours/*.cpp
-utils/colours/*.def
-utils/colours/*.rc
-utils/colours/makefile*
-utils/colours/*.xbm
-utils/colours/*.xpm
-utils/colours/*.txt
-
-utils/serialize/*.h
-utils/serialize/*.cpp
-utils/serialize/*.def
-utils/serialize/*.rc
-utils/serialize/makefile*
-utils/serialize/*.xbm
-utils/serialize/*.xpm
-utils/serialize/*.txt
-
-utils/wxprop/Makefile
-utils/wxprop/src/*.h
-utils/wxprop/src/*.cpp
-utils/wxprop/src/*.def
-utils/wxprop/src/*.rc
-utils/wxprop/src/makefile*
-utils/wxprop/src/*.xbm
-utils/wxprop/src/*.xpm
-utils/wxprop/src/*.txt
-utils/wxprop/src/*.ico
-utils/wxprop/src/*.bmp
-utils/wxprop/lib/dummy
-
-utils/dialoged/Makefile
-utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.xbm
-utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.xpm
-utils/dialoged/src/*.h
-utils/dialoged/src/*.cpp
-utils/dialoged/src/*.def
-utils/dialoged/src/*.rc
-utils/dialoged/src/makefile*
-utils/dialoged/src/*.xbm
-utils/dialoged/src/*.xpm
-utils/dialoged/src/*.txt
-utils/dialoged/src/*.inf
-utils/dialoged/test/*.h
-utils/dialoged/src/*.ico
-utils/dialoged/src/*.prj
-utils/dialoged/src/*.bmp
-utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.bmp
-utils/dialoged/src/bitmaps/*.ico
-utils/dialoged/test/*.cpp
-utils/dialoged/test/*.def
-utils/dialoged/test/*.rc
-utils/dialoged/test/makefile*
-utils/dialoged/lib/dummy
-utils/dialoged/test/*.ico
-utils/dialoged/test/*.prj
-utils/dialoged/test/*.bmp
-
-utils/glcanvas/Makefile
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.h
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.cpp
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.def
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.rc
-utils/glcanvas/win/makefile*
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.xbm
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.xpm
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.txt
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.ico
-utils/glcanvas/win/*.bmp
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.h
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.cpp
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.def
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.rc
-utils/glcanvas/src/makefile*
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.xbm
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.xpm
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.txt
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.ico
-utils/glcanvas/src/*.bmp
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.h
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.cpp
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.def
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.rc
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/makefile*
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.xbm
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.xpm
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.txt
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.ico
-utils/glcanvas/samples/cube/*.bmp
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.h
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.cpp
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.def
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.rc
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/makefile*
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.xbm
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.xpm
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.txt
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.ico
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.bmp
-utils/glcanvas/samples/isosurf/*.gz
-utils/glcanvas/docs/*.tex
-utils/glcanvas/docs/*.txt
-utils/glcanvas/docs/*.bmp
-utils/glcanvas/docs/*.gif
-
-samples/*.txt
-samples/makefile*
-
-samples/config/*.cpp
-samples/config/*.h
-samples/config/*.def
-samples/config/makefile*
-samples/config/*.xbm
-samples/config/*.xpm
-samples/config/*.txt
-samples/config/*.ico
-samples/config/*.bmp
-samples/config/*.rc
-samples/config/*.wav
-
-samples/dynamic/*.cpp
-samples/dynamic/*.h
-samples/dynamic/*.def
-samples/dynamic/makefile*
-samples/dynamic/*.xbm
-samples/dynamic/*.xpm
-samples/dynamic/*.txt
-samples/dynamic/*.ico
-samples/dynamic/*.bmp
-samples/dynamic/*.rc
-samples/dynamic/*.wav
-
-samples/wxsocket/*.cpp
-samples/wxsocket/*.h
-samples/wxsocket/*.def
-samples/wxsocket/makefile*
-samples/wxsocket/*.xbm
-samples/wxsocket/*.xpm
-samples/wxsocket/*.ico
-samples/wxsocket/*.rc
-
-samples/help/*.cpp
-samples/help/*.h
-samples/help/*.def
-samples/help/makefile*
-samples/help/*.xbm
-samples/help/*.xpm
-samples/help/*.ico
-samples/help/*.rc
-samples/help/doc/*.html
-samples/help/doc/*.htm
-samples/help/doc/*.class
-samples/help/doc/*.db
-samples/help/doc/*.tex
-samples/help/doc/*.gif
-samples/help/doc/*.map
-
-samples/bombs/*.cpp
-samples/bombs/*.h
-samples/bombs/*.def
-samples/bombs/makefile*
-samples/bombs/*.xbm
-samples/bombs/*.xpm
-samples/bombs/*.txt
-samples/bombs/*.ico
-samples/bombs/*.bmp
-samples/bombs/*.rc
-
-samples/ipc/*.cpp
-samples/ipc/*.h
-samples/ipc/*.def
-samples/ipc/makefile*
-samples/ipc/*.xbm
-samples/ipc/*.xpm
-samples/ipc/*.ico
-samples/ipc/*.rc
-
-samples/typetest/*.cpp
-samples/typetest/*.h
-samples/typetest/*.def
-samples/typetest/*.rc
-samples/typetest/*.txt
-samples/typetest/makefile*
-samples/typetest/*.xbm
-samples/typetest/*.xpm
-samples/typetest/*.ico
-
-samples/sashtest/*.cpp
-samples/sashtest/*.h
-samples/sashtest/*.def
-samples/sashtest/*.rc
-samples/sashtest/*.txt
-samples/sashtest/makefile*
-samples/sashtest/*.xbm
-samples/sashtest/*.xpm
-samples/sashtest/*.ico
-
-samples/resource/*.cpp
-samples/resource/*.h
-samples/resource/*.def
-samples/resource/*.rc
-samples/resource/*.txt
-samples/resource/*.wxr
-samples/resource/makefile*
-samples/resource/*.xbm
-samples/resource/*.xpm
-samples/resource/*.ico
-
-samples/animate/*.cpp
-samples/animate/*.h
-samples/animate/*.def
-samples/animate/makefile*
-samples/animate/*.xbm
-samples/animate/*.xpm
-samples/animate/*.ico
-samples/animate/*.rc
-
-samples/mdi/*.cpp
-samples/mdi/*.h
-samples/mdi/*.def
-samples/mdi/makefile*
-samples/mdi/*.xbm
-samples/mdi/*.xpm
-samples/mdi/*.ico
-samples/mdi/*.rc
-samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.bmp
-samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.ico
-samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.xpm
-samples/mdi/bitmaps/*.xbm
-
-samples/minimal/*.cpp
-samples/minimal/*.h
-samples/minimal/*.def
-samples/minimal/makefile*
-samples/minimal/*.xbm
-samples/minimal/*.xpm
-samples/minimal/*.ico
-samples/minimal/*.rc
-
-samples/controls/*.cpp
-samples/controls/*.h
-samples/controls/*.def
-samples/controls/makefile*
-samples/controls/*.xbm
-samples/controls/*.xpm
-samples/controls/*.ico
-samples/controls/*.bmp
-samples/controls/*.rc
-samples/controls/icons/*
-
-samples/fractal/*.cpp
-samples/fractal/*.h
-samples/fractal/*.def
-samples/fractal/makefile*
-samples/fractal/*.xbm
-samples/fractal/*.xpm
-samples/fractal/*.ico
-samples/fractal/*.rc
-
-samples/layout/*.cpp
-samples/layout/*.h
-samples/layout/*.def
-samples/layout/makefile*
-samples/layout/*.xbm
-samples/layout/*.xpm
-samples/layout/*.ico
-samples/layout/*.rc
-samples/layout/*.bmp
-
-samples/printing/*.cpp
-samples/printing/*.h
-samples/printing/*.def
-samples/printing/makefile*
-samples/printing/*.xbm
-samples/printing/*.xpm
-samples/printing/*.txt
-samples/printing/*.ico
-samples/printing/*.bmp
-samples/printing/*.rc
-samples/printing/*.afm
-
-samples/toolbar/*.cpp
-samples/toolbar/*.h
-samples/toolbar/*.def
-samples/toolbar/makefile*
-samples/toolbar/*.txt
-samples/toolbar/*.xbm
-samples/toolbar/*.xpm
-samples/toolbar/bitmaps/*.xbm
-samples/toolbar/bitmaps/*.xpm
-samples/toolbar/*.ico
-samples/toolbar/*.bmp
-samples/toolbar/*.rc
-samples/toolbar/bitmaps/*.bmp
-
-samples/docview/*.h
-samples/docview/*.cpp
-samples/docview/*.def
-samples/docview/*.rc
-samples/docview/makefile*
-samples/docview/*.xbm
-samples/docview/*.xpm
-samples/docview/*.txt
-samples/docview/*.ico
-samples/docview/*.bmp
-
-samples/memcheck/*.h
-samples/memcheck/*.cpp
-samples/memcheck/*.def
-samples/memcheck/*.rc
-samples/memcheck/makefile*
-samples/memcheck/*.xbm
-samples/memcheck/*.xpm
-samples/memcheck/*.txt
-samples/memcheck/*.ico
-samples/memcheck/*.bmp
-
-samples/odbc/*.h
-samples/odbc/*.cpp
-samples/odbc/*.def
-samples/odbc/*.rc
-samples/odbc/makefile*
-samples/odbc/*.inf
-samples/odbc/*.xbm
-samples/odbc/*.xpm
-samples/odbc/*.ico
-samples/odbc/*.bmp
-samples/odbc/*.dbf
-samples/odbc/*.cdx
-
-samples/dialogs/*.h
-samples/dialogs/*.cpp
-samples/dialogs/*.def
-samples/dialogs/*.rc
-samples/dialogs/makefile*
-samples/dialogs/*.xbm
-samples/dialogs/*.xpm
-samples/dialogs/*.txt
-samples/dialogs/*.bmp
-samples/dialogs/*.ico
-
-samples/wxpoem/*.cpp
-samples/wxpoem/*.h
-samples/wxpoem/*.def
-samples/wxpoem/*.rc
-samples/wxpoem/*.inf
-samples/wxpoem/*.txt
-samples/wxpoem/makefile*
-samples/wxpoem/*.xbm
-samples/wxpoem/*.xpm
-samples/wxpoem/*.ico
-samples/wxpoem/*.bmp
-samples/wxpoem/*.dat
-
-samples/pressup/*.cpp
-samples/pressup/*.c
-samples/pressup/*.h
-samples/pressup/*.def
-samples/pressup/*.rc
-samples/pressup/*.inf
-samples/pressup/*.txt
-samples/pressup/makefile*
-samples/pressup/*.xbm
-samples/pressup/*.xpm
-samples/pressup/*.ico
-samples/pressup/*.bmp
-
-samples/validate/*.cpp
-samples/validate/*.h
-samples/validate/*.def
-samples/validate/*.rc
-samples/validate/*.inf
-samples/validate/*.txt
-samples/validate/makefile*
-samples/validate/*.xbm
-samples/validate/*.xpm
-samples/validate/*.ico
-samples/validate/*.bmp
-
-samples/events/*.cpp
-samples/events/*.h
-samples/events/*.def
-samples/events/*.rc
-samples/events/*.inf
-samples/events/*.txt
-samples/events/makefile*
-samples/events/*.xbm
-samples/events/*.xpm
-samples/events/*.ico
-samples/events/*.bmp
-
-samples/treectrl/*.cpp
-samples/treectrl/*.h
-samples/treectrl/*.def
-samples/treectrl/*.rc
-samples/treectrl/*.txt
-samples/treectrl/makefile*
-samples/treectrl/*.xbm
-samples/treectrl/*.xpm
-samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.xbm
-samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.xpm
-samples/treectrl/*.ico
-samples/treectrl/*.bmp
-samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.bmp
-samples/treectrl/bitmaps/*.ico
-
-samples/listctrl/*.cpp
-samples/listctrl/*.h
-samples/listctrl/*.def
-samples/listctrl/*.rc
-samples/listctrl/*.txt
-samples/listctrl/makefile*
-samples/listctrl/*.xbm
-samples/listctrl/*.xpm
-samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.xbm
-samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.xpm
-samples/listctrl/*.ico
-samples/listctrl/*.bmp
-samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.bmp
-samples/listctrl/bitmaps/*.ico
-
-samples/splitter/*.cpp
-samples/splitter/*.h
-samples/splitter/*.def
-samples/splitter/*.rc
-samples/splitter/*.txt
-samples/splitter/makefile*
-samples/splitter/*.xbm
-samples/splitter/*.xpm
-samples/splitter/*.ico
-samples/splitter/*.bmp
-
-samples/grid/*.cpp
-samples/grid/*.h
-samples/grid/*.def
-samples/grid/*.rc
-samples/grid/*.txt
-samples/grid/makefile*
-samples/grid/*.xbm
-samples/grid/*.xpm
-samples/grid/*.ico
-samples/grid/*.bmp
-
-samples/internat/*.cpp
-samples/internat/*.h
-samples/internat/*.def
-samples/internat/*.rc
-samples/internat/*.txt
-samples/internat/makefile*
-samples/internat/*.xbm
-samples/internat/*.xpm
-samples/internat/*.po
-samples/internat/*.ico
-samples/internat/*.bmp
-samples/internat/*.mo
-
-samples/checklst/*.cpp
-samples/checklst/*.h
-samples/checklst/*.def
-samples/checklst/*.rc
-samples/checklst/*.txt
-samples/checklst/makefile*
-samples/checklst/*.xbm
-samples/checklst/*.xpm
-samples/checklst/*.ico
-samples/checklst/*.bmp
-
-samples/dnd/*.cpp
-samples/dnd/*.h
-samples/dnd/makefile*
-samples/dnd/*.rc
-samples/dnd/*.def
-samples/dnd/*.bmp
-samples/dnd/*.xbm
-samples/dnd/*.xpm
-samples/dnd/*.ico
-samples/dnd/*.txt
-
-samples/tab/*.cpp
-samples/tab/*.h
-samples/tab/makefile*
-samples/tab/*.rc
-samples/tab/*.def
-samples/tab/*.bmp
-samples/tab/*.xbm
-samples/tab/*.xpm
-samples/tab/*.ico
-samples/tab/*.txt
-
-samples/notebook/*.cpp
-samples/notebook/*.h
-samples/notebook/makefile*
-samples/notebook/*.rc
-samples/notebook/*.def
-samples/notebook/*.bmp
-samples/notebook/*.xbm
-samples/notebook/*.xpm
-samples/notebook/*.ico
-samples/notebook/*.txt
-
-samples/png/*.cpp
-samples/png/*.h
-samples/png/makefile*
-samples/png/*.rc
-samples/png/*.def
-samples/png/*.bmp
-samples/png/*.xpm
-samples/png/*.xbm
-samples/png/*.ico
-samples/png/*.txt
-samples/png/*.png
-
-samples/image/*.cpp
-samples/image/*.h
-samples/image/makefile*
-samples/image/*.rc
-samples/image/*.def
-samples/image/*.bmp
-samples/image/*.xpm
-samples/image/*.xbm
-samples/image/*.png
-samples/image/*.ico
-samples/image/*.txt
-
-samples/thread/*.cpp
-samples/thread/*.h
-samples/thread/makefile*
-samples/thread/*.rc
-samples/thread/*.def
-samples/thread/*.bmp
-samples/thread/*.xpm
-samples/thread/*.xbm
-samples/thread/*.png
-samples/thread/*.ico
-samples/thread/*.txt
-

distrib/msw/gtk.rsp

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-install-sh
-Makefile
-template.mak
-TODO.txt
-configure.in
-config.guess
-config.sub
-wx-config.in
-mkinstalldirs
-
-docs/gtk/*.html
-docs/gtk/*.txt
-
-include/wx/gtk/*.h
-
-src/Makefile
-src/Makefile.in
-src/*.inc
-
-src/gtk/*.cpp
-src/gtk/*.c
-src/gtk/*.inc
-src/gtk/*.xbm
-
-src/gdk_imlib/*.c
-src/gdk_imlib/*.h
-src/gdk_imlib/AUTHORS
-src/gdk_imlib/AUDIT
-src/gdk_imlib/COPYING.LIB
-src/gdk_imlib/README
-src/gdk_imlib/ChangeLog
-
-src/iodbc/*.c
-src/iodbc/*.ci
-src/iodbc/*.h
-src/iodbc/IAFA-PACKAGE
-src/iodbc/README
-src/iodbc/*.exp
-src/iodbc/*.mk
-src/iodbc/autoconfig
-src/iodbc/build
-src/iodbc/Changes.log
-src/iodbc/postgres/*.h
-
-setup/*.in
-setup/*.hin
-
-setup/general/createall
-setup/general/jointar
-setup/general/makeapp
-setup/general/makedirs
-setup/general/makedoc
-setup/general/mygrep
-setup/general/needed
-
-setup/rules/bin
-setup/rules/bin2
-setup/rules/doc
-setup/rules/gbin
-setup/rules/gbin2
-setup/rules/glib
-setup/rules/glibbin
-setup/rules/glibgbin
-setup/rules/gslib
-setup/rules/lib
-setup/rules/libbin
-setup/rules/libgbin
-
-setup/rules/generic/bin1
-setup/rules/generic/bin1gen
-setup/rules/generic/bin2
-setup/rules/generic/bin2gen
-setup/rules/generic/depend
-setup/rules/generic/globals
-setup/rules/generic/lib
-setup/rules/generic/needed
-setup/rules/generic/obj
-setup/rules/generic/slib
-setup/rules/generic/sobj
-
-setup/shared/sharedAIX
-setup/shared/sharedBsd
-setup/shared/sharedDgux
-setup/shared/sharedHpux
-setup/shared/sharedIrix
-setup/shared/sharedLinux
-setup/shared/sharedOSF
-setup/shared/sharedSolaris2
-setup/shared/sharedSunos4
-setup/shared/sharedSysV
-
-misc/afm/*.afm
-misc/gs_afm/*.afm
-misc/imlib/imrc
-misc/imlib/*.pal
-
-user/Makefile
-
-user/wxConvert/*.cpp
-user/wxConvert/*.h
-user/wxConvert/Makefile
-user/wxConvert/Makefile.in
-
-user/wxFile/*.cpp
-user/wxFile/*.h
-user/wxFile/Makefile
-user/wxFile/Makefile.in
-user/wxFile/*.xpm
-
-user/wxTest/*.cpp
-user/wxTest/*.h
-user/wxTest/Makefile
-user/wxTest/Makefile.in
-user/wxTest/*.xpm
-user/wxTest/*.png
-
-user/wxLayout/*.cpp
-user/wxLayout/*.h
-user/wxLayout/Makefile
-user/wxLayout/Makefile.in
-user/wxLayout/*.xpm
-user/wxLayout/*.png
-

distrib/msw/motif.rsp

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-install-sh
-Makefile
-template.mak
-configure.in
-config.guess
-config.sub
-wx-config.in
-mkinstalldirs
-src/Makefile
-src/Makefile.in
-src/*.inc
-
-setup/*.in
-setup/*.hin
-
-setup/general/createall
-setup/general/jointar
-setup/general/makeapp
-setup/general/makedirs
-setup/general/makedoc
-setup/general/mygrep
-setup/general/needed
-
-setup/rules/bin
-setup/rules/bin2
-setup/rules/doc
-setup/rules/gbin
-setup/rules/gbin2
-setup/rules/glib
-setup/rules/glibbin
-setup/rules/glibgbin
-setup/rules/gslib
-setup/rules/lib
-setup/rules/libbin
-setup/rules/libgbin
-
-setup/rules/generic/bin1
-setup/rules/generic/bin1gen
-setup/rules/generic/bin2
-setup/rules/generic/bin2gen
-setup/rules/generic/depend
-setup/rules/generic/globals
-setup/rules/generic/lib
-setup/rules/generic/needed
-setup/rules/generic/obj
-setup/rules/generic/slib
-setup/rules/generic/sobj
-
-setup/shared/sharedAIX
-setup/shared/sharedBsd
-setup/shared/sharedDgux
-setup/shared/sharedHpux
-setup/shared/sharedIrix
-setup/shared/sharedLinux
-setup/shared/sharedOSF
-setup/shared/sharedSolaris2
-setup/shared/sharedSunos4
-setup/shared/sharedSysV
-
-misc/afm/*.afm
-
-src/motif/*.cpp
-src/motif/*.c
-src/motif/*.h
-src/motif/makefile*
-src/motif/*.inc
-src/motif/*.xbm
-src/motif/xmcombo/*.c
-src/motif/xmcombo/*.h
-src/motif/xmcombo/*.doc
-src/motif/xmcombo/*.man
-src/motif/xmcombo/*.txt
-src/motif/mdi/COPYRIGHT
-src/motif/mdi/Imakefile
-src/motif/mdi/Readme
-src/motif/mdi/config/C++.rules
-src/motif/mdi/config/MDI.tmpl
-src/motif/mdi/doc/*.html
-src/motif/mdi/doc/pics/*.gif
-src/motif/mdi/lib/*.C
-src/motif/mdi/lib/*.h
-src/motif/mdi/lib/*.xbm
-src/motif/mdi/lib/Imakefile
-src/motif/mdi/test/*.C
-src/motif/mdi/test/Imakefile
-
-src/make.env
-src/makeprog.env
-
-include/wx/motif/*.h
-
-docs/motif/*.*
-
-lib/dummy
-
-

distrib/msw/msw.rsp

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-docs/msw/*.txt
-docs/licence.txt
-
-distrib/msw/*.rsp
-distrib/msw/*.bat
-
-src/makeb32.env
-src/makebcc.env
-src/makemsw.env
-src/makewat.env
-src/makesc.env
-src/makeg95.env
-src/makem95.env
-src/ntwxwin.mak
-src/makefile.bcc
-src/makefile.dos
-src/makefile.nt
-src/*.bat
-
-src/common/dosyacc.c
-src/common/doslex.c
-
-src/msw/*.cpp
-src/msw/*.h
-src/msw/makefile.*
-src/msw/*.lst
-src/msw/*.def
-src/msw/*.inc
-
-src/msw/ctl3d/*.*
-src/msw/ctl3d/msvc/*.*
-src/msw/ctl3d/wat32/*.*
-src/msw/ctl3d/wat386/*.*
-src/msw/ctl3d/borland/*.*
-src/msw/ole/*.cpp
-src/msw/*.prj
-
-include/wx/msw/*.h
-include/wx/msw/*.rc
-include/wx/msw/ctl3d/*.h
-include/wx/msw/gnuwin32/*.h
-include/wx/msw/ole/*.h
-include/wx/msw/*.cur
-include/wx/msw/*.ico
-include/wx/msw/*.bmp
-
-lib/dummy
-
-samples/ownerdrw/*.cpp
-samples/ownerdrw/*.h
-samples/ownerdrw/makefile.*
-samples/ownerdrw/*.rc
-samples/ownerdrw/*.def
-samples/ownerdrw/*.bmp
-samples/ownerdrw/*.ico
-samples/ownerdrw/*.txt
-
-samples/taskbar/*.cpp
-samples/taskbar/*.h
-samples/taskbar/makefile.*
-samples/taskbar/*.rc
-samples/taskbar/*.def
-samples/taskbar/*.bmp
-samples/taskbar/*.ico
-samples/taskbar/*.txt
-
-samples/regtest/*.cpp
-samples/regtest/*.h
-samples/regtest/makefile.*
-samples/regtest/*.rc
-samples/regtest/*.def
-samples/regtest/*.bmp
-samples/regtest/*.ico
-samples/regtest/*.txt
-
-samples/nativdlg/*.cpp
-samples/nativdlg/*.h
-samples/nativdlg/*.def
-samples/nativdlg/*.rc
-samples/nativdlg/*.txt
-samples/nativdlg/makefile.*
-samples/nativdlg/*.xbm
-samples/nativdlg/*.ico
-samples/nativdlg/*.bmp
-
-samples/mfc/*.h
-samples/mfc/*.cpp
-samples/mfc/*.def
-samples/mfc/*.rc
-samples/mfc/makefile.*
-samples/mfc/*.txt
-samples/mfc/*.bmp
-samples/mfc/*.ico
-
-samples/joytest/*.h
-samples/joytest/*.cpp
-samples/joytest/*.def
-samples/joytest/*.rc
-samples/joytest/makefile.*
-samples/joytest/*.txt
-samples/joytest/*.bmp
-samples/joytest/*.wav
-samples/joytest/*.ico
-
-utils/nplugin/make*.*
-utils/nplugin/src/*.cpp
-utils/nplugin/src/*.h
-utils/nplugin/src/*.rc
-utils/nplugin/src/*.def
-utils/nplugin/src/makefile.*
-utils/nplugin/src/*.txt
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.cpp
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.h
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.rc
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.def
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/makefile.*
-utils/nplugin/samples/simple/*.txt
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.cpp
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.h
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.rc
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.def
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/makefile.*
-utils/nplugin/samples/gui/*.txt
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.tex
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.txt
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.hpj
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.eps
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.ps
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.ini
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.cnt
-utils/nplugin/docs/*.hlp
-utils/nplugin/lib/dummy
-

distrib/msw/stubs.rsp

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-src/stubs/*.cpp
-src/stubs/*.h
-src/stubs/makefile*
-src/stubs/*.inc
-
-src/make.env
-src/makeprog.env
-
-include/wx/stubs/*.h
-include/wx/stubs/*.rc
-
-lib/dummy
-
-

distrib/msw/tardist.bat

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-rem Tar up an external distribution of wxWindows 2.0: but
-rem putting in separate ASCII and binary files
-rem This seems to be the one that works, using
-rem separate tar programs for conversion/non-conversion
-rem of ASCII/binary files.
-
-if "%1" == "" goto usage
-if "%2" == "" goto usage
-echo About to archive an external wxWindows 2.0 distribution:
-echo   From   %1
-echo   To     %2\wx200_1.tgz, %2\wx200_2.tgz, %2\wx200hlp.tgz, %2\wx200ps.tgz, %2\wx200htm.tgz
-echo CTRL-C if this is not correct.
-inkey /W4 `Press any key to continue...` %%input
-
-erase %2\*.tgz
-cd %1
-
-rem First, expand the wildcards in the rsp files
-
-rem Create empty list file
-erase %1\distrib\*.lis
-c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
-c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
-c:\bin\touch %1\distrib\wx200xlp.lis
-
-rem Create a .rsp file with backslashes instead
-rem of forward slashes
-rem No need if using ls2 (from UNIX95 distribution)
-rem sed -e "s/\//\\/g" %1\distrib\wx_asc.rsp > %1\distrib\wx_asc.rs2
-
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\util_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\smpl_asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim1asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim2asc.rsp %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\util_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\smpl_bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-rem call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wxim1bin.rsp %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-
-rem Docs
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_hlp.rsp %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_ps.rsp %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_html.rsp %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis
-call %1\distrib\expdwild.bat %1\distrib\wx_pdf.rsp %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis
-
-rem Do some further massaging of the .lis files
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis
-
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis
-
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis
-
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis
-
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis
-
-sed -e "s/\\/\//g" %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis > c:\temp\temp.tmp
-sed -e "s/D:\/wx\///g" c:\temp\temp.tmp > %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis
-
-rem 'tar' converts linefeeds.
-tar -c -T %1\distrib\wx200asc.lis -f %2\wx200.tar
-rem pause Press a key to continue.
-
-rem This converts to lower case
-ren %2\wx200.tar %2\wx200_1.tar
-gzip32 %2\wx200_1.tar
-ren %2\wx200_1.tar.gz %2\wx200_1.tgz
-
-rem No linefeed conversion wanted
-rem Note: GNU tar seems to crash with a full destination path, so
-rem pander to it.
-targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200bin.lis -f wx200_2.tar
-move wx200_2.tar %2
-gzip32 %2\wx200_2.tar
-ren %2\wx200_2.tar.gz %2\wx200_2.tgz
-
-targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200hlp.lis -f wx200_hlp.tar
-move wx200_hlp.tar %2
-gzip32 %2\wx200_hlp.tar
-ren %2\wx200_hlp.tar.gz %2\wx200hlp.tgz
-
-tar -c -T %1\distrib\wx200ps.lis -f %2\wx200ps.tar
-gzip32 %2\wx200ps.tar
-ren %2\wx200ps.tar.gz %2\wx200ps.tgz
-
-targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200htm.lis -f wx200htm.tar
-move wx200htm.tar %2
-gzip32 %2\wx200htm.tar
-ren %2\wx200htm.tar.gz %2\wx200htm.tgz
-
-targnu -c -T %1\distrib\wx200pdf.lis -f wx200pdf.tar
-move wx200pdf.tar %2
-gzip32 %2\wx200pdf.tar
-ren %2\wx200pdf.tar.gz %2\wx200pdf.tgz
-
-cd %2
-echo wxWindows archived.
-goto end
-
-:usage
-echo Tar/gzip wxWindows distribution under DOS, making an ASCII and binary file
-echo Usage: tardist source destination
-echo e.g. tardist d:\wx d:\wx\deliver
-
-:end
-
-

distrib/msw/wx_hlp.rsp

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-docs/winhelp/*.hlp
-docs/winhelp/*.cnt

distrib/msw/wx_html.rsp

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-docs/html/*.htm
-docs/html/*.gif
-
-docs/html/wx/*.htm
-docs/html/wx/*.gif
-docs/html/porting/*.htm
-docs/html/porting/*.gif
-docs/html/faq/*.htm
-docs/html/faq/*.gif
-docs/html/techref/*.htm
-docs/html/techref/*.gif
-docs/html/prologio/*.htm
-docs/html/prologio/*.gif
-docs/html/dialoged/*.htm
-docs/html/dialoged/*.gif
-docs/html/wxbuild/*.htm
-docs/html/wxbuild/*.gif
-docs/html/wxtab/*.htm
-docs/html/wxtab/*.gif
-docs/html/wxchart/*.htm
-docs/html/wxchart/*.gif
-docs/html/wxtree/*.htm
-docs/html/wxtree/*.gif
-docs/html/wxgraph/*.htm
-docs/html/wxgraph/*.gif
-docs/html/wxgrid/*.htm
-docs/html/wxgrid/*.gif
-docs/html/wxhelp/*.htm
-docs/html/wxhelp/*.gif
-docs/html/wxhelp2/*.htm
-docs/html/wxhelp2/*.gif
-docs/html/wxprop/*.htm
-docs/html/wxprop/*.gif
-docs/html/winstall/*.htm
-docs/html/winstall/*.gif
-docs/html/tex2rtf/*.htm
-docs/html/tex2rtf/*.gif
-

distrib/msw/wx_pdf.rsp

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-docs/pdf/*.pdf

distrib/msw/zipdist.bat

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-rem Zip up an external, generic + Windows distribution of wxWindows 2.0
-set src=d:\wx2\wxWindows
-set dest=%src\deliver
-if "%src" == "" goto usage
-if "%dest" == "" goto usage
-echo About to archive an external wxWindows distribution:
-echo   From   %src
-echo   To     %dest
-echo CTRL-C if this is not correct.
-pause
-
-erase %dest\wx200*.zip
-
-cd %src
-echo Zipping...
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200gen.zip < %src\distrib\msw\generic.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200msw.zip < %src\distrib\msw\msw.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200gtk.zip < %src\distrib\msw\gtk.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200stubs.zip < %src\distrib\msw\stubs.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200mot.zip < %src\distrib\msw\motif.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200doc.zip < %src\distrib\msw\docsrc.rsp
-
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200hlp.zip < %src\distrib\msw\wx_hlp.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200htm.zip < %src\distrib\msw\wx_html.rsp
-zip32 -@ %dest\wx200pdf.zip < %src\distrib\msw\wx_pdf.rsp
-
-zip32 -@ %dest\ogl3.zip < %src\utils\ogl\distrib\ogl.rsp
-
-cd %dest
-
-echo wxWindows archived.
-goto end
-
-:usage
-echo DOS wxWindows distribution.
-echo Usage: zipdist source destination
-echo e.g. zipdist d:\wx2\wxWindows d:\wx2\wxWindows\deliver
-
-:end

docs/changes.txt

@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-Generic wxWindows 2.0 Change Log
---------------------------------
-
-Note: for platform-specific changes, see wx/docs/XXX/changes.txt
-where XXX is one of msw, motif, xt, gtk, mac.
-
-Alpha 11, July 3rd 1998
------------------------
-
-- Major work on Dialog Editor (still plenty to go).
-- Expanded documentation a bit more.
-
-Alpha 9, April 27th 1998
-------------------------
-
-- Corrected some bugs, such as the wxModule compilation problem.
-- Added Gnu-Win32 b19/Mingw32 support by changing resource
-  compilation and pragmas.
-- Changed SIZEOF to WXSIZEOF.
-
-Alpha 8, April 17th 1998
-------------------------
-
-- Added src/other/png, src/other/zlib directories.
-- Added samples/png.
-- IMPORTANT: Changed 'no id' number from 0 to -1, in wxEVT_ macros.
-  Porters, please check particularly your wxTreeCtrl and wxListCtrl
-  header files.
-- Added modules.h/cpp, config.cpp, fileconf.cpp, textfile.cpp/h.
-
-Alpha 7, March 30th 1998
-------------------------
-
-- Added tab classes, tab sample.
-- Revised memory.cpp, memory.h slightly; memory.h now #defines
-  new to WXDEBUG_NEW in DEBUG mode. Windows implementation app.cpp
-  now checks for leaks on exit. Added memcheck sample.
-  See src/msw/issues.txt for more details.
-- resource.h, resource.cpp changed to make wxDefaultResourceTable
-  a pointer. Now initialize resource system with
-  wxInitializeResourceSystem and wxCleanUpResourceSystem, to
-  allow better control of memory.
-- wxString now derives from wxObject, to enable memory leak
-  checking.
-- Added some #include fixes in various files, plus changed
-  float to long in wxToolBar files.
-
-Alpha 6, March 10th 1998
-------------------------
-
-- Added Vadim's dynarray.h, dynarray.cpp.
-- Added Vadim's menuitem.cpp.
-- Added Windows-specific wxCheckListBox,
-  owner-draw wxListBox, and drag-and-drop
-  (see docs/msw/changes.txt).
-
-Alpha 5, 14th February 1998
---------------------------
-
-- GENERIC AND MSW-SPECIFIC CODE NOW TREATED AS TWO SEPARATE
-  DISTRIBUTIONS. This change log will therefore now refer to
-  the generic code only. See docs/msw/changes.txt for Windows-specific
-  changes.
-- Readmes, change logs and installation files now go in
-  platform-specific directories under docs, e.g. docs/msw,
-  docs/gtk.
-- Added DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros so wxApp object gets
-  created dynamically, not as a global object.
-- Put wxColour into wx/msw/colour.h, src/msw/colour.cpp.
-- Changed names of some include/wx/generic headers to be
-  consistent and to conform to gcc pragma conventions. Also
-  changed choicesg.cpp to choicdgg.cpp.
-- Added gcc pragmas.
-- Added gtk inclusion in include/wx headers.
-- Added consistent file headings to source and headers.
-- Removed lang.cpp, lang.h and references to wxSTR_... variables;
-  added a few references to wxTransString.
-- Added operator to wxTransString that converts automatically
-  to wxString, so we can say e.g. wxMessageBox(wxTransString("Hello"), ...).
-- samples/internat now works (minimally).
-- Added wxMouseEvent::GetPosition and
-  wxMouseEvent::GetLogicalPosition, both returning wxPoints.
-- Made wxSize and wxRect contain longs not ints.
-- Cured some lemory leaks (thanks Vadim).
-- Tidied up OnIdle and introduced RequestMore/MoreRequested so
-  will only keep processing OnIdle if it returns TRUE from
-  MoreRequested.
-
-Alpha 4, 31st January 1998
---------------------------
-
-- Changed wxDC functions to take longs instead of floats. GetSize now takes
-  integer pointers, plus a version that returns a wxSize.
-- const keyword added to various wxDC functions.
-- Under Windows, wxDC no longer has any knowledge of whether
-  an associated window is scrolled or not. Instead, the device
-  origin is set by wxScrolledWindow in wxScrolledWindow::PrepareDC.
-- wxScrolledWindow applications can optionally override the virtual OnDraw
-  function instead of using the OnPaint event handler. The wxDC passed to
-  OnDraw will be translated by PrepareDC to reflect scrolling.
-  When drawing outside of OnDraw, must call PrepareDC explicitly.
-- wxToolBarBase/wxToolBarSimple similarly changed to allow for
-  scrolling toolbars.
-- Integrated wxPostScriptDC patches for 1.xx by Chris Breeze,
-  to help printing with multiple pages.
-- IPC classes given base classes (wxConnectionBase etc.) which
-  define the API used by different implementations. DDE
-  implementation updated to use these base classes.
-- wxHelpInstance now separated into wxHelpControllerBase (base
-  for all implementations), wxWinHelpController (uses standard
-  WinHelp), wxXLPHelPController (talks to wxHelp by DDE or
-  TCP/IP). There will be others eventually, such as
-  wxHTMLHelpController for Microsoft (and Netscape?) HTML Help.
-- Added Vadim Zeitlin's wxString class plus
-  internationalization code (gettext simulation, wxLocale, etc.).
-  New files from Vadim:
-  include\wx\string.h
-  include\wx\debug.h
-  include\wx\file.h
-  include\wx\log.h
-  include\wx\intl.h
-  src\common\string.cpp
-  src\common\log.cpp
-  src\common\intl.cpp
-  src\common\file.cpp
-  No longer use GNU wxString files.
-- Split off file-related functions into include\wx\filefn.h and
-  src\common\filefn.cpp.
-- Borland C++ support (WIN32) for main library and
-  samples, using makefile.b32 files.
-- Preparation done for allowing BC++ to compile wxWin as a DLL,
-  including changes to defs.h.
-- wxIntPoint removed, wxPoint is now int, and wxRealPoint
-  introduced.
-- Added wxShowEvent (generated when window is being shown or
-  hidden).
-- Got minimal, docview, mdi samples working for 16-bit VC++ and
-  cured 16-bit problem with wxTextCtrl (removed global memory
-  trick).
-- Updated GnuWin32 makefiles, checked minimal, mdi, docview samples.
-
-Alpha 3, September 1997
------------------------
-
-- wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl, wxImageList classes done.
-- Instigated new file hierarchy, split files and classes up more logically.
-- PrologIO and some other utils now put into core library.
-- Revamped print/preview classes, added wxPageSetupDialog.
-- Started documentation.
-
-Alpha 2, 30th April 1997
-------------------------
-
-- EVT_... macros now have at least one argument, for conformance
-  with MetroWerks compiler.
-- Added ids to .wxr file format.
-- Got Dialog Editor compiled and running again but need
-  to extend functionality to be in line with new controls.
-  Added dialoged\test app to allow dynamic loading of .wxr files
-  for testing purposes.
-- Rewrote wxBitmap to allow installable file type
-  handlers.
-- Rewrote wxBitmapButton, wxStaticBitmap to not use Fafa.
-- Wrote most of wxTreeCtrl and sample (need wxImageList to implement it
-  fully).
-- Added back wxRadioBox.
-- Tidied up wx_main.cpp, wxApp class, putting PenWin code in
-  a separate file.
-
-Alpha 1, 5th April 1997
------------------------
-
-At this point, the following has been achieved:
-
-- A lot, but not all, of the code has been revamped for better
-  naming conventions, protection of data members, and use of
-  wxString instead of char *.
-- Obsolete functionality deleted (e.g. default wxPanel layout,
-  old system event system) and code size reduced.
-- Class hierarchy changed (see design doc) - base classes such
-  as wxbWindow now removed.
-- No longer includes windows.h in wxWin headers, by using stand-in
-  Windows types where needed e.g. WXHWND.
-- PrologIO revised.
-- wxScrolledWindow, wxStatusBar and new MDI classes added.
-  MDI is now achived using separate classes, not window styles.
-- wxSystemSettings added, and made use of to reflect standard
-  Windows settings.
-- SetButtonFont/SetLabelFont replaced by SetFont; font and colour
-  settings mucho rationalised.
-- All windows are now subclassed with the same window proc to make
-  event handling far more consistent. Old internal wxWnd and derived
-  classes removed.
-- API for controls revised, in particular addition of
-  wxValidator parameters and removal of labels for some controls.
-- 1 validator written: see examples/validate.
-- Event table system introduced (see most samples and
-  wx_event.cpp/ProcessEvent, wx_event.h). wxEvtHandler
-  made more flexible, with Push/PopEventHandler allowing a chain
-  of event handlers.
-- wxRadioBox removed - will be added back soon.
-- Toolbar class hierarchy revised:
-  wxToolBarBase
-  wxToolBarSimple (= old wxToolBar)
-  wxToolBar95 (= old wxButtonBar under Win95
-  wxToolBarMSW (= old wxButtonBar under WIN16/WIN32)
-- Constraint system debugged somewhat (sizers now work properly).
-- wxFileDialog, wxDirDialog added; other common dialogs now
-  have class equivalents. Generic colour and font dialogs
-  rewritten to not need obsolete panel layout.
-- .wxr resource system partially reinstated, though needs
-  an integer ID for controls. Hopefully the resource system
-  will be replaced by something better and more efficient
-  in the future.
-- Device contexts no longer stored with window and accessed
-  with GetDC - use wxClientDC, wxPaintDC, wxWindowDC stack
-  variables instead.
-- wxSlider uses trackbar class under Win95, and wxSL_LABELS flag
-  determines whether labels are shown. Other Win95-specific flags
-  introduced, e.g. for showing ticks.
-- Styles introduced for dealing with 3D effects per window, for
-  any window: all Win95 3D effects supported, plus transparent windows.
-- Major change to allow 3D effect support without CTL3D, under
-  Win95.
-- Bitmap versions of button and checkbox separated out into new
-  classes, but unimplemented as yet because I intend to remove
-  the need for Fafa - it apparently causes GPFs in Win95 OSR 2.
-- utils/wxprop classes working (except maybe wxPropertyFormView)
-  in preparation for use in Dialog Editor.
-- GNU-WIN32 compilation verified (a month or so ago).
-
-

docs/gtk/COPYING.LIB

@@ -1,481 +0,0 @@
-		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
- numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
-  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
-other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
-your libraries, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
-you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
-with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
-the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
-  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
-version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
-the original authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
-software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
-transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
-we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
-free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
-GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
-license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
-designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
-one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
-the same as in the ordinary license.
-
-  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
-they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
-program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
-changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
-analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
-a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
-derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
-treats it as such.
-
-  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
-Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
-sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
-concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
-
-  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
-users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
-libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
-permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
-preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
-libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
-this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
-changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
-will lead to faster development of free libraries.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
-former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
-works together with the library.
-
-  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
-General Public License rather than by this special one.
-
-		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
-party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
-General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
-addressed as "you".
-
-  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
-  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
-  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
-  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-  
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
-  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
-    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
-    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
-    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
-    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
-    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
-    in the event an application does not supply such function or
-    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
-    its purpose remains meaningful.
-
-    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
-    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
-    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
-    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
-    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
-    root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
-  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
-  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
-  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
-  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
-  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
-  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
-  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
-  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
-  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
-  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
-    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
-    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
-    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
-    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
-    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
-    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
-    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
-    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
-    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
-    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
-    to use the modified definitions.)
-
-    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
-    least three years, to give the same user the materials
-    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
-    than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
-    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
-    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
-    specified materials from the same place.
-
-    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
-    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
-  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
-the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
-distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
-  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
-  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
-    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
-    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
-    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
-    Sections above.
-
-    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
-    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
-    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
-  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
-  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
-  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
-  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
-  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
-    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
-  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!

docs/gtk/install.txt

@@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
-* The most simple case
------------------------
-
-If you compile wxWindows on Unix for the first time and don't like
-to read install instructions just do (in the base dir):
-
-./configure --without-threads
-make
-
-and drink 10 coffees. Then you may log in as root and type
-
-make install
-
-You can leave out the --without-threads option if you have a NEW
-Linux distribution based on glibc (e.g. RedHat 5.1 or Debian 2.0) 
-or any other Unix that comes with Posix threads or SGI threads.
-
-Now create your super-application myfoo.app and compile anywhere with
-
-g++ myfoo.cpp `wx-config --libs` `wx-config --cflags` -o myfoo
-
-* General
------------------------
-
-The Unix variants of wxWindows use GNU configure. If you have problems 
-with your make use GNU make instead.
-
-Read my homepage at 
-
-  http://wesley.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/~wxxt
-  
-for newest information.
-
-* GUI libraries
------------------------
-
-wxWindows/GTK requires the GTK+ library to be installed on your system.
-It has to be a stable version, preferebly version 1.0.6. When using
-a version previous to 1.0.6 you'll get crashes here and there. This
-is certain to happen with colors in native widgets.
-
-You can get the newest version of the GTK+ from the GTK homepage
-at
-  http://www.gtk.org
-  
-We also mirror GTK+ 1.0.6 at our ftp site. You'll find information
-about downloading at my homepage.
-  
-* Additional libraries
------------------------
-
-wxWindows/Gtk requires a thread library and X libraries
-known to work with threads. This is the case on all
-commercial Unix-Variants and all Linux-Versions that
-are based on glibc 2 except RedHat 5.0 which is broken
-in many aspects. As of writing this, these Linux 
-distributions have correct glibc 2 support:
-
- - RedHat 5.1
- - Debian 2.0
- - Stampede
- 
-The next major version of SuSE will also support glibc 2,
-but version 5.X does not. Also Caldera and Slackware
-don't yet support glibc 2.
-
-On IRIX you can also use SGI threads if Posix-Threads
-are not present. The SGI threads will be detected by
-configure automatically.
-
-You can always disable thread support by running 
-
-./configure "--without-threads"
-make clean
-make
-  
-NB: I included thread support in wxWindows/Gtk, as this 
-problem will disappear in the near future when all major 
-Linux Variants have moved to glibc 2. Also, the Linux
-Base Standard will include glibc 2.
-
-* Create your configuration
------------------------------
-
-Usage:
-	./configure options
-
-If you want to use system's C and C++ compiler,
-set environment variables CC and CCC as
-
-	% setenv CC cc
-	% setenv CCC CC
-	% ./configure options
-
-Using the SGI native compilers, it is recommended that you
-also set CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS before running configure. These 
-should be set to :
-
-CFLAGS="-mips3 -n32" 
-CXXFLAGS="-mips3 -n32"
-
-This is essential if you want to use the resultant binaries 
-on any other machine than the one it was compiled on. If you 
-have a 64bit machine (Octane) you should also do this to ensure 
-you don't accidently build the libraries as 64bit (which is 
-untested).
-
-The SGI native compiler support has only been tested on Irix 6.5.
-
-to see all the options please use:
-
-	./configure --help
-
-The basic philosophy is that if you want to use different
-configurations, like a debug and a release version, 
-or use the same source tree on different systems,
-you have only to change the environment variable OSTYPE.
-(Sadly this variable is not set by default on some systems
-in some shells - on SGI's for example). So you will have to 
-set it there. This variable HAS to be set before starting 
-configure, so that it knows which system it tries to 
-configure for.
-
-Configure will complain if the system variable OSTYPE has 
-not been defined. And Make in some circumstances as well...
-
-
-* General options
--------------------
-
-Normally, you won't have to choose a toolkit, because when
-you download wxGTK, it will default to --with-gtk etc. But
-if you use all of our CVS repository you have to choose a 
-toolkit. You must do this by running configure with either of:
-
-        --with-gtk               Use the GIMP ToolKit (GTK)
-	
-	--with-qt                Use Qt from TrollTec
-	
-	--with-motif             Use either Motif or Lesstif
-	                         Configure will look for both. 
-
-The following options handle the kind of library you want to build.
-
-	--without-threads       Compile without thread support.
-
-	--without-shared        Do not create shared libraries.
-
-	--without-optimise	Do not optimise the code.
-
-	--with-profile          Add profiling info to the object 
-				files. Currently broken, I think.
-				
-	--with-mem_tracing      Add built-in memory tracing. 
-	                        This doesn't work well with gcc.
-				
-	--with-dmalloc          Use the dmalloc memory debugger.
-	                        Read more at www.letters.com/dmalloc/
-				
-	--with-debug_info	Add debug info to object files and
-	                        executables.
-
-	--with-debug_flag	Define __DEBUG__ and __WXDEBUG__ when
-	                        compiling.
-
-* Feature Options
--------------------
-
-As I don't yet care for binary size and target mainly at
-producing a shared library, wxWindows's configure system auto-
-matically enables all features, as long as they are already
-implemented. It is currently NOT possible to disable these
-options (in contrast to what configure tells you).
-
-* Compiling
--------------
-
-The following must be done in the base directory (e.g. ~/wxGTK
-or ~/wxWin or whatever)
-
-Now the makefiles are created and you can compile everything 
-by typing:
-
-	make
-
-make yourself some coffee, as it will try to compile ALL the 
-files in this distribution. During compilation, you'll get
-a few warning messages.
-
-if you want to be more selective:
-
-	make src	will build only the base libraries
-	make samples	will build the samples
-	make other	will build everything in other
-	make user	will build everything in user
-
-Then you may install the library and it's header files under
-/usr/local/include/wx and /usr/local/lib respectively. You
-have to log in as root (i.e. run "su" and enter the root
-password) and type
-
-        make install	
-	
-Depending on the configuration of some files, the libraries
-and binaries will be placed in different directories.
-The "global" binaries and libraries will be placed in:
-
-	bin/$(OSTYPE) and
-	lib/$(OSTYPE) respectively
-
-"local" binaries and libraries will be placed in:
-
-	(basedir of that application)/$(OSTYPE).
-
-This is also the place where all the object-files will go.
-
-If you want to conserve disk space by removing unnecessary
-object-files:
-
-	 make clean_obj
-
-will do the work for you.
-
-* Creating a new Project
---------------------------
-
-There are two ways to create your own project:
-
-1) The first way uses the installed libraries and header files
-automatically using wx-config
-
-g++ myfoo.cpp `wx-config --libs` `wx-config --cflags` -o myfoo
-
-Using this way, a make file for the minimal sample would look
-like this
-
-CC = g++
-
-minimal: minimal.o
-    $(CC) -o minimal minimal.o `wx-config --libs` 
-
-minimal.o: minimal.cpp mondrian.xpm
-    $(CC) `wx-config --cflags` -c minimal.cpp -o minimal.o
-
-clean: 
-	rm -f *.o minimal
-
-This is certain to become the standard way unless we decide
-to sitch to tmake.
-
-2) The other way creates a project within the source code 
-directories of wxWindows: In this case I propose to put 
-all contributed programs in the directory "/user", with a 
-directory of its own.
-
-This directory then should include the following files:
-
-Makefile        (You can copy this one from any application in samples
-                 probably you will not need to edit this one. There is
-                 only one case where you might be interested in changing
-                 this file, but about that see later.)
-Makefile.in	(This is the base application-Makefile template, from
-                 which the actual Makefile for each system is created.
-                 More about this later)
-
-put ALL your source code along with all the other stuff you need for
-your application in this directory (subdirectories are welcome).
-
-
-** Something about Makefiles
-------------------------------
-
-On general principle it should only contain ONE line, which is as follows:
-
-	include ../../setup/general/makeapp
-
-this will include all the necessary definitions for creating the applications
-
-the only case where you might want to add another line is the following:
-this version of configure also supports creation of source archives of the
-application for easy distribution and updates to newer version of wxWindows.
-    For this purpose all files in the application-directory will be put into
-a gziped tar-file in the full notation user/<your application>/*
-if you want to include some other files that you want "more visible", like
-a README.<yourApp> or a shell script for easy 
-compilation/installation/distribution, then you have to add a variable
-
-	DISTRIBUTE_ADDITIONAL=<your files>
-
-to the Makefile.
-So it would look like this:
-
-	DISTRIBUTE_ADDITIONAL=README.TheApp
-	include ../../setup/general/makeapp
-
-As we have already talked about distribution the command to create a 
-distribution is:
-
-	make distrib
-
-NOTE: If you are in the base directory of wxWindows it will create 
-distribution packages for wxWindows as well as for all packages in the
-user directory.
-    So if you want to create only packages for the files in user,
-then go to the directory other and type:
-
-	make distrib
-
-or if you only want one application to be created then
-enter the specific directory and type there:
-make distrib
-
-All the distribution files will be put in the directory
-distrib at the base of the wxWindows-tree (where also configure
-and template.mak can be found).
-
-** Something about Makefile.in
---------------------------------
-
-As you have already seen with Makefile, configure makes a lot of use
-if the include statement in make to keep the Makefiles as simple as 
-possible.
-
-So basically there are only variables to define and then a include command.
-Exception to this rule is if you have special rules for some stuff...
-These rules should go AFTER the include statement!!!
-
-so the general header looks like this:
-
-	# wxWindows base directory
-	WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
-	# set the OS type for compilation
-	OS=@OS@
-	# compile a library only
-	RULE=bin
-
-and the general footer will look like this:
-
-	# include the definitions now
-	include ../../../template.mak
-
-the key variable is RULE, which defines what make should create
-in this directory.
-
-here are some examples:
-
-  RULE	  description              
-  ===========================================================================
-  bin	  creates a local binary (for a global binary prefix bin with g)
-  	  additional variables needed:
-  		BIN_TARGET	this gives the name of your application
-  		BIN_OBJ		this gives the object files needed to
-  				link the application
-  	  optional variables are:
-  		BIN_SRC		this gives the list of c/c++ files for
-  				which dependencies will be checked.
-  				(This can be achieved with: make depend)
-  		BIN_LINK	this gives commands for additional
-  				libraries needed to link the application
-  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  bin2	  creates two local binaries (for global binaries prefix bin2 with g)
-  	  in addition to the variables specified above you MUST also
-  	  provide the same variables with BIN2_ instead of BIN_
-  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  lib	  creates a local library (for a global binary prefix bin with g)
-  	  additional variables needed:
-  		LIB_TARGET	this gives the name of your library
-  		LIB_OBJ		this gives the object files needed for
-  				the library to be build.
-  	  optional variables are:
-  		LIB_SRC		this gives the list of c/c++ files for
-  				which dependencies will be checked.
-  	  libbin and libgbin are also possible and will need in addition
-  	  the variables from bin
-  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  gslib	  is similar to lib, but it creates a shared library if the system
-  	  supports it.
-  	  additional variables needed:
-  		LIB_MAJOR	major number of the shared library
-  		LIB_MINOR	minor number of the shared library
-  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  other additional variables:
-
-  	  ADD_COMPILE	   define additional includes/defines that
-  			   are needed to compile the object files
-  			   (if you need to reference some directory
-  			   utils - like wxGrid -, then please 
-  			   reference them with the variables defined
-  			   in template.mak - e.g.: $(SRCDIR),$(UTILS),
-  			   $(SAMPLES),$(OTHERS))
-
-  	  NEEDED_DEFINES   lists all the defines that HAVE to be set in
-  			   /include/wx/setup.h to compile correctly.
-
-	  SRC_DIR	   lists all directories that are needed to
-			   compile. (i.e: lists all the directories,
-			   where there are source-files.) But it is 
-			   also needed to clean an object and for 
-			   machines, for which make does not support 
-			   VPATH
-
-currently there are the following compiling rules provided:
-object files are created for the following file extensions:
-.c .cc .cpp
-
-Please have a closer look at the Makefiles in this distribution.
-
-* Platforms configure is working with
----------------------------------------
-
-Please report build succes on any machine. Especially non-
-Linux operating systems (which I don't have).
-
-Original author of the autoconf system for wxxt-1.66 and for this INSTALL
-file:
-
-	Martin Sperl	sperl@dsn.ast.univie.ac.at
-	
-Ported to wxGTK 0.1:
-
-	Wolfram Gloger  wmglo@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de
-
-Thanks alot to both of them.
-
-In the hope that it will be useful,
-
-        Robert Roebling roebling@sun2.ruf.uni-freiburg.de
-	
-	

docs/gtk/licence.txt

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-
-
-wxWindows Library License, Version 3
-====================================
-     
-  Copyright (C) 1998 Julian Smart, Robert Roebling et al. 
-
-  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 
- 
-                          WXWINDOWS LIBRARY LICENSE 
-     TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 
- 
-  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 
-  under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by 
-  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at 
-  your option) any later version. 
-   
-  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but 
-  WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- 
-  TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Library 
-  General Public License for more details. 
- 
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License 
-  along with this software, usually in a file named COPYING.LIB.  If not,   
-  write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,  
-  Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA. 
- 
-  EXCEPTION NOTICE 
- 
-  1. As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give 
-  permission for additional uses of the text contained in this release of 
-  the library as licensed under the wxWindows Library License, applying 
-  either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version of 
-  the License as published by the copyright holders of version 3 of the 
-  License document. 
- 
-  2. The exception is that you may create binary object code versions of any 
-  works using this library or based on this library, and use, copy, modify, 
-  link and distribute such binary object code files unrestricted under terms 
-  of your choice. 
- 
-  3. If you copy code from files distributed under the terms of the GNU 
-  General Public License or the GNU Library General Public License into a 
-  copy of this library, as this license permits, the exception does not   
-  apply to the code that you add in this way.  To avoid misleading anyone as 
-  to the status of such modified files, you must delete this exception 
-  notice from such code and/or adjust the licensing conditions notice  
-  accordingly. 
- 
-  4. If you write modifications of your own for this library, it is your 
-  choice whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications. 
-  If you do not wish that, you must delete the exception notice from such 
-  code and/or adjust the licensing conditions notice accordingly. 
-
-  

docs/gtk/readme.txt

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-
-  Welcome to wxWindows/Gtk,
-  
-you have downloaded version 1.96 of the GTK+ port of C++ library
-wxWindows. Information on how to install can be found in the
-file install.txt, but if you cannot wait, this should work on
-all systems
-
-configure --without-threads
-make
-su (PASSWORD)
-make install
-
-wxWindows/Gtk is still in development and you can have a look
-at the todo.txt to see what's missing before an official beta
-and - more important - before we can aim at binary compatibility.
-
-More information is available from my homepage at
-
-  http://wesley.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/~wxxt
-  
-Please send problems concerning installation, feature requests, 
-bug reports or comments to either the wxGTK mailing list or to
-the wxWindows developers list. Information on how to subscribe
-is available from my homepage.
-
-wxWindows/Gtk comes with no guarantee whatsoever. It might crash
-your harddisk or destroy your monitor. It doesn't claim to be
-suitable for any special purpose.
-
-  Regards,
-
-    Robert Roebling
-
-
-

docs/gtk/todo.txt

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-
--------------------- High priority ---------------------
-
-wxTreeCtrl
-  -> Keyboard handling.
-
-wxClipboard
-  -> On the way, but not functional yet.
-  
-Fix printing of bitmaps
-  -> No idea.
-
-OwnerDraw for wxListCtrl and others
-  -> That is a big one.
-  
-DnD
-  -> Must be rewritten for GTK+ 1.1.3  
- 
--------------------- Low priority ---------------------
-    
-wxDebugContext <-> wxLogXXX functions
-  -> Remove either
-
-Implement wxPalette
-  -> I never understood that. Postponed.
-  
-Implement wxDirDialog
-  -> Not heard of. Postponed.
-
-Show accelerator in menus
-  -> Changed in GTK 1.1.X. Postponed.
-  
-Correct tab navigation
-  -> seems to be broken in GTK. Postponed.
-  
-Cooperation with Qt
-  -> Would be nice.
-  

docs/latex/porting/porting.hpj

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-[OPTIONS]
-TITLE=wxWindows Porting Guide
-CONTENTS=Contents
-COMPRESS=HIGH
-
-[FILES]
-porting.rtf
-
-[CONFIG]
-CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`porting.hlp', `Contents')")
-BrowseButtons()
-
-[MAP]
-
-[BITMAPS]
-

docs/latex/porting/porting.tex

@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
-\newcommand{\indexit}[1]{#1\index{#1}}%
-\newcommand{\pipe}[0]{$\|$\ }%
-\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
-\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
-\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
-\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
-\input psbox.tex
-\parskip=10pt
-\parindent=0pt
-\title{Guide to porting applications from wxWindows 1.xx to 2.0}
-\author{Julian Smart}
-\date{October 1997}
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\pagestyle{fancyplain}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\tableofcontents
-%
-\chapter{About this document}\label{about}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it Porting guide}}{}{}{}{}{{\it Porting guide}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-This document gives guidelines and tips for porting applications from
-version 1.xx of wxWindows to version 2.0.
-
-The first section offers tips for writing 1.xx applications in a way to
-minimize porting time. The following sections detail the changes and
-how you can modify your application to be 2.0-compliant.
-
-You may be worrying that porting to 2.0 will be a lot of work,
-particularly if you have only recently started using 1.xx. In fact,
-the wxWindows 2.0 API has far more in common with 1.xx than it has differences.
-With backward compatibility mode on, much of the conversion can be
-done gradually. The main challenges are doing without the default
-panel item layout, and the lack of automatic labels in some controls.
-However, if you already use resource files (.wxr), or application-specific positioning,
-or constraints, then even this will be quite painless.
-
-So please don't be freaked out by the jump to 2.0! For one thing, 1.xx is still available
-and will be supported by the user community for some time. And when you have
-changed to 2.0, we hope that you will appreciate the benefits in terms
-of greater flexibility, better user interface aesthetics, improved C++ conformance,
-improved compilation speed, and many other enhancements. The revised architecture
-of 2.0 will ensure that wxWindows can continue to evolve for the forseeable
-future.
-
-{\it Please note that this document is a work in progress.}
-
-\chapter{Preparing for version 2.0}\label{preparing}
-
-Even before compiling with version 2.0, there's also a lot you can do right now to make porting
-relatively simple. Here are a few tips.
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item {\bf Use constraints or .wxr resources} for layout, rather than the default layout scheme.
-Constraints should be the same in 2.0, and resources will be translated.
-\item {\bf Use separate wxMessage items} instead of labels for wxText, wxMultiText,
-wxChoice, wxComboBox. These labels will disappear in 2.0. Use separate
-wxMessages whether you're creating controls programmatically or using
-the dialog editor. The future dialog editor will be able to translate
-from old to new more accurately if labels are separated out.
-\item {\bf Parameterise functions that use wxDC} or derivatives, i.e. make the wxDC
-an argument to all functions that do drawing. Minimise the use of
-wxWindow::GetDC and definitely don't store wxDCs long-term
-because in 2.0, you can't use GetDC() and wxDCs are not persistent.
-You will use wxClientDC, wxPaintDC stack objects instead. Minimising
-the use of GetDC() will ensure that there are very few places you
-have to change drawing code for 2.0.
-\item {\bf Don't set GDI objects} (wxPen, wxBrush etc.) in windows or wxCanvasDCs before they're
-needed (e.g. in constructors) - do so within your drawing routine instead. In
-2.0, these settings will only take effect between the construction and destruction
-of temporary wxClient/PaintDC objects.
-\item {\bf Don't rely} on arguments to wxDC functions being floating point - they will
-be 32-bit integers in 2.0.
-\item {\bf Don't use the wxCanvas member functions} that duplicate wxDC functions, such as SetPen and DrawLine, since
-they are going.
-\item {\bf Using member callbacks} called from global callback functions will make the transition
-easier - see the FAQ
-for some notes on using member functions for callbacks. wxWindows 2.0 will banish global
-callback functions (and OnMenuCommand), and nearly all event handling will be done by functions taking a single event argument.
-So in future you will have code like:
-
-{\small\begin{verbatim}
-void MyFrame::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-        ...
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-}%
-
-You may find that writing the extra code to call a member function isn't worth it at this stage,
-but the option is there.
-\item {\bf Use wxString wherever possible.} 2.0 will replace char * with wxString
-in most cases, and if you use wxString to receive strings returned from
-wxWindows functions (except when you need to save the pointer if deallocation is required), there should
-be no conversion problems later on.
-\item Be aware that under Windows, {\bf font sizes will change} to match standard Windows
-font sizes (for example, a 12-point font will appear bigger than before). Write your application
-to be flexible where fonts are concerned.
-Don't rely on fonts being similarly-sized across platforms, as they were (by chance) between
-Windows and X under wxWindows 1.66. Yes, this is not easy... but I think it's better to conform to the
-standards of each platform, and currently the size difference makes it difficult to
-conform to Windows UI standards. You may eventually wish to build in a global 'fudge-factor' to compensate
-for size differences. The old font sizing will still be available via wx\_setup.h, so do not panic...
-\item {\bf Consider dropping wxForm usage}: an alternative is to be found in utils/wxprop.
-wxPropertyFormView can be used in a wxForm-like way, except that you specify a pre-constructed panel
-or dialog; or you can use a wxPropertyListView to show attributes in a scrolling list - you don't even need
-to lay panel items out.
-
-Because wxForm uses a number of features to be dropped in wxWindows 2.0, it cannot be
-supported in the future, at least in its present state.
-\item {\bf When creating a wxListBox}, put the wxLB\_SINGLE, wxLB\_MULTIPLE, wxLB\_EXTENDED styles in the window style parameter, and put
-zero in the {\it multiple} parameter. The {\it multiple} parameter will be removed in 2.0.
-\item {\bf For MDI applications}, don't reply on MDI being run-time-switchable in the way that the
-MDI sample is. In wxWindows 2.0, MDI functionality is separated into distinct classes.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\chapter{The new event system}\label{eventsystem}
-
-The way that events are handled has been radically changed in wxWindows 2.0. Please
-read the topic `Event handling overview' in the wxWindows 2.0 manual for background
-on this.
-
-\section{Callbacks}
-
-Instead of callbacks for panel items, menu command events, control commands and other events are directed to
-the originating window, or an ancestor, or an event handler that has been plugged into the window
-or its ancestor. Event handlers always have one argument, a derivative of wxEvent.
-
-For menubar commands, the {\bf OnMenuCommand} member function will be replaced by a series of separate member functions,
-each of which responds to a particular command. You need to add these (non-virtual) functions to your
-frame class, add a DECLARE\_EVENT\_TABLE entry to the class, and then add an event table to
-your implementation file, as a BEGIN\_EVENT\_TABLE and END\_EVENT\_TABLE block. The
-individual event mapping macros will be of the form:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
-    EVT_MENU(MYAPP_NEW, MyFrame::OnNew)
-    EVT_MENU(wxID_EXIT, MyFrame::OnExit)
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Control commands, such as button commands, can be routed to a derived button class,
-the parent window, or even the frame. Here, you use a function of the form EVT\_BUTTON(id, func).
-Similar macros exist for other control commands.
-
-\section{Other events}
-
-To intercept other events, you used to override virtual functions, such as OnSize. Now, while you can use
-the OnSize name for such event handlers (or any other name of your choice), it has only a single argument
-(wxSizeEvent) and must again be `mapped' using the EVT\_SIZE macro. The same goes for all other events,
-including OnClose (although in fact you can still use the old, virtual form of OnClose for the time being).
-
-\chapter{Class hierarchy}\label{classhierarchy}
-
-The class hierarchy has changed somewhat. wxToolBar and wxButtonBar
-classes have been split into several classes, and are derived from wxControl (which was
-called wxItem). wxPanel derives from wxWindow instead of from wxCanvas, which has
-disappeared in favour of wxScrolledWindow (since all windows are now effectively canvases
-which can be drawn into). The status bar has become a class in its own right, wxStatusBar.
-
-There are new MDI classes so that wxFrame does not have to be overloaded with this
-functionality.
-
-There are new device context classes, with wxPanelDC and wxCanvasDC disappearing.
-See \helpref{Device contexts and painting}{dc}.
-
-\chapter{GDI objects}\label{gdiobjects}
-
-These objects - instances of classes such as wxPen, wxBrush, wxBitmap (but not wxColour) -
-are now implemented with reference-counting. This makes assignment a very cheap operation,
-and also means that management of the resource is largely automatic. You now pass {\it references} to
-objects to functions such as wxDC::SetPen. The device context does not store a copy of the pen
-itself, but takes a copy of it (via reference counting), and the object's data gets freed up
-when the reference count goes to zero. The application does not have to worry so much about
-who the object belongs to: it can pass the reference, then destroy the object without
-leaving a dangling pointer inside the device context.
-
-For the purposes of code migration, you can use the old style of object management - maintaining
-pointers to GDI objects, and using the FindOrCreate... functions. However, it is preferable to
-keep this explicit management to a minimum, instead creating objects on the fly as needed, on the stack,
-unless this causes too much of an overhead in your application.
-
-At a minimum, you will have to make sure that calls to SetPen, SetBrush etc. work. Some compilers
-will do the conversion from pointer to reference automatically (via a constructor in the GDI
-class) but you cannot rely on this being true for all compilers. Also, where you pass NULL to these
-functions, you will need to either cast to the appropriate reference type, or instead
-use an identifier such as wxNullPen or wxNullBrush.
-
-\chapter{Dialogs and controls}\label{dialogscontrols}
-
-\wxheading{Labels}
-
-Most controls no longer have labels and values as they used to in 1.xx. Instead, labels
-should be created separately using wxStaticText (the new name for wxMessage). This will
-need some reworking of dialogs, unfortunately; programmatic dialog creation that doesn't
-use constraints will be especially hard-hit. Perhaps take this opportunity to make more
-use of dialog resources or constraints. Or consider using the wxPropertyListView class
-which can do away with dialog layout issues altogether by presenting a list of editable
-properties.
-
-\wxheading{Constructors}
-
-All window constructors have two main changes, apart from the label issue mentioned above.
-Windows now have integer identifiers; and position and size are now passed as wxPoint and
-wxSize objects. In addition, some windows have a wxValidator argument. wxWindows 2.0 may provide
-old-style constructors in WXWIN\_COMPATIBILITY mode for limited backward compatibility.
-
-\wxheading{Show versus ShowModal}
-
-If you have used or overridden the {\bf wxDialog::Show} function in the past, you may find
-that modal dialogs no longer work as expected. This is because the function for modal showing
-is now {\bf wxDialog:ShowModal}. This is part of a more fundamental change in which a
-control may tell the dialog that it caused the dismissal of a dialog, by
-calling {\bf wxDialog::EndModal} or {\bf wxWindow::SetReturnCode}. Using this
-information, {\bf ShowModal} now returns the id of the control that caused dismissal,
-giving greater feedback to the application than just TRUE or FALSE.
-
-If you overrode or called {\bf wxDialog::Show}, use {\bf ShowModal} and test for a returned identifier,
-commonly wxID\_OK or wxID\_CANCEL.
-
-\wxheading{wxItem}
-
-This is renamed wxControl.
-
-\wxheading{wxText, wxMultiText and wxTextWindow}
-
-These classes no longer exist and are replaced by the single class wxTextCtrl.
-Multi-line text items are created using the wxTE\_MULTILINE style.
-
-\wxheading{wxButton}
-
-Bitmap buttons are now a separate class, instead of being part of wxBitmap.
-
-\wxheading{wxMessage}
-
-Bitmap messages are now a separate class, wxStaticBitmap, and wxMessage
-is renamed wxStaticText.
-
-\wxheading{wxGroupBox}
-
-wxGroupBox is renamed wxStaticBox.
-
-\wxheading{wxForm}
-
-Note that wxForm is no longer supported in wxWindows 2.0. Consider using the wxPropertyForm class
-instead, which takes standard dialogs and panels and associates controls with property objects.
-You may also find that the new validation method, combined with dialog resources, is easier
-and more flexible than using wxForm.
-
-\chapter{Device contexts and painting}\label{dc}
-
-In wxWindows 2.0, device contexts are used for drawing into, as per 1.xx, but the way
-they are accessed and constructed is a bit different.
-
-You no longer use {\bf GetDC} to access device contexts for panels, dialogs and canvases.
-Instead, you create a temporary device context, which means that any window or control can be drawn
-into. The sort of device context you create depends on where your code is called from. If
-painting within an {\bf OnPaint} handler, you create a wxPaintDC. If not within an {\bf OnPaint} handler,
-you use a wxClientDC or wxWindowDC. You can still parameterise your drawing code so that it
-doesn't have to worry about what sort of device context to create - it uses the DC it is passed
-from other parts of the program.
-
-You {\bf must } create a wxPaintDC if you define an OnPaint handler, even if you do not
-actually use this device context, or painting will not work correctly under Windows.
-
-If you used device context functions with wxPoint or wxIntPoint before, please note
-that wxPoint now contains integer members, and there is a new class wxRealPoint. wxIntPoint
-no longer exists.
-
-\chapter{Miscellaneous}
-
-\section{Strings}
-
-wxString has replaced char* in the majority of cases. For passing strings into functions,
-this should not normally require you to change your code if the syntax is otherwise the
-same. This is because C++ will automatically convert a char* or const char* to a wxString by virtue
-of appropriate wxString constructors.
-
-However, when a wxString is returned from a function in wxWindows 2.0 where a char* was
-returned in wxWindows 1.xx, your application will need to be changed. Usually you can
-simplify your application's allocation and deallocation of memory for the returned string,
-and simply assign the result to a wxString object. For example, replace this:
-
-{\small\begin{verbatim}
-  char* s = wxFunctionThatReturnsString();
-  s = copystring(s); // Take a copy in case it's temporary
-  .... // Do something with it
-  delete[] s;
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-with this:
-
-{\small\begin{verbatim}
-  wxString s = wxFunctionThatReturnsString();
-  .... // Do something with it
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-To indicate an empty return value or a problem, a function may return either the
-empty string (``") or a null string. You can check for a null string with wxString::IsNull().
-
-\section{Use of const}
-
-The {\bf const} keyword is now used to denote constant functions that do not affect the
-object, and for function arguments to denote that the object passed cannot be changed.
-
-This should not affect your application except for where you are overriding virtual functions
-which now have a different signature. If functions are not being called which were previously,
-check whether there is a parameter mismatch (or function type mismatch) involving consts.
-
-Try to use the {\bf const} keyword in your own code where possible.
-
-\chapter{Backward compatibility}\label{compat}
-
-Some wxWindows 1.xx functionality has been left to ease the transition to 2.0. This functionality
-(usually) only works if you compile with WXWIN\_COMPATIBILITY set to 1.
-
-TODO
-
-OnMenuCommand, OnSize, OnActivate, OnPaint, others?? can all be prefixed with Old (e.g. OldOnMenuCommand)
-and will work as before. You are encouraged to convert your code to the new forms, but
-this will allow you to get your applications up and running a little more quickly.
-
-OnClose can be used as-is without an 'Old' prefix, but officially the OnCloseWindow event table handler should be
-used instead.
-
-\chapter{Quick reference}\label{quickreference}
-
-This section allows you to quickly find features that
-need to be converted.
-
-TODO
-
-\section{OnActivate}
-
-Rename to OldOnActivate, or replace arguments with one wxActivateEvent\& argument.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
-
-\section{OnClose}
-
-This can either remain the same as before, or you can add an OnCloseWindow event
-handler using an EVT\_CLOSE event table entry.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
-
-\section{OnMenuCommand}
-
-Rename to OldOnMenuCommand, or replace with a series of functions, one for
-each case of your old switch statement. Create an event table for your frame
-containing EVT\_MENU macros, and insert DECLARE\_EVENT\_TABLE() in your frame class.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
-
-\section{OnSize}
-
-Rename to OldOnSize, or replace arguments with one wxSizeEvent\& argument.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Backward compatibility}{compat}
-
-\section{wxDialog::Show}
-
-If you used {\bf Show} to show a modal dialog, or to override the standard
-modal dialog {\bf Show}, use {\bf ShowModal} instead.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Dialogs and controls}{dialogscontrols}
-
-\end{document}

docs/latex/porting/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-;;; Tex2RTF initialisation file for 16-bit Winhelp
-runTwice = yes
-titleFontSize = 12
-authorFontSize = 10
-authorFontSize = 10
-chapterFontSize = 12
-sectionFontSize = 12
-subsectionFontSize = 12
-contentsDepth = 2
-headerRule = yes
-footerRule = yes
-useHeadingStyles = yes
-listItemIndent=40
-generateHPJ = no
-htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
-winHelpContents = yes
-winHelpVersion = 3 ; 3 for Windows 3.x, 4 for Windows 95
-winHelpTitle = "wxWindows Porting Guide"
-truncateFilenames = yes
-combineSubSections = yes
-\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
-\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
-\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\par\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
-\wxheading [1]{{\bf \fcol{blue}{#1}}}
-\const [0] {{\bf const}}
-\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-

docs/latex/porting/texhelp.sty

@@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
-% LaTeX style file
-% Name:   texhelp.sty
-% Author: Julian Smart
-%
-% Purpose
-% -------
-% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
-% hypertext manuals.
-% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
-%
-% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
-% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
-% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
-% in all other formats.
-%
-% Julian Smart
-% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
-%
-%
-% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
-%
-% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
-%
-% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
-%
-% followed by a description of the class.
-% Each member should follow:
-%
-% \membersection{wxName::Member}
-%
-% with a description of what this member does.
-% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
-%
-% \func{return type}{name}{args}
-% or
-% \member{type}{name}
-%
-% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
-
-% Function, e.g.
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% void DoIt(char *string);
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
-%
-
-\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
-
-\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
-
-% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
-\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
-
-% CLIPS function
-\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
-
-\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
-
-% This is used for a CLIPS function name
-\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
-
-% Member: a type and a name
-\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
-
-% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
-\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
-
-% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
-\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
-
-% Class: puts in index
-\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
-
-% Void type
-\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
-
-% Typeset destructor
-\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
-
-% Typeset insert/extract operators
-\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
-\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
-
-
-% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
-%
-% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
-% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
-% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
-%
-
-% Type text with section reference
-\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
-
-% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
-\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
-
-% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
-\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like footnote, but popup text.
-\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
-
-% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
-%
-
-% Global document font size/family, help only.
-\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
-% Only print in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
-
-% Ignore in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
-
-% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
-% in help systems!)
-\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
-
-\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
-
-% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
-%
-% Headings consistent with generated ones
-\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
-\begin{flushleft}
-{\LARGE \bf #1}
-\end{flushleft}
-\vskip 20pt
-}
-
-% Heading with entry in contents page.
-\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-
-% Glossary environment
-\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-
-% Glossary entry
-\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
-
-% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
-\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, left aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, right aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
-% acts like \image.
-\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Headers and footers
-% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
-\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
-\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
-\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
-}
-
-% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
-\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
-\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
-\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
-}
-
-% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
-% in mirrored margins mode.
-\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-
-% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
-\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
-
-\twocolwidtha{3cm}
-\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
-\twocolspacing{2}
-
-\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
-\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
-
-\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
-{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
-
-% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
-\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
-
-% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
-\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
-
-% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
-\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
-{\end{list}}
-
-% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
-\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
-% Double-framed box of text.
-\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
-
-% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
-% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
-% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
-
-% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
-% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
-\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
-
-% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
-% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
-% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
-% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
-\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
-\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
-\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
-#2%
-\end{list}}
-\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
-\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
-\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-

docs/latex/porting/up.gif

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-GIF87a

docs/latex/wx/accel.tex

@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxAcceleratorEntry}}\label{wxacceleratorentry}
-
-An object used by an application wishing to create an \helpref{accelerator table}{wxacceleratortable}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-None
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxAcceleratorTable}{wxacceleratortable}, \helpref{wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable}{wxwindowsetacceleratortable}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorEntry::wxAcceleratorEntry}\label{wxacceleratorentryconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorEntry}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorEntry}{\param{int}{ flags}, \param{int}{ keyCode}, \param{int}{ cmd}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{flags}{One of wxACCEL\_SHIFT, wxACCEL\_CTRL and wxACCEL\_NORMAL. Indicates
-which modifier key is held down.}
-
-\docparam{keyCode}{The keycode to be detected. See \helpref{Keycodes}{keycodes} for a full list of keycodes.}
-
-\docparam{cmd}{The menu or control command identifier.}
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorEntry::GetCommand}\label{wxacceleratorentrygetcommand}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetCommand}{\void}
-
-Returns the command identifier for the accelerator table entry.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorEntry::GetFlags}\label{wxacceleratorentrygetflags}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFlags}{\void}
-
-Returns the flags for the accelerator table entry.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorEntry::GetKeyCode}\label{wxacceleratorentrygetkeycode}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetKeyCode}{\void}
-
-Returns the keycode for the accelerator table entry.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorEntry::Set}\label{wxacceleratorentryset}
-
-\func{void}{Set}{\param{int}{ flags}, \param{int}{ keyCode}, \param{int}{ cmd}}
-
-Sets the accelerator entry parameters.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{flags}{One of wxACCEL\_SHIFT, wxACCEL\_CTRL and wxACCEL\_NORMAL. Indicates
-which modifier key is held down.}
-
-\docparam{keyCode}{The keycode to be detected. See \helpref{Keycodes}{keycodes} for a full list of keycodes.}
-
-\docparam{cmd}{The menu or control command identifier.}
-
-\section{\class{wxAcceleratorTable}}\label{wxacceleratortable}
-
-An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of keyboard shortcuts for
-menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or button commands are supported; on GTK,
-only menu commands are supported.
-
-The object {\bf wxNullAcceleratorTable} is defined to be a table with no data, and is the
-initial accelerator table for a window.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-{\small%
-\begin{verbatim}
-  wxAcceleratorEntry entries[4];
-  entries[0].Set(wxACCEL_CTRL,  (int) 'N',     ID_NEW_WINDOW);
-  entries[1].Set(wxACCEL_CTRL,  (int) 'X',     wxID_EXIT);
-  entries[2].Set(wxACCEL_SHIFT, (int) 'A',     ID_ABOUT);
-  entries[3].Set(wxACCEL_NONE,  WXK_DELETE,    wxID_CUT);
-  wxAcceleratorTable accel(4, entries);
-  frame->SetAcceleratorTable(accel);
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-An accelerator takes precedence over normal processing and can be a convenient way to program some event handling.
-For example, you can use an accelerator table to enable a dialog with a multi-line text control to
-accept CTRL-Enter as meaning 'OK' (but not in GTK at present).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxAcceleratorEntry}{wxacceleratorentry}, \helpref{wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable}{wxwindowsetacceleratortable}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable}\label{wxacceleratortableconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorTable}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorTable}{\param{const wxAcceleratorTable\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Copy constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorTable}{\param{int}{ n}, \param{wxAcceleratorEntry}{ entries[]}}
-
-Creates from an array of \helpref{wxAcceleratorEntry}{wxacceleratorentry} objects.
-
-\func{}{wxAcceleratorTable}{\param{const wxString\&}{ resource}}
-
-Loads the accelerator table from a Windows resource (Windows only).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{Number of accelerator entries.}
-
-\docparam{entries}{The array of entries.}
-
-\docparam{resource}{Name of a Windows accelerator.}
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::\destruct{wxAcceleratorTable}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxAcceleratorTable}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the wxAcceleratorTable object.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::Ok}\label{wxacceleratortableok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the accelerator table is valid.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::operator $=$}
-
-\func{wxAcceleratorTable\& }{operator $=$}{\param{const wxAcceleratorTable\& }{accel}}
-
-Assignment operator. This operator does not copy any data, but instead
-passes a pointer to the data in {\it accel} and increments a reference
-counter. It is a fast operation.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{accel}{Accelerator table to assign.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns 'this' object.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::operator $==$}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxAcceleratorTable\& }{accel}}
-
-Equality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
-equal (a fast test).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{accel}{Accelerator table to compare with 'this'}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns TRUE if the accelerator tables were effectively equal, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::operator $!=$}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxAcceleratorTable\& }{accel}}
-
-Inequality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
-unequal (a fast test).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{accel}{Accelerator table to compare with 'this'}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns TRUE if the accelerator tables were unequal, FALSE otherwise.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/activevt.tex

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxActivateEvent}}\label{wxactivateevent}
-
-An activate event is sent when a window or application is being activated
-or deactivated.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process an activate event, use these event handler macros to direct input to a member
-function that takes a wxActivateEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_ACTIVATE(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_ACTIVATE event.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_ACTIVATE\_APP(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_ACTIVATE\_APP event.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when is
-being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the title
-bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
-
-An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames becomes activated,
-or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all application frames being inactive. (Windows only)
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnActivate}{wxwindowonactivate},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnActivate}{wxapponactivate},\rtfsp
-\helpref{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxActivateEvent::wxActivateEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxActivateEvent}{\param{WXTYPE }{eventType = 0}, \param{bool}{ active = TRUE}, \param{int }{id = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxActivateEvent::m\_active}
-
-\member{bool}{m\_active}
-
-TRUE if the window or application was activated.
-
-\membersection{wxActivateEvent::GetActive}\label{wxactivateeventgetactive}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetActive}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the application or window is being activated, FALSE otherwise.
-

docs/latex/wx/app.tex

@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxApp}}\label{wxapp}
-
-The {\bf wxApp} class represents the application itself. It is used
-to:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item set and get application-wide properties;
-\item implement the windowing system message or event loop;
-\item initiate application processing via \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit};
-\item allow default processing of events not handled by other
-objects in the application.
-\end{itemize}
-
-You should use the macro IMPLEMENT\_APP(appClass) in your application implementation
-file to tell wxWindows how to create an instance of your application class.
-
-Use DECLARE\_APP(appClass) in a header file if you want the wxGetApp function (which returns
-a reference to your application object) to be visible to other files.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp overview}{wxappoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::wxApp}
-
-\func{void}{wxApp}{\param{int}{ language = wxLANGUAGE\_ENGLISH}}
-
-Constructor. Called implicitly with a definition of a wxApp object.
-
-The argument is a language identifier; this is an experimental
-feature and will be expanded and documented in future versions.
-
-TODO: completely rewrite the language stuff.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::\destruct{wxApp}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxApp}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. Will be called implicitly on program exit if the wxApp
-object is created on the stack.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::argc}\label{wxappargc}
-
-\member{int}{argc}
-
-Number of command line arguments (after environment-specific processing).
-
-\membersection{wxApp::argv}\label{wxappargv}
-
-\member{char **}{argv}
-
-Command line arguments (after environment-specific processing).
-
-\membersection{wxApp::CreateLogTarget}\label{wxappcreatelogtarget}
-
-\func{virtual wxLog*}{CreateLogTarget}{\void}
-
-Creates a wxLog class for the application to use for logging errors. The default
-implementation returns a new wxLogGui class.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxLog}{wxlog}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::Dispatch}\label{wxappdispatch}
-
-\func{void}{Dispatch}{\void}
-
-Dispatches the next event in the windowing system event queue.
-
-This can be used for programming event loops, e.g.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  while (app.Pending())
-    Dispatch();
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::Pending}{wxapppending}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetAppName}\label{wxappgetappname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAppName}{\void}
-
-Returns the application name.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-wxWindows sets this to a reasonable default before
-calling \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit}, but the application can reset it at will.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetAuto3D}\label{wxappgetauto3d}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAuto3D}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if 3D control mode is on, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::SetAuto3D}{wxappsetauto3d}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetClassName}\label{wxappgetclassname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetClassName}{\void}
-
-Gets the class name of the application. The class name may be used in a platform specific
-manner to refer to the application.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::SetClassName}{wxappsetclassname}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetExitOnDelete}\label{wxappgetexitondelete}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetExitOnDelete}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the application will exit when the top-level window is deleted, FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::SetExitOnDelete}{wxappsetexitondelete}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetPrintMode}\label{wxappgetprintmode}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetPrintMode}{\void}
-
-Returns the print mode: see \helpref{wxApp::SetPrintMode}{wxappsetprintmode}.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::GetTopWindow}\label{wxappgettopwindow}
-
-\constfunc{wxWindow *}{GetTopWindow}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the top window.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::SetTopWindow}{wxappsettopwindow}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::ExitMainLoop}\label{wxappexitmainloop}
-
-\func{void}{ExitMainLoop}{\void}
-
-Call this to explicitly exit the main message (event) loop.
-You should normally exit the main loop (and the application) by deleting
-the top window.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::Initialized}\label{wxappinitialized}
-
-\func{bool}{Initialized}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the application has been initialized (i.e. if\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} has returned successfully).  This can be useful for error
-message routines to determine which method of output is best for the
-current state of the program (some windowing systems may not like
-dialogs to pop up before the main loop has been entered).
-
-\membersection{wxApp::MainLoop}\label{wxappmainloop}
-
-\func{int}{MainLoop}{\void}
-
-Called by wxWindows on creation of the application. Override this if you wish
-to provide your own (environment-dependent) main loop.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns 0 under X, and the wParam of the WM\_QUIT message under Windows.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnActivate}\label{wxapponactivate}
-
-\func{void}{OnActivate}{\param{wxActivateEvent\& }{event}}
-
-Provide this member function to know whether the application is being
-activated or deactivated (Windows only).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnActivate}{wxwindowonactivate}, \helpref{wxActivateEvent}{wxactivateevent}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnExit}\label{wxapponexit}
-
-\func{int}{OnExit}{\void}
-
-Provide this member function for any processing which needs to be done as
-the application is about to exit.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnCharHook}\label{wxapponcharhook}
-
-\func{void}{OnCharHook}{\param{wxKeyEvent\&}{ event}}
-
-This event handler function is called (under Windows only) to allow the window to intercept keyboard events
-before they are processed by child windows.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{event}{The keypress event.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Use the wxEVT\_CHAR\_HOOK macro in your event table.
-
-If you use this member, you can selectively consume keypress events by calling\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvent::Skip}{wxeventskip} for characters the application is not interested in.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxKeyEvent}{wxkeyevent}, \helpref{wxWindow::OnChar}{wxwindowonchar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnCharHook}{wxwindowoncharhook}, \helpref{wxDialog::OnCharHook}{wxdialogoncharhook}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnIdle}\label{wxapponidle}
-
-\func{void}{OnIdle}{\param{wxIdleEvent\& }{event}}
-
-Override this member function for any processing which needs to be done
-when the application is idle. You should call wxApp::OnIdle from your own function,
-since this forwards OnIdle events to windows and also performs garbage collection for
-windows whose destruction has been delayed.
-
-wxWindows' strategy for OnIdle processing is as follows. After pending user interface events for an
-application have all been processed, wxWindows sends an OnIdle event to the application object. wxApp::OnIdle itself
-sends an OnIdle event to each application window, allowing windows to do idle processing such as updating
-their appearance. If either wxApp::OnIdle or a window OnIdle function requested more time, by
-caling \helpref{wxIdleEvent::ReqestMore}{wxidleeventrequestmore}, wxWindows will send another OnIdle
-event to the application event. This will occur in a loop until either a user event is found to be
-pending, or OnIdle requests no more time. Then all pending user events are processed until the system
-goes idle again, when OnIdle is called, and so on.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnIdle}{wxwindowonidle}, \helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::SendIdleEvents}{wxappsendidleevents}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnEndSession}\label{wxapponendsession}
-
-\func{void}{OnEndSession}{\param{wxCloseEvent\& }{event}}
-
-This is an event handler function called when the operating system or GUI session is
-about to close down. The application has a chance to silently save information,
-and can optionally close itself.
-
-Use the EVT\_END\_SESSION event table macro to handle query end session events.
-
-The default handler calls \helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose} with a TRUE argument
-(forcing the application to close itself silently).
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Under X, OnEndSession is called in response to the 'die' event.
-
-Under Windows, OnEndSession is called in response to the WM\_ENDSESSION message.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxCloseEvent}{wxcloseevent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnQueryEndSession}{wxapponqueryendsession}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnInit}\label{wxapponinit}
-
-\func{bool}{OnInit}{\void}
-
-This must be provided by the application, and will usually create the
-application's main window, calling \helpref{wxApp::SetTopWindow}{wxappsettopwindow}.
-
-Return TRUE to continue processing, FALSE to exit the application.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::OnQueryEndSession}\label{wxapponqueryendsession}
-
-\func{void}{OnQueryEndSession}{\param{wxCloseEvent\& }{event}}
-
-This is an event handler function called when the operating system or GUI session is
-about to close down. Typically, an application will try to save unsaved documents
-at this point.
-
-If \helpref{wxCloseEvent::CanVeto}{wxcloseeventcanveto} returns TRUE, the application
-is allowed to veto the shutdown by calling \helpref{wxCloseEvent::Veto}{wxcloseeventveto}.
-The application might veto the shutdown after prompting for documents to be saved, and the
-user has cancelled the save.
-
-Use the EVT\_QUERY\_END\_SESSION event table macro to handle query end session events.
-
-You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of the window
-using \helpref{wxCloseEvent::GetForce}{wxcloseeventgetforce}. If this is TRUE,
-destroy the window using \helpref{wxWindow::Destroy}{wxwindowdestroy}.
-If not, it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window.
-
-The default handler calls \helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose} on the top-level window,
-and vetoes the shutdown if Close returns FALSE. This will be sufficient for many applications.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Under X, OnQueryEndSession is called in response to the 'save session' event.
-
-Under Windows, OnQueryEndSession is called in response to the WM\_QUERYENDSESSION message.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxCloseEvent}{wxcloseevent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnEndSession}{wxapponendsession}
-
-\membersection{wxWindow::OnScroll}\label{wxwindowonscroll}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::ProcessMessage}\label{wxappprocessmessage}
-
-\func{bool}{ProcessMessage}{\param{MSG *}{msg}}
-
-Windows-only function for processing a message. This function
-is called from the main message loop, checking for windows that
-may wish to process it. The function returns TRUE if the message
-was processed, FALSE otherwise. If you use wxWindows with another class
-library with its own message loop, you should make sure that this
-function is called to allow wxWindows to receive messages. For example,
-to allow co-existance with the Microsoft Foundation Classes, override
-the PreTranslateMessage function:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-// Provide wxWindows message loop compatibility
-BOOL CTheApp::PreTranslateMessage(MSG *msg)
-{
-  if (wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessMessage(msg))
-    return TRUE;
-  else
-    return CWinApp::PreTranslateMessage(msg);
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::Pending}\label{wxapppending}
-
-\func{bool}{Pending}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if unprocessed events are in the window system event queue
-(MS Windows and Motif).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::Dispatch}{wxappdispatch}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SendIdleEvents}\label{wxappsendidleevents}
-
-\func{bool}{SendIdleEvents}{\void}
-
-Sends idle events to all top-level windows.
-
-\func{bool}{SendIdleEvents}{\param{wxWindow*}{ win}}
-
-Sends idle events to a window and its children.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-These functions poll the top-level windows, and their children, for idle event processing.
-If TRUE is returned, more OnIdle processing is requested by one or more window.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::OnIdle}{wxapponidle}, \helpref{wxWindow::OnIdle}{wxwindowonidle}, \helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetAppName}\label{wxappsetappname}
-
-\func{void}{SetAppName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Sets the name of the application. The name may be used in dialogs
-(for example by the document/view framework). A default name is set by
-wxWindows.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::GetAppName}{wxappgetappname}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetAuto3D}\label{wxappsetauto3d}
-
-\func{void}{SetAuto3D}{\param{const bool}{ auto3D}}
-
-Switches automatic 3D controls on or off.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{auto3D}{If TRUE, all controls will be created with 3D appearances unless
-overridden for a control or dialog. The default is TRUE}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This has an effect on Windows only.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::GetAuto3D}{wxappgetauto3d}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetClassName}\label{wxappsetclassname}
-
-\func{void}{SetClassName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Sets the class name of the application. This may be used in a platform specific
-manner to refer to the application.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::GetClassName}{wxappgetclassname}
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetExitOnDelete}\label{wxappsetexitondelete}
-
-\func{void}{SetExitOnDelete}{\param{bool}{ flag}}
-
-Allows the programmer to specify whether the application will exit when the
-top-level frame is deleted.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{flag}{If TRUE (the default), the application will exit when the top-level frame is
-deleted. If FALSE, the application will continue to run.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Currently, setting this to FALSE only has an effect under Windows.
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetPrintMode}\label{wxappsetprintmode}
-
-\func{void}{SetPrintMode}{\param{int}{ mode}}
-
-Sets the print mode determining what printing facilities will be
-used by the printing framework.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{mode}{This can be one of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxPRINT\_WINDOWS}}{Under Windows, use Windows printing (wxPrinterDC). This is the
-default under Windows.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxPRINT\_POSTSCRIPT}}{Use PostScript printing (wxPostScriptDC). This is the
-default for non-Windows platforms.}
-\end{twocollist}
-}%
-
-\membersection{wxApp::SetTopWindow}\label{wxappsettopwindow}
-
-\func{void}{SetTopWindow}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}}
-
-Sets the `top' window. You should normally call this from within \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} to
-let wxWindows know which is the main window.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{window}{The new top window.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxApp::GetTopWindow}{wxappgettopwindow}, \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit}
-

docs/latex/wx/bbutton.tex

@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxBitmapButton}}\label{wxbitmapbutton}
-
-A bitmap button is a control that contains a bitmap.
-It may be placed on a \helpref{dialog box}{wxdialog} or \helpref{panel}{wxpanel}, or indeed
-almost any other window.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}\\
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-A bitmap button can be supplied with a single bitmap, and wxWindows will draw
-all button states using this bitmap. If the application needs more control, additional bitmaps for
-the selected state, unpressed focussed state, and greyed-out state may be supplied.
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBU\_AUTODRAW}}{If
-this is specified, the button will be drawn automatically using the label bitmap only, providing
-a 3D-look border. If this style is not specified, the button will be drawn without borders and using all
-provided bitmaps.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_BUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_BUTTON\_CLICKED event,
-when the button is clicked.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::wxBitmapButton}\label{wxbitmapbuttonconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxBitmapButton}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmapButton}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = wxBU\_AUTODRAW}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a button.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Button identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to be displayed.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Button position.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Button size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the button is sized
-appropriately for the bitmap.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The {\it bitmap} parameter is normally the only bitmap you need to provide, and wxWindows will
-draw the button correctly in its different states. If you want more control, call
-any of the functions \helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}.
-
-Note that the bitmap passed is smaller than the actual button created.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::Create}{wxbitmapbuttoncreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::\destruct{wxBitmapButton}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmapButton}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the button.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::Create}\label{wxbitmapbuttoncreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
-
-Button creation function for two-step creation. For more details, see \helpref{wxBitmapButton::wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbuttonconstr}.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapDisabled}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapdisabled}
-
-\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapLabel}{\void}
-
-Returns the bitmap for the disabled state.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A reference to the disabled state bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapFocus}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapfocus}
-
-\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapFocus}{\void}
-
-Returns the bitmap for the focussed state.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A reference to the focussed state bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapLabel}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmaplabel}
-
-\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapLabel}{\void}
-
-Returns the label bitmap (the one passed to the constructor).
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A reference to the button's label bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapSelected}\label{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapselected}
-
-\constfunc{wxBitmap\&}{GetBitmapSelected}{\void}
-
-Returns the bitmap for the selected state.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A reference to the selected state bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
-
-\func{void}{SetBitmapDisabled}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Sets the bitmap for the disabled button appearance.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapdisabled},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus}
-
-\func{void}{SetBitmapFocus}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Sets the bitmap for the button appearance when it has the keyboard focus.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel}
-
-\func{void}{SetBitmapLabel}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Sets the bitmap label for the button.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap label to set.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This is the bitmap used for the unselected state, and for all other states
-if no other bitmaps are provided.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmaplabel}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapSelected}\label{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapselected}
-
-\func{void}{SetBitmapSelected}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Sets the bitmap for the selected (depressed) button appearance.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to set.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::GetBitmapSelected}{wxbitmapbuttongetbitmapselected},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmaplabel},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapFocus}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapfocus},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapDisabled}{wxbitmapbuttonsetbitmapdisabled}
-

docs/latex/wx/bitmap.tex

@@ -1,683 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxBitmap}}\label{wxbitmap}
-
-%\overview{Overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
-%
-This class encapsulates the concept of a platform-dependent bitmap,
-either monochrome or colour.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap overview}{wxbitmapoverview}, \helpref{wxDC::Blit}{wxdcblit}, \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}, \helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}, \helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}\label{wxbitmapconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxBitmap* }{bitmap}}
-
-Copy constructors.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
-
-Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const char}{ bits[]}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}\\
-  \param{int}{ depth = 1}}
-
-Creates a bitmap from an array of bits.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
-
-Creates a new bitmap.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const char**}{ bits}}
-
-Creates a bitmap from XPM data.
-
-\func{}{wxBitmap}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{long}{ type}}
-
-Loads a bitmap from a file or resource.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bits}{Specifies an array of pixel values.}
-
-\docparam{width}{Specifies the width of the bitmap.}
-
-\docparam{height}{Specifies the height of the bitmap.}
-
-\docparam{depth}{Specifies the depth of the bitmap. If this is omitted, the display depth of the
-screen is used.}
-
-\docparam{name}{This can refer to a resource name under MS Windows, or a filename under MS Windows and X.
-Its meaning is determined by the {\it flags} parameter.}
-
-\docparam{type}{May be one of the following:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}}{Load a Windows bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE}}}{Load a Windows bitmap from the resource database.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}}{Load a GIF bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}}{Load an X bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}}{Load an XPM bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf \indexit{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_RESOURCE}}}{Load a Windows resource name.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.
-If all possible wxWindows settings are used, the Windows platform supports BMP, BMP\_RESOURCE,
-XPM\_DATA, and XPM. Under X, the available formats are BMP, GIF, XBM, and XPM.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The first form constructs a bitmap object with no data; an assignment or another member function such as Create
-or LoadFile must be called subsequently.
-
-The second and third forms provide copy constructors. Note that these do not copy the
-bitmap data, but instead a pointer to the data, keeping a reference count. They are therefore
-very efficient operations.
-
-The fourth form constructs a bitmap from data whose type and value depends on
-the value of the {\it type} argument.
-
-The fifth form constructs a (usually monochrome) bitmap from an array of pixel values, under both
-X and Windows.
-
-The sixth form constructs a new bitmap.
-
-The seventh form constructs a bitmap from pixmap (XPM) data, if wxWindows has been configured
-to incorporate this feature.
-
-To use this constructor, you must first include an XPM file. For
-example, assuming that the file {\tt mybitmap.xpm} contains an XPM array
-of character pointers called mybitmap:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-#include "mybitmap.xpm"
-
-...
-
-wxBitmap *bitmap = new wxBitmap(mybitmap);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The eighth form constructs a bitmap from a file or resource. {\it name} can refer
-to a resource name under MS Windows, or a filename under MS Windows and X.
-
-Under Windows, {\it type} defaults to wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE.
-Under X, {\it type} defaults to wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::\destruct{wxBitmap}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmap}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the wxBitmap object and possibly the underlying bitmap data.
-Because reference counting is used, the bitmap may not actually be
-destroyed at this point - only when the reference count is zero will the
-data be deleted.
-
-If the application omits to delete the bitmap explicitly, the bitmap will be
-destroyed automatically by wxWindows when the application exits.
-
-Do not delete a bitmap that is selected into a memory device context.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::AddHandler}\label{wxbitmapaddhandler}
-
-\func{static void}{AddHandler}{\param{wxBitmapHandler*}{ handler}}
-
-Adds a handler to the end of the static list of format handlers.
-
-\docparam{handler}{A new bitmap format handler object. There is usually only one instance
-of a given handler class in an application session.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers}
-
-\func{static void}{CleanUpHandlers}{\void}
-
-Deletes all bitmap handlers.
-
-This function is called by wxWindows on exit.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::Create}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
-
-Creates a fresh bitmap. If the final argument is omitted, the display depth of
-the screen is used.
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
-
-Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{width}{The width of the bitmap in pixels.}
-
-\docparam{height}{The height of the bitmap in pixels.}
-
-\docparam{depth}{The depth of the bitmap in pixels. If this is -1, the screen depth is used.}
-
-\docparam{data}{Data whose type depends on the value of {\it type}.}
-
-\docparam{type}{A bitmap type identifier - see \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for a list
-of possible values.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the call succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The first form works on all platforms. The portability of the second form depends on the
-type of data.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::FindHandler}
-
-\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Finds the handler with the given name.
-
-\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{extension}, \param{long}{ bitmapType}}
-
-Finds the handler associated with the given extension and type.
-
-\func{static wxBitmapHandler*}{FindHandler}{\param{long }{bitmapType}}
-
-Finds the handler associated with the given bitmap type.
-
-\docparam{name}{The handler name.}
-
-\docparam{extension}{The file extension, such as ``bmp".}
-
-\docparam{bitmapType}{The bitmap type, such as wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A pointer to the handler if found, NULL otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetDepth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetDepth}{\void}
-
-Gets the colour depth of the bitmap. A value of 1 indicates a
-monochrome bitmap.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetHandlers}
-
-\func{static wxList\&}{GetHandlers}{\void}
-
-Returns the static list of bitmap format handlers.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetHeight}\label{wxbitmapgetheight}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetHeight}{\void}
-
-Gets the height of the bitmap in pixels.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetPalette}\label{wxbitmapgetpalette}
-
-\constfunc{wxPalette*}{GetPalette}{\void}
-
-Gets the associated palette (if any) which may have been loaded from a file
-or set for the bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetMask}\label{wxbitmapgetmask}
-
-\constfunc{wxMask*}{GetMask}{\void}
-
-Gets the associated mask if any) which may have been loaded from a file
-or set for the bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::SetMask}{wxbitmapsetmask}, \helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::GetWidth}\label{wxbitmapgetwidth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetWidth}{\void}
-
-Gets the width of the bitmap in pixels.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::GetHeight}{wxbitmapgetheight}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers}
-
-\func{static void}{InitStandardHandlers}{\void}
-
-Adds the standard bitmap format handlers, which, depending on wxWindows
-configuration, can be handlers for Windows bitmap, Windows bitmap resource, and XPM.
-
-This function is called by wxWindows on startup.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::InsertHandler}
-
-\func{static void}{InsertHandler}{\param{wxBitmapHandler*}{ handler}}
-
-Adds a handler at the start of the static list of format handlers.
-
-\docparam{handler}{A new bitmap format handler object. There is usually only one instance
-of a given handler class in an application session.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::LoadFile}\label{wxbitmaploadfile}
-
-\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type}}
-
-Loads a bitmap from a file or resource.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{name}{Either a filename or a Windows resource name.
-The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
-
-\docparam{type}{One of the following values:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}{Load a Windows bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP\_RESOURCE}}{Load a Windows bitmap from the resource database.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}{Load a GIF bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}{Load an X bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}{Load an XPM bitmap file.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-A palette may be associated with the bitmap if one exists (especially for
-colour Windows bitmaps), and if the code supports it. You can check
-if one has been created by using the \helpref{GetPalette}{wxbitmapgetpalette} member.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::Ok}\label{wxbitmapok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if bitmap data is present.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::RemoveHandler}
-
-\func{static bool}{RemoveHandler}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Finds the handler with the given name, and removes it. The handler
-is not deleted.
-
-\docparam{name}{The handler name.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the handler was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SaveFile}\label{wxbitmapsavefile}
-
-\func{bool}{SaveFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{wxPalette* }{palette = NULL}}
-
-Saves a bitmap in the named file.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{name}{A filename. The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
-
-\docparam{type}{One of the following values:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}{Save a Windows bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}{Save a GIF bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}{Save an X bitmap file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XPM}}{Save an XPM bitmap file.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.}
-
-\docparam{palette}{An optional palette used for saving the bitmap. TODO: this parameter should
-probably be eliminated; instead the app should set the palette before saving.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Depending on how wxWindows has been configured, not all formats may be available.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetDepth}\label{wxbitmapsetdepth}
-
-\func{void}{SetDepth}{\param{int }{depth}}
-
-Sets the depth member (does not affect the bitmap data).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{depth}{Bitmap depth.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetHeight}\label{wxbitmapsetheight}
-
-\func{void}{SetHeight}{\param{int }{height}}
-
-Sets the height member (does not affect the bitmap data).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{height}{Bitmap height in pixels.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetMask}\label{wxbitmapsetmask}
-
-\func{void}{SetMask}{\param{wxMask* }{mask}}
-
-Sets the mask for this bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The bitmap object owns the mask once this has been called.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::GetMask}{wxbitmapgetmask}, \helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetOk}
-
-\func{void}{SetOk}{\param{int }{isOk}}
-
-Sets the validity member (does not affect the bitmap data).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{isOk}{Validity flag.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetPalette}\label{wxbitmapsetpalette}
-
-\func{void}{SetPalette}{\param{wxPalette* }{palette}}
-
-Sets the associated palette: it will be deleted in the wxBitmap
-destructor, so if you do not wish it to be deleted automatically,
-reset the palette to NULL before the bitmap is deleted.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{palette}{The palette to set.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The bitmap object owns the palette once this has been called.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::SetWidth}
-
-\func{void}{SetWidth}{\param{int }{width}}
-
-Sets the width member (does not affect the bitmap data).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{width}{Bitmap width in pixels.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $=$}
-
-\func{wxBitmap\& }{operator $=$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Assignment operator. This operator does not copy any data, but instead
-passes a pointer to the data in {\it bitmap} and increments a reference
-counter. It is a fast operation.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to assign.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns 'this' object.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $==$}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Equality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
-equal (a fast test).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to compare with 'this'}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns TRUE if the bitmaps were effectively equal, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmap::operator $!=$}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{bitmap}}
-
-Inequality operator. This operator tests whether the internal data pointers are
-unequal (a fast test).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{Bitmap to compare with 'this'}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns TRUE if the bitmaps were unequal, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\section{\class{wxBitmapHandler}}\label{wxbitmaphandler}
-
-\overview{Overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
-
-This is the base class for implementing bitmap file loading/saving, and bitmap creation from data.
-It is used within wxBitmap and is not normally seen by the application.
-
-If you wish to extend the capabilities of wxBitmap, derive a class from wxBitmapHandler
-and add the handler using \helpref{wxBitmap::AddHandler}{wxbitmapaddhandler} in your
-application initialisation.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}, \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}, \helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::wxBitmapHandler}\label{wxbitmaphandlerconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxBitmapHandler}{\void}
-
-Default constructor. In your own default constructor, initialise the members
-m\_name, m\_extension and m\_type.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::\destruct{wxBitmapHandler}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxBitmapHandler}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the wxBitmapHandler object.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::Create}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Create}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{void*}{ data}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}, \param{int}{ depth = -1}}
-
-Creates a bitmap from the given data, which can be of arbitrary type. The wxBitmap object {\it bitmap} is
-manipulated by this function.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The wxBitmap object.}
-
-\docparam{width}{The width of the bitmap in pixels.}
-
-\docparam{height}{The height of the bitmap in pixels.}
-
-\docparam{depth}{The depth of the bitmap in pixels. If this is -1, the screen depth is used.}
-
-\docparam{data}{Data whose type depends on the value of {\it type}.}
-
-\docparam{type}{A bitmap type identifier - see \helpref{wxBitmapHandler::wxBitmapHandler}{wxbitmapconstr} for a list
-of possible values.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the call succeeded, FALSE otherwise (the default).
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetName}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetName}{\void}
-
-Gets the name of this handler.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetExtension}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetExtension}{\void}
-
-Gets the file extension associated with this handler.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::GetType}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetType}{\void}
-
-Gets the bitmap type associated with this handler.
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::LoadFile}\label{wxbitmaphandlerloadfile}
-
-\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type}}
-
-Loads a bitmap from a file or resource, putting the resulting data into {\it bitmap}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap object which is to be affected by this operation.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Either a filename or a Windows resource name.
-The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
-
-\docparam{type}{See \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for values this can take.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}\\
-\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}\\
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler::SaveFile}{wxbitmaphandlersavefile}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SaveFile}\label{wxbitmaphandlersavefile}
-
-\func{bool}{SaveFile}{\param{wxBitmap* }{bitmap}, \param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{int}{ type}, \param{wxPalette* }{palette = NULL}}
-
-Saves a bitmap in the named file.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap object which is to be affected by this operation.}
-
-\docparam{name}{A filename. The meaning of {\it name} is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
-
-\docparam{type}{See \helpref{wxBitmap::wxBitmap}{wxbitmapconstr} for values this can take.}
-
-\docparam{palette}{An optional palette used for saving the bitmap. TODO: this parameter should
-probably be eliminated; instead the app should set the palette before saving.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap::LoadFile}{wxbitmaploadfile}\\
-\helpref{wxBitmap::SaveFile}{wxbitmapsavefile}\\
-\helpref{wxBitmapHandler::LoadFile}{wxbitmaphandlerloadfile}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetName}
-
-\func{void}{SetName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Sets the handler name.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{name}{Handler name.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetExtension}
-
-\func{void}{SetExtension}{\param{const wxString\& }{extension}}
-
-Sets the handler extension.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{extension}{Handler extension.}
-
-\membersection{wxBitmapHandler::SetType}
-
-\func{void}{SetType}{\param{long }{type}}
-
-Sets the handler type.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{name}{Handler type.}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/body.tex

@@ -1,811 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Introduction}\label{introduction}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-\section{What is wxWindows?}
-
-wxWindows is a C++ framework providing GUI (Graphical User
-Interface) and other facilities on more than one platform.  Version 2.0 currently
-supports subsets MS Windows (16-bit, Windows 95 and Windows NT) and GTK.
-
-wxWindows was originally developed at the Artificial Intelligence
-Applications Institute, University of Edinburgh, for internal use.
-wxWindows has been released into the public domain in the hope
-that others will also find it useful. Version 2.0 is written and
-maintained by Julian Smart, Robert Roebling and others.
-
-This manual discusses wxWindows in the context of multi-platform
-development.\helpignore{For more detail on the wxWindows version 2.0 API
-(Application Programming Interface) please refer to the separate
-wxWindows reference manual.}
-
-Please note that in the following, ``MS Windows" often refers to all
-platforms related to Microsoft Windows, including 16-bit and 32-bit
-variants, unless otherwise stated. All trademarks are acknowledged.
-
-\section{Why another cross-platform development tool?}
-
-wxWindows was developed to provide a cheap and flexible way to maximize
-investment in GUI application development.  While a number of commercial
-class libraries already exist for cross-platform development,
-none met all of the following criteria:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item low price;
-\item source availability;
-\item simplicity of programming;
-\item support for a wide range of compilers.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-As public domain software and a project open to everyone, wxWindows has
-benefited from comments, ideas, bug fixes, enhancements and the sheer
-enthusiasm of users, especially via the Internet. This gives wxWindows a
-certain advantage over its commercial brothers, and a robustness against
-the transience of one individual or company. This openness and
-availability of source code is especially important when the future of
-thousands of lines of application code may depend upon the longevity of
-the underlying class library.
-
-In writing wxWindows, completeness has sometimes been traded for
-portability and simplicity of programming. Version 2.0 goes much
-further than previous versions in terms of generality and features,
-allowing applications to be produced
-that are often indistinguishable from those produced using single-platform
-toolkits
-such as Motif and MFC.
-
-wxWindows 2.0 currently maps to two native APIs: GTK and
-MS Windows. Motif, Xt and Mac ports are also in preparation.
-
-The importance of using a platform-independent class library cannot be
-overstated, since GUI application development is very time-consuming,
-and sustained popularity of particular GUIs cannot be guaranteed.
-Code can very quickly become obsolete if it addresses the wrong
-platform or audience.  wxWindows helps to insulate the programmer from
-these winds of change. Although wxWindows may not be suitable for
-every application, it provides access to most of the functionality a
-GUI program normally requires, plus some extras such as form
-construction, interprocess communication and PostScript output, and
-can of course be extended as needs dictate.  As a bonus, it provides
-a cleaner programming interface than the native
-APIs. Programmers may find it worthwhile to use wxWindows even if they
-are developing on only one platform.
-
-It is impossible to sum up the functionality of wxWindows in a few paragraphs, but
-here are some of the benefits:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Low cost (free, in fact!)
-\item You get the source.
-\item Several example programs.
-\item Over 700 pages of printable and on-line documentation.
-\item Simple-to-use, object-oriented API.
-\item Graphics calls include splines, polylines, rounded rectangles, etc.
-\item Constraint-based layout option.
-\item Print/preview and document/view architectures.
-\item Status line facility, toolbar
-\item Easy, object-oriented interprocess comms (DDE subset) under Unix and
-MS Windows.
-\item Encapsulated PostScript generation under Unix, normal MS Windows printing on the
-PC.
-\item MDI support under Windows and GTK.
-\item Can be used to create DLLs under Windows, dynamic libraries on the Sun.
-\item Common dialogs for file browsing, printing, colour selection, etc.
-\item Under MS Windows, support for creating metafiles and copying
-them to the clipboard.
-\item Hypertext help facility, with an API for invocation from applications.
-\item Dialog Editor for building dialogs.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{Changes from version 1.xx}\label{versionchanges}
-
-These are a few of the major differences between versions 1.xx and 2.0.
-
-Removals:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item XView is no longer supported;
-\item Mac is not yet supported;
-\item all controls (panel items) no longer have labels attached to them;
-\item wxForm removed;
-\item wxCanvasDC, wxPanelDC removed (replaced by wxClientDC, wxWindowDC, wxPaintDC which
-can be used for any window);
-\item wxMultiText, wxTextWindow, wxText removed and replaced by wxTextCtrl;
-\item classes no longer divided into generic and platform-specific parts, for efficiency.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Additions and changes:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item class hierarchy changed, and restrictions about subwindow nesting lifted;
-\item header files reorganised to conform to normal C++ standards;
-\item classes less dependent on each another, to reduce executable size;
-\item wxString used instead of char* wherever possible;
-\item the number of separate but mandatory utilities reduced;
-\item the event system has been overhauled, with
-virtual functions and callbacks being replaced with MFC-like event tables;
-\item new controls, such as wxTreeCtrl, wxListCtrl, wxSpinButton;
-\item less inconsistency about what events can be handled, so for example
-mouse clicks or key presses on controls can now be intercepted;
-\item the status bar is now a separate class, wxStatusBar, and is
-implemented in generic wxWindows code;
-\item some renaming of controls for greater consistency;
-\item wxBitmap has the notion of bitmap handlers to allow for extension to new formats
-without ifdefing;
-\item new dialogs: wxPageSetupDialog, wxFileDialog, wxDirDialog,
-wxMessageDialog, wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxTextEntryDialog;
-\item GDI objects are reference-counted and are now passed to most functions
-by reference, making memory management far easier;
-\item wxSystemSettings class allows querying for various system-wide properties
-such as dialog font, colours, user interface element sizes, and so on;
-\item better platform look and feel conformance;
-\item toolbar functionality now separated out into a family of classes with the
-same API;
-\item device contexts are no longer accessed using wxWindow::GetDC - they are created
-temporarily with the window as an argument;
-\item events from sliders and scrollbars can be handled more flexibly;
-\item the handling of window close events has been changed in line with the new
-event system, but backward {\bf OnClose} compatibility has been retained;
-\item the concept of {\it validator} has been added to allow much easier coding of
-the relationship between controls and application data;
-\item the documentation has been revised, with more cross-referencing.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Platform-specific changes:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item The Windows header file (windows.h) is no longer included by wxWindows headers;
-\item wx.dll supported under Visual C++;
-\item the full range of Windows 95 window decorations are supported, such as modal frame
-borders;
-\item MDI classes brought out of wxFrame into separate classes, and made more flexible.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{wxWindows requirements}\label{requirements}
-
-To make use of wxWindows, you currently need one or both of the
-following setups.
-
-(a) PC:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item A 486 or higher PC running MS Windows.
-\item One of Microsoft Visual C++ 4.0 or higher, Borland C++, Gnu-Win32.
-\item At least 60 MB of disk space.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-(b) Unix:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Almost any C++ compiler, including GNU C++.
-\item Almost any Unix workstation, and GTK 1.0 or higher.
-\item At least 60 MB of disk space.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\section{Availability and location of wxWindows}
-
-wxWindows is currently available from the Artificial Intelligence
-Applications Institute by anonymous FTP and World Wide Web:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ftp://ftp.aiai.ed.ac.uk/pub/packages/wxwin
-  http://web.ukonline.co.uk/julian.smart/wxwin
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\section{Acknowledgments}
-
-Thanks are due to AIAI for being willing to release the original version of
-wxWindows into the public domain, and to our patient wives Harriet, Tanja and others.
-
-We would particularly like to thank the following for their contributions to wxWindows, and the many others who have been involved in
-the project over the years. Apologies for any unintentional omissions from this list. 
- 
-Yiorgos Adamopoulos, Jamshid Afshar, Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra, AIAI, Patrick Albert, Karsten Ballueder, Michael Bedward, Kai Bendorf, Yura Bidus, Keith 
-Gary Boyce, Chris Breeze, Pete Britton, Ian Brown, C. Buckley, Dmitri Chubraev, Robin Corbet, Cecil Coupe, Andrew Davison, Neil Dudman, Robin 
-Dunn, Hermann Dunkel, Jos van Eijndhoven, Tom Felici, Thomas Fettig, Matthew Flatt, Pasquale Foggia, Josep Fortiana, Todd Fries, Dominic Gallagher, 
-Wolfram Gloger, Norbert Grotz, Stefan Gunter, Bill Hale, Patrick Halke, Stefan Hammes, Guillaume Helle, Harco de Hilster, Cord Hockemeyer, Markus 
-Holzem, Olaf Klein, Leif Jensen, Bart Jourquin, Guilhem Lavaux, Jan Lessner, Nicholas Liebmann, Torsten Liermann, Per Lindqvist, Thomas Runge, Tatu
-M\"{a}nnist\"{o}, Scott Maxwell, Thomas Myers, Oliver Niedung, Hernan Otero, Ian Perrigo, Timothy Peters, Giordano Pezzoli, Harri Pasanen, Thomaso Paoletti, 
-Garrett Potts, Marcel Rasche, Robert Roebling, Dino Scaringella, Jobst Schmalenbach, Arthur Seaton, Paul Shirley, Stein Somers, Petr Smilauer, Neil Smith, 
-Kari Syst\"{a}, Arthur Tetzlaff-Deas, Jonathan Tonberg, Jyrki Tuomi, Janos Vegh, Andrea Venturoli, Vadim Zeitlin, Xiaokun Zhu, Edward Zimmermann.
-
-`Graphplace', the basis for the wxGraphLayout library, is copyright Dr. Jos
-T.J. van Eijndhoven of Eindhoven University of Technology. The code has
-been used in wxGraphLayout with his permission.
-
-We also acknowledge the author of XFIG, the excellent Unix drawing tool,
-from the source of which we have borrowed some spline drawing code.
-His copyright is included below.
-
-{\it XFig2.1 is copyright (c) 1985 by Supoj Sutanthavibul. Permission to
-use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
-that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided ``as is''
-without express or implied warranty.}
-
-\chapter{Multi-platform development with wxWindows}\label{multiplat}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-This chapter describes the practical details of using wxWindows. Please
-see the file install.txt for up-to-date installation instructions, and
-changes.txt for differences between versions.
-
-\section{Include files}
-
-The main include file is {\tt "wx/wx.h"}; this includes the most commonly
-used modules of wxWindows.
-
-To save on compilation time, include only those header files relevant to the
-source file. If you are using precompiled headers, you should include
-the following section before any other includes:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include <wx/wxprec.h>
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-// Include your minimal set of headers here, or wx.h
-#include <wx/wx.h>
-#endif
-
-... now your other include files ...
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The file {\tt "wx/wxprec.h"} includes {\tt "wx/wx.h"}. Although this incantation
-may seem quirky, it is in fact the end result of a lot of experimentation,
-and several Windows compilers to use precompilation (those tested are Microsoft Visual C++, Borland C++
-and Watcom C++).
-
-Borland precompilation is largely automatic. Visual C++ requires specification of {\tt "wx/wxprec.h"} as
-the file to use for precompilation. Watcom C++ is automatic apart from the specification of
-the .pch file. Watcom C++ is strange in requiring the precompiled header to be used only for
-object files compiled in the same directory as that in which the precompiled header was created.
-Therefore, the wxWindows Watcom C++ makefiles go through hoops deleting and recreating
-a single precompiled header file for each module, thus preventing an accumulation of many
-multi-megabyte .pch files.
-
-\section{Libraries}
-
-Please the wxGTK documentation for use of the Unix version of wxWindows.
-Under Windows, use the library wx.lib for stand-alone Windows
-applications, or wxdll.lib for creating DLLs.
-
-\section{Configuration}
-
-The following lists the options configurable in the file
-\rtfsp{\tt "wx/msw/setup.h"} and {\tt "wx/gtk/setup.h"} Some settings are a matter
-of taste, some help with platform-specific problems, and
-others can be set to minimize the size of the library.
-
-\subsection{General features}
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{USE\_CLIPBOARD}{If 1, clipboard code is compiled (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{USE\_CONSTRAINTS}{If 1, the constaint-based window layout system is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_DOC\_VIEW\_ARCHITECTURE}{If 1, wxDocument, wxView and related classes are compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASSES}{If 1, the run-time class macros and classes are compiled. Recommended,
-and necessary for the document/view framework.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_HELP}{If 1, interface to help system is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_GAUGE}{If 1, the wxGauge class compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_GLOBAL\_MEMORY\_OPERATORS}{If 1, redefines global new and delete operators to be compatible
-with the extended arguments of the debugging wxObject new and delete operators. If this causes problems
-for your compiler, set to 0.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_IPC}{If 1, interprocess communication code is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_MEMORY\_TRACING}{If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete
-if the value of DEBUG is defined to more than 0.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_METAFILE}{If 1, Windows Metafile code is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_POSTSCRIPT}{If 1, PostScript code is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_POSTSCRIPT\_ARCHITECTURE\_IN\_MSW}{Set to 1 to enable the printing architecture
-to make use of either native Windows printing facilities, or the wxPostScriptDC class depending
-on the wxApp::SetPrintMode setting.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_PRINTING\_ARCHITECTURE}{If 1, wxPrinter, wxPrintout and related classes are compiled
-for the print/preview framework.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_RESOURCES}{If 1, win.ini or .Xdefaults-style resource read/write code is compiled.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_WX\_RESOURCES}{If 1, wxWindows resource file (.WXR) code is compiled.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\subsection{Windows and NT features}
-
-\begin{twocollist}
-\twocolitem{CTL3D}{CTL3D should only be used for 16-bit Windows programs.
-On Windows 95 and NT, native 3D effects are used. If you want to
-use it and don't already have CTL3D installed, copy the files in
-contrib/ctl3d to appropriate places (ctl3dv2.lib/ctl3d32.lib into your compiler lib
-directory, ctl3d.h into an include directory, and ctl3dv2.dll into
-windows/system). You may need to find a compiler-specific version of ctl3dv2.lib
-or ctl3d32.lib. Define CTL3D to be 1 in wx\_setup.h and link your executables with ctl3dv2.lib
-or ctl3d32.lib.}
-\twocolitem{USE\_ODBC}{If 1, compiles wxDatabase and wxRecordSet classes for ODBC
-access. Requires sql.h, sqlext.h files if set to 1 (see topic on database support).}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\section{Makefiles}
-
-At the moment there is no attempt to make Unix makefiles and
-PC makefiles compatible, i.e. one makefile is required for
-each environment.
-
-Sample makefiles for Unix (suffix .UNX), MS C++ (suffix .DOS and .NT), Borland
-C++ (.BCC) and Symantec C++ (.SC) are included for the library, demos
-and utilities. The NT, Borland and Symantec makefiles cannot be
-guaranteed to be up-to-date since the author does not have
-these compilers.
-
-The controlling makefile for wxWindows is in the platform-specific
-directory, such as {\tt src/msw} or {\tt src/x}. This makefile will
-recursively execute the makefile in {\tt src/base}.
-
-\subsection{Windows makefiles}
-
-For Microsoft C++, normally it is only necessary to type {\tt nmake -f
-makefile.dos} (or an alias or batch file which does this). By default,
-binaries are made with debugging information, and no optimization. Use
-FINAL=1 on the command line to remove debugging information (this only
-really necessary at the link stage), and DLL=1 to make a DLL version of
-the library, if building a library.
-
-\subsection{Unix makefiles}
-
-TODO.
-
-Debugging information is included by default; you may add DEBUG= as an
-argument to make to compile without it, or use the Unix {\bf strip}
-command to remove debugging information from an executable.
-
-\normalbox{{\it Important note:} Most compiler flags are kept centrally in
-src/make.env, which is included by all other makefiles. This is the
-file to edit to tailor wxWindows compilation to your environment.}
-
-\section{Windows-specific files}
-
-wxWindows application compilation under MS Windows requires at least two
-extra files, resource and module definition files.
-
-\subsection{Resource file}\label{resources}
-
-The least that must be defined in the Windows resource file (extension RC)
-is the following statement:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-rcinclude "wx/msw/wx.rc"
-\end{verbatim}
-
-which includes essential internal wxWindows definitions.  The resource script
-may also contain references to icons, cursors, etc., for example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxicon icon wx.ico
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The icon can then be referenced by name when creating a frame icon. See
-the MS Windows SDK documentation.
-
-\normalbox{Note: include wx.rc {\it after} any ICON statements
-so programs that search your executable for icons (such
-as the Program Manager) find your application icon first.}
-
-\subsection{Module definition file}
-
-A module definition file (extension DEF) is required for 16-bit applications, and
-looks like the following:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-NAME         Hello
-DESCRIPTION  'Hello'
-EXETYPE      WINDOWS
-STUB         'WINSTUB.EXE'
-CODE         PRELOAD MOVEABLE DISCARDABLE
-DATA         PRELOAD MOVEABLE MULTIPLE
-HEAPSIZE     1024
-STACKSIZE    8192
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The only lines which will usually have to be changed per application are
-NAME and DESCRIPTION.
-
-\subsection{Allocating and deleting wxWindows objects}
-
-In general, classes derived from wxWindow must dynamically allocated
-with {\it new} and deleted with {\it delete}. If you delete a window,
-all of its children and descendants will be automatically deleted,
-so you don't need to delete these descendants explicitly.
-
-When deleting a frame or dialog, use {\bf Destroy} rather than {\bf delete} so
-that the wxWindows delayed deletion can take effect. This waits until idle time
-(when all messages have been processed) to actually delete the window, to avoid
-problems associated with the GUI sending events to deleted windows.
-
-Don't create a window on the stack, because this will interfere
-with delayed deletion.
-
-If you decide to allocate a C++ array of objects (such as wxBitmap) that may
-be cleaned up by wxWindows, make sure you delete the array explicitly
-before wxWindows has a chance to do so on exit, since calling {\it delete} on
-array members will cause memory problems.
-
-wxColour can be created statically: it is not automatically cleaned
-up and is unlikely to be shared between other objects; it is lightweight
-enough for copies to be made.
-
-Beware of deleting objects such as a wxPen or wxBitmap if they are still in use.
-Windows is particularly sensitive to this: so make sure you
-make calls like wxDC::SetPen(wxNullPen) or wxDC::SelectObject(wxNullBitmap) before deleting
-a drawing object that may be in use. Code that doesn't do this will probably work
-fine on some platforms, and then fail under Windows.
-
-\section{Conditional compilation}
-
-One of the purposes of wxWindows is to reduce the need for conditional
-compilation in source code, which can be messy and confusing to follow.
-However, sometimes it is necessary to incorporate platform-specific
-features (such as metafile use under MS Windows). The following identifiers
-may be used for this purpose, along with any user-supplied ones:
-
-{\bf GUIs:}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-__X__           any X, but not GTK
-__WXMOTIF__     Motif
-__WXGTK__       GTK
-__WXMSW__       Any Windows
-__MAC__         MacOS
-__UNIX__        any Unix
-__WIN95__       GUI for Windows 95 and above; NT 4.0 and above.
-__WIN32__       WIN32 API
-__NT__          Windows NT
-__CURSES__      CURSES
-\end{verbatim}
-
-{\bf OSes:}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-__HPUX__
-__SVR4__
-__SYSV__
-__LINUX__
-__SGI__
-__ULTRIX__
-__BSD__
-__VMS__
-__SUN__         Any Sun
-__SUNOS__
-__SOLARIS__
-__ALPHA__
-__AIX__
-__DATA_GENERAL__
-__OSF__
-__FREEBSD__
-\end{verbatim}
-
-{\bf Compilers:}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-__GNUWIN32__    Gnu-Win32 compiler
-__DJGPP__       DJGPP
-__GNUG__        Gnu C++ on any platform
-__BORLANDC__    Borland C++
-__WATCOMC__     Watcom C++
-__SYMANTECC__   Symantec C++
-__VISUALC__     VC++
-__SUNCC__
-\end{verbatim}
-
-{\bf wxWindows modes:}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-__WXDEBUG__       usage: #ifdef __DEBUG__ (=> debug mode, else => release)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{C++ issues}
-
-The following documents some miscellaneous C++ issues.
-
-\subsection{Templates}
-
-wxWindows does not use templates since it is a notoriously unportable feature.
-
-\subsection{Precompiled headers}
-
-Some compilers, such as Borland C++ and Microsoft C++, support
-precompiled headers. This can save a great deal of compiling time. The
-recommended approach is to precompile {\tt ``wx.h''}, using this
-precompiled header for compiling both wxWindows itself and any
-wxWindows applications. For Windows compilers, two dummy source files
-are provided (one for normal applications and one for creating DLLs)
-to allow initial creation of the precompiled header.
-
-However, there are several downsides to using precompiled headers. One
-is that to take advantage of the facility, you often need to include
-more header files than would normally be the case. This means that
-changing a header file will cause more recompilations (in the case of
-wxWindows, everything needs to be recompiled since everything includes
-{\tt ``wx.h''}!)
-
-A related problem is that for compilers that don't have precompiled
-headers, including a lot of header files slows down compilation
-considerably. For this reason, you will find (in the common
-X and Windows parts of the library) conditional
-compilation that under Unix, includes a minimal set of headers;
-and when using Visual C++, includes {\tt wx.h}. This should help provide
-the optimal compilation for each compiler, although it is
-biassed towards the precompiled headers facility available
-in Microsoft C++.
-
-\section{File handling}
-
-When building an application which may be used under different
-environments, one difficulty is coping with documents which may be
-moved to different directories on other machines. Saving a file which
-has pointers to full pathnames is going to be inherently unportable. One
-approach is to store filenames on their own, with no directory
-information.  The application searches through a number of locally
-defined directories to find the file. To support this, the class {\bf
-wxPathList} makes adding directories and searching for files easy, and
-the global function {\bf FileNameFromPath} allows the application to
-strip off the filename from the path if the filename must be stored.
-This has undesirable ramifications for people who have documents of the
-same name in different directories.
-
-As regards the limitations of DOS 8+3 single-case filenames versus
-unrestricted Unix filenames, the best solution is to use DOS filenames
-for your application, and also for document filenames {\it if} the user
-is likely to be switching platforms regularly. Obviously this latter
-choice is up to the application user to decide.  Some programs (such as
-YACC and LEX) generate filenames incompatible with DOS; the best
-solution here is to have your Unix makefile rename the generated files
-to something more compatible before transferring the source to DOS.
-Transferring DOS files to Unix is no problem, of course, apart from EOL
-conversion for which there should be a utility available (such as
-dos2unix).
-
-See also the File Functions section of the reference manual for
-descriptions of miscellaneous file handling functions.
-
-\chapter{Utilities supplied with wxWindows}\label{utilities}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-A number of `extras' are supplied with wxWindows, to complement
-the GUI functionality in the main class library. These are found
-below the utils directory and usually have their own source, library
-and documentation directories. For larger user-contributed packages,
-see the directory /pub/packages/wxwin/contrib.
-
-\section{wxHelp}\label{wxhelp}
-
-wxHelp is a stand-alone program, written using wxWindows,
-for displaying hypertext help. It is necessary since not all target
-systems (notably X) supply an adequate
-standard for on-line help. wxHelp is modelled on the MS Windows help
-system, with contents, search and browse buttons, but does not reformat
-text to suit the size of window, as WinHelp does, and its input files
-are uncompressed ASCII with some embedded font commands and an .xlp
-extension. Most wxWindows documentation (user manuals and class
-references) is supplied in wxHelp format, and also in Windows Help
-format. The wxWindows 2.0 project will presently use an HTML widget
-in a new and improved wxHelp implementation, under X.
-
-Note that an application can be programmed to use Windows Help under
-MS Windows, and wxHelp under X. An alternative help viewer under X is
-Mosaic, a World Wide Web viewer that uses HTML as its native hypertext
-format. However, this is not currently integrated with wxWindows
-applications.
-
-wxHelp works in two modes---edit and end-user. In edit mode, an ASCII
-file may be marked up with different fonts and colours, and divided into
-sections. In end-user mode, no editing is possible, and the user browses
-principally by clicking on highlighted blocks.
-
-When an application invokes wxHelp, subsequent sections, blocks or
-files may be viewed using the same instance of wxHelp since the two
-programs are linked using wxWindows interprocess communication
-facilities. When the application exits, that application's instance of
-wxHelp may be made to exit also.  See the {\bf wxHelpControllerBase} entry in the
-reference section for how an application controls wxHelp.
-
-\section{Tex2RTF}\label{textortf}
-
-Supplied with wxWindows is a utility called Tex2RTF for converting\rtfsp
-\LaTeX\ manuals to the following formats:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[wxHelp]
-wxWindows help system format (XLP).
-\item[Linear RTF]
-Rich Text Format suitable for importing into a word processor.
-\item[Windows Help RTF]
-Rich Text Format suitable for compiling into a WinHelp HLP file with the
-help compiler.
-\item[HTML]
-HTML is the native format for Mosaic, the main hypertext viewer for
-the World Wide Web. Since it is freely available it is a good candidate
-for being the wxWindows help system under X, as an alternative to wxHelp.
-\end{description}
-
-Tex2RTF is used for the wxWindows manuals and can be used independently
-by authors wishing to create on-line and printed manuals from the same\rtfsp
-\LaTeX\ source.  Please see the separate documentation for Tex2RTF.
-
-\section{wxTreeLayout}
-
-This is a simple class library for drawing trees in a reasonably pretty
-fashion. It provides only minimal default drawing capabilities, since
-the algorithm is meant to be used for implementing custom tree-based
-tools.
-
-Directed graphs may also be drawn using this library, if cycles are
-removed before the nodes and arcs are passed to the algorithm.
-
-Tree displays are used in many applications: directory browsers,
-hypertext systems, class browsers, and decision trees are a few
-possibilities.
-
-See the separate manual and the directory utils/wxtree.
-
-\section{wxGraphLayout}
-
-The wxGraphLayout class is based on a tool called `graphplace' by Dr.
-Jos T.J. van Eijndhoven of Eindhoven University of Technology. Given a
-(possibly cyclic) directed graph, it does its best to lay out the nodes
-in a sensible manner. There are many applications (such as diagramming)
-where it is required to display a graph with no human intervention. Even
-if manual repositioning is later required, this algorithm can make a good
-first attempt.
-
-See the separate manual and the directory utils/wxgraph. 
-
-\section{Colours}\label{coloursampler}
-
-A colour sampler for viewing colours and their names on each
-platform.
-
-%
-\chapter{Tutorial}\label{tutorial}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-To be written.
-
-\chapter{Programming strategies}\label{strategies}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-This chapter is intended to list strategies that may be useful when
-writing and debugging wxWindows programs. If you have any good tips,
-please submit them for inclusion here.
-
-\section{Strategies for reducing programming errors}
-
-\subsection{Use ASSERT}
-
-Although I haven't done this myself within wxWindows, it is good
-practice to use ASSERT statements liberally, that check for conditions that
-should or should not hold, and print out appropriate error messages.
-These can be compiled out of a non-debugging version of wxWindows
-and your application. Using ASSERT is an example of `defensive programming':
-it can alert you to problems later on.
-
-\subsection{Use wxString in preference to character arrays}
-
-Using wxString can be much safer and more convenient than using char *.
-Again, I haven't practised what I'm preaching, but I'm now trying to use
-wxString wherever possible. You can reduce the possibility of memory
-leaks substantially, and it's much more convenient to use the overloaded
-operators than functions such as strcmp. wxString won't add a significant
-overhead to your program; the overhead is compensated for by easier
-manipulation (which means less code).
-
-The same goes for other data types: use classes wherever possible.
-
-\section{Strategies for portability}
-
-\subsection{Use relative positioning or constraints}
-
-Don't use absolute panel item positioning if you can avoid it. Different GUIs have
-very differently sized panel items. Consider using the constraint system, although this
-can be complex to program. If you needs are simple, the default relative positioning
-behaviour may be adequate (using default position values and wxPanel::NewLine).
-
-Alternatively, you could use alternative .wrc (wxWindows resource files) on different
-platforms, with slightly different dimensions in each. Or space your panel items out
-to avoid problems.
-
-\subsection{Use wxWindows resource files}
-
-Use .wrc (wxWindows resource files) where possible, because they can be easily changed
-independently of source code. Bitmap resources can be set up to load different
-kinds of bitmap depending on platform (see the section on resource files).
-
-\section{Strategies for debugging}\label{debugstrategies}
-
-\subsection{Positive thinking}
-
-It's common to blow up the problem in one's imagination, so that it seems to threaten
-weeks, months or even years of work. The problem you face may seem insurmountable:
-but almost never is. Once you have been programming for some time, you will be able
-to remember similar incidents that threw you into the depths of despair. But
-remember, you always solved the problem, somehow!
-
-Perseverance is often the key, even though a seemingly trivial problem
-can take an apparently inordinate amount of time to solve. In the end,
-you will probably wonder why you worried so much. That's not to say it
-isn't painful at the time. Try not to worry -- there are many more important
-things in life.
-
-\subsection{Simplify the problem}
-
-Reduce the code exhibiting the problem to the smallest program possible
-that exhibits the problem. If it is not possible to reduce a large and
-complex program to a very small program, then try to ensure your code
-doesn't hide the problem (you may have attempted to minimize the problem
-in some way: but now you want to expose it).
-
-With luck, you can add a small amount of code that causes the program
-to go from functioning to non-functioning state. This should give a clue
-to the problem. In some cases though, such as memory leaks or wrong
-deallocation, this can still give totally spurious results!
-
-\subsection{Use a debugger}
-
-This sounds like facetious advice, but it's surprising how often people
-don't use a debugger. Often it's an overhead to install or learn how to
-use a debugger, but it really is essential for anything but the most
-trivial programs.
-
-\subsection{Use logging functions}
-
-There is a variety of logging functions that you can use in your program:
-see \helpref{Logging functions}{logfunctions}.
-
-Using tracing statements may be more convenient than using the debugger
-in some circumstances (such as when your debugger doesn't support a lot
-of debugging code, or you wish to print a bunch of variables).
-
-\subsection{Use the wxWindows debugging facilities}
-
-You can use wxDebugContext to check for
-memory leaks and corrupt memory: in fact in debugging mode, wxWindows will
-automatically check for memory leaks at the end of the program if wxWindows is suitably
-configured. Depending on the operating system and compiler, more or less
-specific information about the problem will be logged.
-
-You should also use \helpref{debug macros}{debugmacros} as part of a `defensive programming' strategy,
-scattering wxASSERTs liberally to test for problems in your code as early as possible. Forward thinking
-will save a surprising amount of time in the long run.
-
-See the \helpref{debugging overview}{debuggingoverview} for further information.
-
-\subsection{Check Windows debug messages}
-
-Under Windows, it's worth running your program with DBWIN running or
-some other program that shows Windows-generated debug messages. It's
-possible it'll show invalid handles being used. You may have fun seeing
-what commercial programs cause these normally hidden errors! Microsoft
-recommend using the debugging version of Windows, which shows up even
-more problems. However, I doubt it's worth the hassle for most
-applications. wxWindows is designed to minimize the possibility of such
-errors, but they can still happen occasionally, slipping through unnoticed
-because they are not severe enough to cause a crash.
-
-\subsection{Genetic mutation}
-
-If we had sophisticated genetic algorithm tools that could be applied
-to programming, we could use them. Until then, a common -- if rather irrational --
-technique is to just make arbitrary changes to the code until something
-different happens. You may have an intuition why a change will make a difference;
-otherwise, just try altering the order of code, comment lines out, anything
-to get over an impasse. Obviously, this is usually a last resort.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/brush.tex

@@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxBrush}}\label{wxbrush}
-
-A brush is a drawing tool for filling in areas. It is used for painting
-the background of rectangles, ellipses, etc. It has a colour and a
-style.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-On a monochrome display, wxWindows shows
-all brushes as white unless the colour is really black.
-
-Do not initialize objects on the stack before the program commences,
-since other required structures may not have been set up yet. Instead,
-define global pointers to objects and create them in \helpref{wxApp::OnInit}{wxapponinit} or
-when required.
-
-An application may wish to create brushes with different
-characteristics dynamically, and there is the consequent danger that a
-large number of duplicate brushes will be created. Therefore an
-application may wish to get a pointer to a brush by using the global
-list of brushes {\bf wxTheBrushList}, and calling the member function
-\rtfsp{\bf FindOrCreateBrush}.
-
-wxBrush uses a reference counting system, so assignments between brushes are very
-cheap. You can therefore use actual wxBrush objects instead of pointers without
-efficiency problems. Bear in mind, though, that changing a brush's properties may
-affect another brush which has been involved in an assignment with the first brush,
-because of the way internal brush data is shared.
-
-TODO: an overview for wxBrush.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}, \helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}, \helpref{wxDC::SetBrush}{wxdcsetbrush}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::wxBrush}
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\void}
-
-Default constructor. The brush will be uninitialised, and \helpref{wxBrush::Ok}{wxbrushok} will
-return FALSE.
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}, \param{int}{ style}}
-
-Constructs a brush from a colour object and style.
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}, \param{int}{ style}}
-
-Constructs a brush from a colour name and style.
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBitmap\& }{stippleBitmap}}
-
-Constructs a stippled brush using a bitmap.
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBrush\&}{ brush}}
-
-Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
-
-\func{}{wxBrush}{\param{const wxBrush*}{ brush}}
-
-Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{colour}{Colour object.}
-
-\docparam{colourName}{Colour name. The name will be looked up in the colour database.}
-
-\docparam{style}{One of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\docparam{brush}{Pointer or reference to a brush to copy.}
-
-\docparam{stippleBitmap}{A bitmap to use for stippling.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-If a stipple brush is created, the brush style will be set to wxSTIPPLE.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}, \helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}, \helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::\destruct{wxBrush}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxBrush}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The destructor may not delete the underlying brush object of the native windowing
-system, since wxBrush uses a reference counting system for efficiency.
-
-Although all remaining brushes are deleted when the application exits,
-the application should try to clean up all brushes itself. This is because
-wxWindows cannot know if a pointer to the brush object is stored in an
-application data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::GetColour}\label{wxbrushgetcolour}
-
-\constfunc{wxColour\&}{GetColour}{\void}
-
-Returns a reference to the brush colour.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush::SetColour}{wxbrushsetcolour}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::GetStipple}\label{wxbrushgetstipple}
-
-\constfunc{wxBitmap *}{GetStipple}{\void}
-
-Gets a pointer to the stipple bitmap. If the brush does not have a wxSTIPPLE style,
-this bitmap may be non-NULL but uninitialised (\helpref{wxBitmap::Ok}{wxbitmapok} returns FALSE).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush::SetStipple}{wxbrushsetstipple}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::GetStyle}\label{wxbrushgetstyle}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetStyle}{\void}
-
-Returns the brush style, one of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSTIPPLE}}{Stippled using a bitmap.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush::SetStyle}{wxbrushsetstyle}, \helpref{wxBrush::SetColour}{wxbrushsetcolour},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxBrush::SetStipple}{wxbrushsetstipple}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::Ok}\label{wxbrushok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the brush is initialised. It will return FALSE if the default
-constructor has been used (for example, the brush is a member of a class, or
-NULL has been assigned to it).
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::SetColour}\label{wxbrushsetcolour}
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{wxColour\& }{colour}}
-
-Sets the brush colour using a reference to a colour object.
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}}
-
-Sets the brush colour using a colour name from the colour database.
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const unsigned char}{ red}, \param{const unsigned char}{ green}, \param{const unsigned char}{ blue}}
-
-Sets the brush colour using red, green and blue values.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush::GetColour}{wxbrushgetcolour}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::SetStipple}\label{wxbrushsetstipple}
-
-\func{void}{SetStipple}{\param{const wxBitmap\&}{ bitmap}}
-
-Sets the stipple bitmap.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bitmap}{The bitmap to use for stippling.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The style will be set to wxSTIPPLE.
-
-Note that there is a big difference between stippling in X and Windows.
-On X, the stipple is a mask between the wxBitmap and current colour.
-On Windows, the current colour is ignored, and the bitmap colour is used.
-However, for pre-defined modes like wxCROSS\_HATCH, the behaviour is the
-same for both platforms.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::SetStyle}\label{wxbrushsetstyle}
-
-\func{void}{SetStyle}{\param{int}{ style}}
-
-Sets the brush style.
-
-\docparam{style}{One of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxTRANSPARENT}}{Transparent (no fill).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOLID}}{Solid.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Backward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSSDIAG\_HATCH}}{Cross-diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxFDIAGONAL\_HATCH}}{Forward diagonal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCROSS\_HATCH}}{Cross hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHORIZONTAL\_HATCH}}{Horizontal hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxVERTICAL\_HATCH}}{Vertical hatch.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSTIPPLE}}{Stippled using a bitmap.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush::GetStyle}{wxbrushgetstyle}
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::operator $=$}\label{wxbrushassignment}
-
-\func{wxBrush\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
-
-Assignment operator, using reference counting. Returns a reference
-to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::operator $==$}\label{wxbrushequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
-
-Equality operator. Two brushes are equal if they contain pointers
-to the same underlying brush data. It does not compare each attribute,
-so two independently-created brushes using the same parameters will
-fail the test.
-
-\membersection{wxBrush::operator $!=$}\label{wxbrushnotequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
-
-Inequality operator. Two brushes are not equal if they contain pointers
-to different underlying brush data. It does not compare each attribute.
-
-\section{\class{wxBrushList}}\label{wxbrushlist}
-
-A brush list is a list containing all brushes which have been created.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-There is only one instance of this class: {\bf wxTheBrushList}.  Use
-this object to search for a previously created brush of the desired
-type and create it if not already found. In some windowing systems,
-the brush may be a scarce resource, so it can pay to reuse old
-resources if possible. When an application finishes, all brushes will
-be deleted and their resources freed, eliminating the possibility of
-`memory leaks'. However, it is best not to rely on this automatic
-cleanup because it can lead to double deletion in some circumstances.
-
-There are two mechanisms in recent versions of wxWindows which make the
-brush list less useful than it once was. Under Windows, scarce resources
-are cleaned up internally if they are not being used. Also, a referencing
-counting mechanism applied to all GDI objects means that some sharing
-of underlying resources is possible. You don't have to keep track of pointers,
-working out when it is safe delete a brush, because the referencing counting does
-it for you. For example, you can set a brush in a device context, and then
-immediately delete the brush you passed, because the brush is `copied'.
-
-So you may find it easier to ignore the brush list, and instead create
-and copy brushes as you see fit. If your Windows resource meter suggests
-your application is using too many resources, you can resort to using
-GDI lists to share objects explicitly.
-
-The only compelling use for the brush list is for wxWindows to keep
-track of brushes in order to clean them up on exit. It is also kept for
-backward compatibility with earlier versions of wxWindows.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxBrushList::wxBrushList}\label{wxbrushlistconstr}
-
-\func{void}{wxBrushList}{\void}
-
-Constructor. The application should not construct its own brush list:
-use the object pointer {\bf wxTheBrushList}.
-
-\membersection{wxBrushList::AddBrush}\label{wxbrushlistaddbrush}
-
-\func{void}{AddBrush}{\param{wxBrush *}{brush}}
-
-Used internally by wxWindows to add a brush to the list.
-
-\membersection{wxBrushList::FindOrCreateBrush}\label{wxbrushlistfindorcreatebrush}
-
-\func{wxBrush *}{FindOrCreateBrush}{\param{const wxColour\& }{colour}, \param{int}{ style}}
-
-Finds a brush with the specified attributes and returns it, else creates a new brush, adds it
-to the brush list, and returns it.
-
-\func{wxBrush *}{FindOrCreateBrush}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}, \param{int}{ style}}
-
-Finds a brush with the specified attributes and returns it, else creates a new brush, adds it
-to the brush list, and returns it.
-
-Finds a brush of the given specification, or creates one and adds it to the list.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{colour}{Colour object.}
-
-\docparam{colourName}{Colour name, which should be in the colour database.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Brush style. See \helpref{wxBrush::SetStyle}{wxbrushsetstyle} for a list of styles.}
-
-\membersection{wxBrushList::RemoveBrush}\label{wxbrushlistremovebrush}
-
-\func{void}{RemoveBrush}{\param{wxBrush *}{brush}}
-
-Used by wxWindows to remove a brush from the list.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/button.tex

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxButton}}\label{wxbutton}
-
-A button is a control that contains a text string,
-and is one of the commonest elements of a GUI. It may be placed on a
-\rtfsp\helpref{dialog box}{wxdialog} or \helpref{panel}{wxpanel}, or indeed
-almost any other window.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-There are no special styles for wxButton.
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}%
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_BUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_BUTTON\_CLICKED event,
-when the button is clicked.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxButton::wxButton}\label{wxbuttonconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxButton}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxButton}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{label},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a button.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Button identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{label}{Text to be displayed on the button.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Button position.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Button size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the button is sized
-appropriately for the text.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxButton::Create}{wxbuttoncreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\membersection{wxButton::\destruct{wxButton}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxButton}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the button.
-
-\membersection{wxButton::Create}\label{wxbuttoncreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{label},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``button"}}
-
-Button creation function for two-step creation. For more details, see \helpref{wxButton::wxButton}{wxbuttonconstr}.
-
-\membersection{wxButton::GetLabel}\label{wxbuttongetlabel}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetLabel}{\void}
-
-Returns the string label for the button.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The button's label.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxButton::SetLabel}{wxbuttonsetlabel}
-
-\membersection{wxButton::SetDefault}\label{wxbuttonsetdefault}
-
-\func{void}{SetDefault}{\void}
-
-This sets the button to be the default item for the panel or dialog
-box.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Under Windows, only dialog box buttons respond to this function.  As
-normal under Windows and Motif, pressing return causes the default button to
-be depressed when the return key is pressed. See also \helpref{wxWindow::SetFocus}{wxwindowsetfocus}\rtfsp
-which sets the keyboard focus for windows and text panel items,\rtfsp
-and \helpref{wxWindow::GetDefaultItem}{wxwindowgetdefaultitem}.
-
-Note that under Motif, calling this function immediately after
-creation of a button and before the creation of other buttons
-will cause misalignment of the row of buttons, since default
-buttons are larger. To get around this, call {\it SetDefault}\rtfsp
-after you have created a row of buttons: wxWindows will
-then set the size of all buttons currently on the panel to
-the same size.
-
-\membersection{wxButton::SetLabel}\label{wxbuttonsetlabel}
-
-\func{void}{SetLabel}{\param{const wxString\& }{label}}
-
-Sets the string label for the button.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{label}{The label to set.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxButton::GetLabel}{wxbuttongetlabel}
-

docs/latex/wx/calclevt.tex

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCalculateLayoutEvent}}\label{wxcalculatelayoutevent}
-
-This event is sent by \helpref{wxLayoutAlgorithm}{wxlayoutalgorithm} to
-calculate the amount of the remaining client area that the window should
-occupy.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}%
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CALCULATE\_LAYOUT(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_CALCULATE\_LAYOUT event,
-which asks the window to take a 'bite' out of a rectangle provided by the algorithm.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent}{wxquerylayoutinfoevent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxSashLayoutWindow}{wxsashlayoutwindow},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxLayoutAlgorithm}{wxlayoutalgorithm}.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCalculateLayoutEvent::wxCalculateLayoutEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxCalculateLayoutEvent}{\param{wxWindowID }{id = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCalculateLayoutEvent::GetFlags}\label{wxcalculatelayouteventgetflags}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFlags}{\void}
-
-Returns the flags associated with this event. Not currently used.
-
-\membersection{wxCalculateLayoutEvent::GetRect}\label{wxcalculatelayouteventgetrect}
-
-\constfunc{wxRect}{GetRect}{\void}
-
-Before the event handler is entered, returns the remaining parent client area that the window
-could occupy. When the event handler returns, this should contain the remaining parent client rectangle,
-after the event handler has subtracted the area that its window occupies.
-
-\membersection{wxCalculateLayoutEvent::SetFlags}\label{wxcalculatelayouteventsetflags}
-
-\func{void}{SetFlags}{\param{int }{flags}}
-
-Sets the flags associated with this event. Not currently used.
-
-\membersection{wxCalculateLayoutEvent::SetRect}\label{wxcalculatelayouteventsetrect}
-
-\func{void}{SetRect}{\param{const wxRect\& }{rect}}
-
-Call this to specify the new remaining parent client area, after the space occupied by the
-window has been subtracted.
-

docs/latex/wx/category.tex

@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Classes by category}\label{classesbycat}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-
-A classification of wxWindows classes by category.
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-
-{\large {\bf Managed windows}}
-
-There are several types of window that are directly controlled by the
-window manager (such as MS Windows, or the Motif Window Manager).
-Frames may contain windows, and dialog boxes may directly contain controls.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}}{Dialog box}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}}{Normal frame}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIParentFrame}{wxmdiparentframe}}{MDI parent frame}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIChildFrame}{wxmdichildframe}}{MDI child frame}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMiniFrame}{wxminiframe}}{A frame with a small title bar}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabbedDialog}{wxtabbeddialog}}{Tabbed dialog}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-See also {\bf Common dialogs}.
-
-{\large {\bf Miscellaneous windows}}
-
-The following are a variety of windows that are derived from wxWindow.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxGrid}{wxgrid}}{A grid (table) window}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPanel}{wxpanel}}{A window whose colour changes according to current user settings}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSashWindow}{wxsashwindow}}{Window with four optional sashes that can be dragged}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSashLayoutWindow}{wxsashlayoutwindow}}{Window that can be involved in an IDE-like layout arrangement}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScrolledWindow}{wxscrolledwindow}}{Window with automatically managed scrollbars}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSplitterWindow}{wxsplitterwindow}}{Window which can be split vertically or horizontally}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}}{Implements the status bar on a frame}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar}}{Toolbar class}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabbedPanel}{wxtabbedpanel}}{Tabbed panel (to be replaced with wxNotebook)}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxNotebook}{wxnotebook}}{Notebook class}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Common dialogs}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{commondialogsoverview}
-
-Common dialogs are ready-made dialog classes which are frequently used
-in an application.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}}{Base class for common dialogs}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxColourDialog}{wxcolourdialog}}{Colour chooser dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDirDialog}{wxdirdialog}}{Directory selector dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFileDialog}{wxfiledialog}}{File selector dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMultipleChoiceDialog}{wxmultiplechoicedialog}}{Dialog to get one or more selections from a list}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSingleChoiceDialog}{wxsinglechoicedialog}}{Dialog to get a single selection from a list and return the string}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextEntryDialog}{wxtextentrydialog}}{Dialog to get a single line of text from the user}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFontDialog}{wxfontdialog}}{Font chooser dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPageSetupDialog}{wxpagesetupdialog}}{Standard page setup dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintDialog}{wxprintdialog}}{Standard print dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMessageDialog}{wxmessagedialog}}{Simple message box dialog}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Controls}}
-
-Typically, these are small windows which provide interaction with the user. Controls
-that are not static can have \helpref{validators}{wxvalidator} associated with them.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}}{The base class for controls}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}}{Push button control, displaying text}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}}{Push button control, displaying a bitmap}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCheckBox}{wxcheckbox}}{Checkbox control}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCheckListBox}{wxchecklistbox}}{A listbox with a checkbox to the left of each item}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}}{Choice control (a combobox without the editable area)}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxComboBox}{wxcombobox}}{A choice with an editable area}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxGauge}{wxgauge}}{A control to represent a varying quantity, such as time remaining}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticBox}{wxstaticbox}}{A static, or group box for visually grouping related controls}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}}{A list of strings for single or multiple selection}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListCtrl}{wxlistctrl}}{A control for displaying lists of strings and/or icons, plus a multicolumn report view}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabCtrl}{wxtabctrl}}{Manages several tabs}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextCtrl}{wxtextctrl}}{Single or multline text editing control}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTreeCtrl}{wxtreectrl}}{Tree (hierachy) control}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScrollBar}{wxscrollbar}}{Scrollbar control}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSpinButton}{wxspinbutton}}{A spin or `up-down' control}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticText}{wxstatictext}}{One or more lines of non-editable text}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStaticBitmap}{wxstaticbitmap}}{A control to display a bitmap}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRadioBox}{wxradiobox}}{A group of radio buttons}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRadioButton}{wxradiobutton}}{A round button to be used with others in a mutually exclusive way}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSlider}{wxslider}}{A slider that can be dragged by the user}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Menus}}
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenu}{wxmenu}}{Displays a series of menu items for selection}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuBar}{wxmenubar}}{Contains a series of menus for use with a frame}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuItem}{wxmenuitem}}{Represents a single menu item}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Window layout}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{constraintsoverview}
-
-These are the classes relevant to automated window layout.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIndividualLayoutConstraint}{wxindividuallayoutconstraint}}{Represents a single constraint dimension}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxLayoutConstraints}{wxlayoutconstraints}}{Represents the constraints for a window class}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Device contexts}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{dcoverview}
-
-Device contexts are surfaces that may be drawn on, and provide an
-abstraction that allows parameterisation of your drawing code
-by passing different device contexts.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxClientDC}{wxclientdc}}{A device context to access the client area outside {\bf OnPaint} events}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc}}{A device context to access the client area inside {\bf OnPaint} events}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc}}{A device context to access the non-client area}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxScreenDC}{wxscreendc}}{A device context to access the entire screen}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}}{The device context base class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}}{A device context for drawing into bitmaps}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMetaFileDC}{wxmetafiledc}}{A device context for drawing into metafiles}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPostScriptDC}{wxpostscriptdc}}{A device context for drawing into PostScript files}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinterDC}{wxprinterdc}}{A device context for drawing to printers}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Graphics device interface}}
-
-\overview{Bitmaps overview}{wxbitmapoverview}
-
-These classes are related to drawing on device contexts and windows.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}}{Represents the red, blue and green elements of a colour}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}}{Represents a bitmap}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}}{Used for filling areas on a device context}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxBrushList}{wxbrushlist}}{The list of previously-created brushes}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}}{A small, transparent bitmap representing the cursor}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFont}{wxfont}}{Represents fonts}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFontList}{wxfontlist}}{The list of previously-created fonts}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}}{A small, transparent bitmap for assigning to frames and drawing on device contexts}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxImageList}{wximagelist}}{A list of images, used with some controls}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}}{Represents a mask to be used with a bitmap for transparent drawing}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPen}{wxpen}}{Used for drawing lines on a device context}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPenList}{wxpenlist}}{The list of previously-created pens}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette}}{Represents a table of indices into RGB values}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRegion}{wxregion}}{Represents a simple or complex region on a window or device context}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Events}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-An event object contains information about a specific event. Event handlers
-(usually member functions) have a single, event argument.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxActivateEvent}{wxactivateevent}}{A window or application activation event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCalculateLayoutEvent}{wxcalculatelayoutevent}}{Used to calculate window layout}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCloseEvent}{wxcloseevent}}{A close window or end session event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}}{An event from a variety of standard controls}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDropFilesEvent}{wxdropfilesevent}}{A drop files event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxEraseEvent}{wxeraseevent}}{An erase background event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}}{The event base class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxFocusEvent}{wxfocusevent}}{A window focus event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxKeyEvent}{wxkeyevent}}{A keypress event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent}}{An idle event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxInitDialogEvent}{wxinitdialogevent}}{A dialog initialisation event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxJoystickEvent}{wxjoystickevent}}{A joystick event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxListEvent}{wxlistevent}}{A list control event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMenuEvent}{wxmenuevent}}{A menu event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMouseEvent}{wxmouseevent}}{A mouse event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMoveEvent}{wxmoveevent}}{A move event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxNotebookEvent}{wxnotebookevent}}{A notebook control event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPaintEvent}{wxpaintevent}}{A paint event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxProcessEvent}{wxprocessevent}}{A process ending event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent}{wxquerylayoutinfoevent}}{Used to query layout information}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSizeEvent}{wxsizeevent}}{A size event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSocketEvent}{wxsocketevent}}{A socket event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSysColourChangedEvent}{wxsyscolourchangedevent}}{A system colour change event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTabEvent}{wxtabevent}}{A tab control event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTreeEvent}{wxtreeevent}}{A tree control event}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxUpdateUIEvent}{wxupdateuievent}}{A user interface update event}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Validators}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{validatoroverview}
-
-These are the window validators, used for filtering and validating
-user input.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}}{Base validator class.}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTextValidator}{wxtextvalidator}}{Text control validator class.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Data structures}}
-
-These are the data structure classes supported by wxWindows.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxExpr}{wxexpr}}{A class for flexible I/O}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxExprDatabase}{wxexprdatabase}}{A class for flexible I/O}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDate}{wxdate}}{A class for date manipulation}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxHashTable}{wxhashtable}}{A simple hash table implementation}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}}{A simple linked list implementation}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxNode}{wxnode}}{Represents a node in the wxList implementation}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}}{The root class for most wxWindows classes}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPathList}{wxpathlist}}{A class to help search multiple paths}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPoint}{wxpoint}}{Representation of a point}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRect}{wxrect}}{A class representing a rectangle}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRegion}{wxregion}}{A class representing a region}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxString}{wxstring}}{A string class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxStringList}{wxstringlist}}{A class representing a list of strings}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRealPoint}{wxrealpoint}}{Representation of a point using floating point numbers}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSize}{wxsize}}{Representation of a size}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTime}{wxtime}}{A class for time manipulation}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Run-time class information system}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{runtimeclassoverview}
-
-wxWindows supports run-time manipulation of class information, and dynamic
-creation of objects given class names.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxClassInfo}{wxclassinfo}}{Holds run-time class information}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}}{Root class for classes with run-time information}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{Macros}{macros}}{Macros for manipulating run-time information}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Debugging features}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{debuggingoverview}
-
-wxWindows supports some aspects of debugging an application through
-classes, functions and macros.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontext}}{Provides memory-checking facilities}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDebugStreamBuf}{wxdebugstreambuf}}{A stream buffer writing to the debug stream}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxLog}{wxlog}}{Logging facility}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{Log functions}{logfunctions}}{Error and warning logging functions}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{Debugging macros}{debugmacros}}{Debug macros for assertion and checking}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTrace}{wxtrace}}{Tracing facility}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTraceLevel}{wxtracelevel}}{Tracing facility with levels}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{WXDEBUG\_NEW}{debugnew}}{Use this macro to give further debugging information}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{WXTRACE}{trace}}{Trace macro}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{WXTRACELEVEL}{tracelevel}}{Trace macro with levels}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Interprocess communication}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{ipcoverview}
-
-wxWindows provides a simple interprocess communications facilities
-based on DDE.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEClient}{wxddeclient}}{Represents a client}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEConnection}{wxddeconnection}}{Represents the connection between a client and a server}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver}}{Represents a server}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSocketClient}{wxsocketclient}}{Represents a socket client}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSocketHandler}{wxsockethandler}}{Represents a socket handler}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSocketServer}{wxsocketserver}}{Represents a socket server}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Document/view framework}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{docviewoverview}
-
-wxWindows supports a document/view framework which provides
-housekeeping for a document-centric application.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument}}{Represents a document}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxView}{wxview}}{Represents a view}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate}}{Manages the relationship between a document class and a veiw class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager}}{Manages the documents and views in an application}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocChildFrame}{wxdocchildframe}}{A child frame for showing a document view}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDocParentFrame}{wxdocparentframe}}{A parent frame to contain views}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIDocChildFrame}{wxmdidocchildframe}}{An MDI child frame for showing a document view}
-%\twocolitem{\helpref{wxMDIDocParentFrame}{wxmdidocparentframe}}{An MDI parent frame to contain views}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Printing framework}}
-
-\overview{Overview}{printingoverview}
-
-A printing and previewing framework is implemented to
-make it relatively straighforward to provide document printing
-facilities.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewFrame}{wxpreviewframe}}{Frame for displaying a print preview}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewCanvas}{wxpreviewcanvas}}{Canvas for displaying a print preview}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPreviewControlBar}{wxpreviewcontrolbar}}{Standard control bar for a print preview}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintData}{wxprintdata}}{Represents information about the document being printed}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintDialog}{wxprintdialog}}{Standard print dialog}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinter}{wxprinter}}{Class representing the printer}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrinterDC}{wxprinterdc}}{Printer device context}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintout}{wxprintout}}{Class representing a particular printout}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxPrintPreview}{wxprintpreview}}{Class representing a print preview}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Database classes}}
-
-\overview{Database classes overview}{odbcoverview}
-
-wxWindows provides a set of classes for accessing Microsoft's ODBC (Open Database Connectivity)
-product.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxDatabase}{wxdatabase}}{Database class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxQueryCol}{wxquerycol}}{Class representing a column}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxQueryField}{wxqueryfield}}{Class representing a field}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxRecordSet}{wxrecordset}}{Class representing one or more record}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-{\large {\bf Miscellaneous}}
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxAcceleratorTable}{wxacceleratortable}}{Accelerator table}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxApp}{wxapp}}{Application class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxConfig}{wxconfigbase}}{Classes for configuration reading/writing}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxHelpController}{wxhelpcontroller}}{Family of classes for controlling help windows}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxLayoutAlgorithm}{wxlayoutalgorithm}}{An alternative window layout facility}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxProcess}{wxprocess}}{Process class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxTimer}{wxtimer}}{Timer class}
-\twocolitem{\helpref{wxSystemSettings}{wxsystemsettings}}{System settings class}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/checkbox.tex

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCheckBox}}\label{wxcheckbox}
-
-A checkbox is a labelled box which is either on (checkmark is visible)
-or off (no checkmark).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-There are no special styles for wxCheckBox.
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHECKBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHECKBOX\_CLICKED event,
-when the checkbox is clicked.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxRadioButton}{wxradiobutton}, \helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox}\label{wxcheckboxconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxCheckBox}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxCheckBox}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{label}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = 0},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxValidator\& }{val}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``checkBox"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a checkbox.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Checkbox identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{label}{Text to be displayed next to the checkbox.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Checkbox position. If the position (-1, -1) is specified then a default position is chosen.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Checkbox size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then a default size is chosen.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxCheckBox}{wxcheckbox}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxCheckBox::Create}{wxcheckboxcreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\membersection{wxCheckBox::\destruct{wxCheckBox}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCheckBox}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the checkbox.
-
-\membersection{wxCheckBox::Create}\label{wxcheckboxcreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{label}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = 0},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxValidator\& }{val}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``checkBox"}}
-
-Creates the checkbox for two-step construction. See \helpref{wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox}{wxcheckboxconstr}\rtfsp
-for details.
-
-\membersection{wxCheckBox::GetValue}\label{wxcheckboxgetvalue}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetValue}{\void}
-
-Gets the state of the checkbox.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns TRUE if it is checked, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxCheckBox::SetValue}\label{wxcheckboxsetvalue}
-
-\func{void}{SetValue}{\param{const bool}{ state}}
-
-Sets the checkbox to the given state.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{state}{If TRUE, the check is on, otherwise it is off.}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/checklst.tex

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCheckListBox}}\label{wxchecklistbox}
-
-A checklistbox is like a listbox, but allows items to be checked or unchecked.
-
-This class is currently only implemented under Windows, and wxWindows must be
-compiled with USE\_OWNER\_DRAWN set to 1.
-
-Only the new functions for this class are documented; see also \helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}\\
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-See \helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-See \helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}, \helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}, \helpref{wxComboBox}{wxcombobox}, \helpref{wxListCtrl}{wxlistctrl},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox}\label{wxchecklistboxconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxCheckListBox}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxCheckListBox}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[] = NULL},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator = wxDefaultValidator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``listBox"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a list box.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Window identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Window position.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Window size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the window is sized
-appropriately.}
-
-\docparam{n}{Number of strings with which to initialise the control.}
-
-\docparam{choices}{An array of strings with which to initialise the control.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxCheckListBox}{wxchecklistbox}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\membersection{wxCheckListBox::\destruct{wxCheckListBox}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxCheckListBox}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the list box.
-
-\membersection{wxCheckListBox::Check}\label{wxchecklistboxcheck}
-
-\func{void}{Check}{\param{int }{item}, \param{bool}{ check = TRUE}}
-
-Checks the given item.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{item}{Index of item to check.}
-
-\docparam{check}{TRUE if the item is to be checked, FALSE otherwise.}
-
-\membersection{wxCheckListBox::IsChecked}\label{wxchecklistboxischecked}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsChecked}{\param{int}{ item}}
-
-Returns TRUE if the given item is checked, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{item}{Index of item whose check status is to be returned.}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/choice.tex

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxChoice}}\label{wxchoice}
-
-A choice item is used to select one of a list of strings. Unlike a
-listbox, only the selection is visible until the user pulls down the
-menu of choices.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-There are no special styles for wxChoice.
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHOICE(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHOICE\_SELECTED event,
-when an item on the list is selected.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}, \helpref{wxComboBox}{wxcombobox},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::wxChoice}\label{wxchoiceconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxChoice}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxChoice}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size},\rtfsp
-\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator = wxDefaultValidator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``choice"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a choice.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Window identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Window position.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Window size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the choice is sized
-appropriately.}
-
-\docparam{n}{Number of strings with which to initialise the choice control.}
-
-\docparam{choices}{An array of strings with which to initialise the choice control.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxChoice::Create}{wxchoicecreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::\destruct{wxChoice}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxChoice}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the choice item.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::Append}\label{wxchoiceappend}
-
-\func{void}{Append}{\param{const wxString\& }{ item}}
-
-Adds the item to the end of the choice control.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{item}{String to add.}
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::Clear}\label{wxchoiceclear}
-
-\func{void}{Clear}{\void}
-
-Clears the strings from the choice item.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::Create}\label{wxchoicecreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size},\rtfsp
-\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``choice"}}
-
-Creates the choice for two-step construction. See \helpref{wxChoice::wxChoice}{wxchoiceconstr}.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::FindString}\label{wxchoicefindstring}
-
-\constfunc{int}{FindString}{\param{const wxString\& }{string}}
-
-Finds a choice matching the given string.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{string}{String to find.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns the position if found, or -1 if not found.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::GetColumns}\label{wxchoicegetcolumns}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetColumns}{\void}
-
-Gets the number of columns in this choice item.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This is implemented for Motif only.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::GetSelection}\label{wxchoicegetselection}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetSelection}{\void}
-
-Gets the id (position) of the selected string, or -1 if there is no selection.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::GetString}\label{wxchoicegetstring}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetString}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Returns the string at the given position.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The zero-based position.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The string at the given position, or the empty string if {\it n} is invalid.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::GetStringSelection}\label{wxchoicegetstringselection}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetStringSelection}{\void}
-
-Gets the selected string, or the empty string if no string is selected.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::Number}\label{wxchoicenumber}
-
-\constfunc{int}{Number}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of strings in the choice control.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::SetColumns}\label{wxchoicesetcolumns}
-
-\func{void}{SetColumns}{\param{int}{ n = 1}}
-
-Sets the number of columns in this choice item.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{Number of columns.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This is implemented for Motif only.
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::SetSelection}\label{wxchoicesetselection}
-
-\func{void}{SetSelection}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Sets the choice by passing the desired string position.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The string position to select, starting from zero.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxChoice::SetStringSelection}{wxchoicesetstringselection}
-
-\membersection{wxChoice::SetStringSelection}\label{wxchoicesetstringselection}
-
-\func{void}{SetStringSelection}{\param{const wxString\& }{ string}}
-
-Sets the choice by passing the desired string.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{string}{The string to select.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxChoice::SetSelection}{wxchoicesetselection}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/clasinfo.tex

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxClassInfo}}\label{wxclassinfo}
-
-This class stores meta-information about classes. Instances of this class are
-not generally defined directly by an application, but indirectly through use
-of macros such as {\bf DECLARE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS} and {\bf IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No parent class.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{wxclassinfooverview}, \helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::wxClassInfo}\label{wxclassinfoconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxClassInfo}{\param{char* }{className}, \param{char* }{baseClass1}, \param{char* }{baseClass2},
- \param{int}{ size}, \param{wxObjectConstructorFn }{fn}}
-
-Constructs a wxClassInfo object. The supplied macros implicitly construct objects of this
-class, so there is no need to create such objects explicitly in an application.
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::CreateObject}
-
-\func{wxObject*}{CreateObject}{\void}
-
-Creates an object of the appropriate kind. Returns NULL if the class has not been declared
-dynamically createable (typically, it's an abstract class).
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::FindClass}
-
-\func{static wxClassInfo *}{FindClass}{\param{char* }{name}}
-
-Finds the wxClassInfo object for a class of the given string name.
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetBaseClassName1}
-
-\constfunc{char*}{GetBaseClassName1}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the first base class (NULL if none).
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetBaseClassName2}
-
-\constfunc{char*}{GetBaseClassName2}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the second base class (NULL if none).
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetClassName}
-
-\constfunc{char *}{GetClassName}{\void}
-
-Returns the string form of the class name.
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::GetSize}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetSize}{\void}
-
-Returns the size of the class.
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses}
-
-\func{static void}{InitializeClasses}{\void}
-
-Initializes pointers in the wxClassInfo objects for fast execution
-of IsKindOf. Called in base wxWindows library initialization.
-
-\membersection{wxClassInfo::IsKindOf}\label{wxclassinfoiskindof}
-
-\func{bool}{IsKindOf}{\param{wxClassInfo* }{info}}
-
-Returns TRUE if this class is a kind of (inherits from) the given class.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/classes.tex

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Alphabetical class reference}\label{classref}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-%
-\begin{comment}
-\helpignore{\section{Class hierarchy}%
-
-The GUI-specific wxWindows class hierarchy is shown in Figure 5.1.
-Many other, non-GUI classes have been omitted.
-
-\vskip 1cm
-$$\image{14cm;0cm}{wxclass.ps}$$
-\vskip 1cm
-\centerline{Figure 5.1: wxWindows class hierarchy}
-
-\newpage}%
-
-\overview{Writing a wxWindows application: a rough guide}{roughguide}
-
-\helponly{
-\sethotspotcolour{off}%
-\large{
-\helpref{Notes on using the reference}{referencenotes}\\
-\helpref{Guide to functions}{functions}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}%
-}}
-\end{comment}
-
-\input accel.tex
-\input activevt.tex
-\input app.tex
-\input button.tex
-\input bitmap.tex
-\input bbutton.tex
-\input brush.tex
-\input calclevt.tex
-\input checkbox.tex
-\input checklst.tex
-\input choice.tex
-\input clasinfo.tex
-\input clientdc.tex
-\input clipbrd.tex
-\input closeevt.tex
-\input colour.tex
-\input colordlg.tex
-\input combobox.tex
-\input command.tex
-\input cmdevent.tex
-\input cmdproc.tex
-\input conditn.tex
-\input config.tex
-\input control.tex
-\input cursor.tex
-\input database.tex
-\input date.tex
-\input datstrm.tex
-\input dc.tex
-\input ddeclint.tex
-\input ddeconn.tex
-\input ddeservr.tex
-\input debugcxt.tex
-\input dialog.tex
-\input dirdlg.tex
-\input document.tex
-\input docchfrm.tex
-\input docmanag.tex
-\input docmdich.tex
-\input docmdipr.tex
-\input docprfrm.tex
-\input doctempl.tex
-\input dropevt.tex
-\input eraseevt.tex
-\input event.tex
-\input evthand.tex
-\input expr.tex
-\input file.tex
-\input filedlg.tex
-\input filehist.tex
-\input focusevt.tex
-\input font.tex
-\input fontdlg.tex
-\input fontlist.tex
-\input frame.tex
-\input gauge.tex
-\input gdiobj.tex
-\input grid.tex
-\input hash.tex
-\input helpinst.tex
-\input idleevt.tex
-\input icon.tex
-\input imaglist.tex
-\input ilayout.tex
-\input indlgevt.tex
-\input joystick.tex
-\input joyevent.tex
-\input keyevent.tex
-\input layalgor.tex
-\input layout.tex
-\input list.tex
-\input listbox.tex
-\input listctrl.tex
-\input listevt.tex
-\input log.tex
-\input mask.tex
-\input mdi.tex
-\input menu.tex
-\input menuitem.tex
-\input menuevt.tex
-\input memorydc.tex
-\input msgdlg.tex
-\input metafile.tex
-\input minifram.tex
-\input module.tex
-\input mouseevt.tex
-\input moveevt.tex
-\input mltchdlg.tex
-\input mutex.tex
-\input node.tex
-\input notebook.tex
-\input noteevt.tex
-\input object.tex
-\input pagedlg.tex
-\input paintdc.tex
-\input paintevt.tex
-\input palette.tex
-\input panel.tex
-\input pantabv.tex
-\input pathlist.tex
-\input pen.tex
-\input point.tex
-\input postscpt.tex
-\input prevwin.tex
-\input print.tex
-\input process.tex
-\input procevt.tex
-\input query.tex
-\input qylayevt.tex
-\input radiobox.tex
-\input radiobut.tex
-\input realpoin.tex
-\input rect.tex
-\input recrdset.tex
-\input region.tex
-\input sashevt.tex
-\input sashlayw.tex
-\input sashwin.tex
-\input screendc.tex
-\input scrolbar.tex
-\input scrolevt.tex
-\input scrolwin.tex
-\input sngchdlg.tex
-\input size.tex
-\input sizeevt.tex
-\input slider.tex
-\input sckaddr.tex
-\input socket.tex
-\input spinbutt.tex
-\input splitter.tex
-\input statbmp.tex
-\input statbox.tex
-\input stattext.tex
-\input statusbr.tex
-\input wxstring.tex
-\input strlist.tex
-\input sysclevt.tex
-\input settings.tex
-\input tab.tex
-\input tabctrl.tex
-\input tabevent.tex
-\input taskbar.tex
-\input text.tex
-\input textdlg.tex
-\input valtext.tex
-\input thread.tex
-\input time.tex
-\input timer.tex
-\input toolbar.tex
-\input treectrl.tex
-\input treeevt.tex
-\input upduievt.tex
-\input url.tex
-\input validatr.tex
-\input view.tex
-\input wave.tex
-\input window.tex
-\input windowdc.tex
-
-\input function.tex
-\input keycode.tex
-
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: "referenc"
-%%% End: 

docs/latex/wx/clientdc.tex

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxClientDC}}\label{wxclientdc}
-
-A wxClientDC must be constructed if an application wishes to paint on the
-client area of a window from outside an {\bf OnPaint} event.
-This should normally be constructed as a temporary stack object; don't store
-a wxClientDC object.
-
-To draw on a window from within {\bf OnPaint}, construct a \helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc} object.
-
-To draw on the whole window including decorations, construct a \helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc} object
-(Windows only).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDC}{wxdc}, \helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}, \helpref{wxPaintDC}{wxpaintdc},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc}, \helpref{wxScreenDC}{wxscreendc}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxClientDC::wxClientDC}
-
-\func{}{wxClientDC}{\param{wxWindow*}{ window}}
-
-Constructor. Pass a pointer to the window on which you wish to paint.
-
-
-

docs/latex/wx/clipbrd.tex

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxClipboard}}\label{wxclipboard}
-
-There is one wxClipboard object referenced by the pointer
-wxTheClipboard, initialized by calling \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
-Under X, clipboard manipulation must be done by using this class, and
-such code will work under MS Windows also. Under MS Windows, you have the
-alternative of using the normal clipboard functions.
-
-The documentation for this class will be expanded in due course. At present,
-wxClipboard is only used in the wxMediaWindow add-on library.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxClipboardClient}{wxclipboardclient}, \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardClient}
-
-\func{wxClipboardClient *}{GetClipboardClient}{\void}
-
-Get the clipboard client directly. Will be NULL if clipboard data
-is a string, or if some other application owns the clipboard. 
-This can be useful for shortcutting data translation, if the
-clipboard user can check for a specific client.
-
-\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardData}
-
-\func{char*}{GetClipboardData}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}, \param{long *}{length}, \param{long}{ time}}
-
-Get data from the clipboard.
-
-\membersection{wxClipboard::GetClipboardString}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetClipboardString}{\param{long}{ time}}
-
-Get the data from the clipboard in the format ``TEXT".
-
-\membersection{wxClipboard::SetClipboardClient}
-
-\func{void}{SetClipboardClient}{\param{wxClipboardClient *}{client}, \param{long}{ time}}
-
-Set the clipboard data owner.
-
-\membersection{wxClipboard::SetClipboardString}
-
-\func{void}{SetClipboardString}{\param{const wxString\& }{data}, \param{long}{ time}}
-
-Set the clipboard string; does not require a client.
-
-\section{\class{wxClipboardClient}}\label{wxclipboardclient}
-
-Implemented under X and MS Windows, a clipboard client holds data
-belonging to the clipboard. For plain text, a client is not necessary.
-
-wxClipboardClient is an abstract class for which the virtual functions
-BeingReplaced and GetData must be overridden.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxClipboard}{wxclipboard}, \helpref{wxInitClipboard}{wxinitclipboard}.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxClipboardClient::formats}
-
-\member{wxStringList}{formats}
-
-This list should be filled in with strings indicating the formats
-this client can provide. Almost all clients will provide``TEXT".
-Format names should be 4 characters long, so things will work
-out on the Macintosh.
-
-\membersection{wxClipboardClient::BeingReplaced}
-
-\func{void}{BeingReplaced}{\void}
-
-This method is called when the client is losing the selection.
-
-\membersection{wxClipboardClient::GetData}
-
-\func{char*}{GetData}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}, \param{long *}{size}}
-
-This method is called when someone wants the data this client is
-supplying to the clipboard.
-
-{\it format} is a string indicating the
-format of the data - one of the strings from the ``formats"
-list.
-
-{\it size} should be filled with the size of the resulting
-data. In the case of text, {\it size} does not count the
-NULL terminator.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/closeevt.tex

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCloseEvent}}\label{wxcloseevent}
-
-This event class contains information about window and session close events.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process a close event, use these event handler macros to direct input to member
-functions that take a wxCloseEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CLOSE(func)}}{Process a close event, supplying the member function. This
-event applies to wxFrame and wxDialog classes.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_QUERY\_END\_SESSION(func)}}{Process a query end session event, supplying the member function.
-This event applies to wxApp only.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\__END\_SESSION(func)}}{Process an end session event, supplying the member function.
-This event applies to wxApp only.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnQueryEndSession}{wxapponqueryendsession},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxApp::OnEndSession}{wxapponendsession},\rtfsp
-\helpref{Window deletion overview}{windowdeletionoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::wxCloseEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxCloseEvent}{\param{WXTYPE}{ commandEventType = 0}, \param{int}{ id = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::CanVeto}\label{wxcloseeventcanveto}
-
-\func{bool}{CanVeto}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close event.
-Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling code wishes to
-force the application to exit, and so this function must be called to check this.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetLoggingOff}\label{wxcloseeventgetloggingoff}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetLoggingOff}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the user is logging off.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetSessionEnding}\label{wxcloseeventgetsessionending}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSessionEnding}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the session is ending.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::GetForce}\label{wxcloseeventgetforce}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetForce}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the application wishes to force the window to close.
-This will shortly be obsolete, replaced by CanVeto.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::SetCanVeto}\label{wxcloseeventsetcanveto}
-
-\func{void}{SetCanVeto}{\param{bool}{ canVeto}}
-
-Sets the 'can veto' flag.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::SetForce}\label{wxcloseeventsetforce}
-
-\constfunc{void}{SetForce}{\param{bool}{ force}}
-
-Sets the 'force' flag.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::SetLoggingOff}\label{wxcloseeventsetloggingoff}
-
-\constfunc{void}{SetLoggingOff}{\param{bool}{ loggingOff}}
-
-Sets the 'logging off' flag.
-
-\membersection{wxCloseEvent::Veto}\label{wxcloseeventveto}
-
-\func{void}{Veto}{\param{bool}{ veto = TRUE}}
-
-Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to signal
-to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
-
-You can only veto a shutdown if \helpref{wxCloseEvent::CanVeto}{wxcloseeventcanveto} returns
-TRUE.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/cmdevent.tex

@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCommandEvent}}\label{wxcommandevent}
-
-This event class contains information about command events, which originate from a variety of
-simple controls. More complex controls, such as \helpref{wxTreeCtrl}{wxtreectrl}, have separate command event classes.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process a menu command event, use these event handler macros to direct input to member
-functions that take a wxCommandEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND(id, cmd, func)}}{Process a command, supplying the window identifier,
-command event identifier, and member function.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_RANGE(id1, id2, cmd, func)}}{Process a command for a range
-of window identifiers, supplying the minimum and maximum window identifiers,
-command event identifier, and member function.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_BUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_BUTTON\_CLICKED command,
-which is generated by a wxButton control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHECKBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHECKBOX\_CLICKED command,
-which is generated by a wxCheckBox control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_CHOICE(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_CHOICE\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a wxChoice control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_LISTBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LISTBOX\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a wxListBox control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_LISTBOX\_DCLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LISTBOX\_DOUBLECLICKED command,
-which is generated by a wxListBox control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TEXT(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TEXT\_UPDATED command,
-which is generated by a wxTextCtrl control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TEXT\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TEXT\_ENTER command,
-which is generated by a wxTextCtrl control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_MENU(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_MENU\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a menu item.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_MENU\_RANGE(id1, id2, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_MENU\_RANGE command,
-which is generated by a range of menu items.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_SLIDER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SLIDER\_UPDATED command,
-which is generated by a wxSlider control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_RADIOBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RADIOBOX\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a wxRadioBox control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_RADIOBUTTON(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RADIOBUTTON\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a wxRadioButton control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_SCROLLBAR(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLLBAR\_UPDATED command,
-which is generated by a wxScrollBar control. This is provided for compatibility only;
-more specific scrollbar event macros should be used instead (see \helpref{wxScrollEvent}{wxscrollevent}).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMBOBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_COMBOBOX\_SELECTED command,
-which is generated by a wxComboBox control.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_CLICKED event
-(a synonym for wxEVT\_COMMAND\_MENU\_SELECTED). Pass the id of the tool.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_RANGE(id1, id2, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_CLICKED event
-for a range id identifiers. Pass the ids of the tools.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_RCLICKED(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_RCLICKED event.
-Pass the id of the tool.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_RCLICKED\_RANGE(id1, id2, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_RCLICKED event
-for a range of ids. Pass the ids of the tools.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TOOL\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TOOL\_ENTER event.
-Pass the id of the toolbar itself. The value of wxCommandEvent::GetSelection is the tool id, or -1 if the mouse cursor has moved off a tool.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_CLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_CLICK command,
-which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_DCLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_LEFT\_DCLICK command,
-which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_RIGHT\_CLICK(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_RIGHT\_CLICK command,
-which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SET\_FOCUS(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_SET\_FOCUS command,
-which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_KILL\_FOCUS(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_KILL\_FOCUS command,
-which is generated by a control (Windows 95 and NT only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_ENTER(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_ENTER command,
-which is generated by a control.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_clientData}
-
-\member{char*}{m\_clientData}
-
-Contains a pointer to client data for listboxes and choices, if the event
-was a selection.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_commandInt}
-
-\member{int}{m\_commandInt}
-
-Contains an integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
-radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
-deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_commandString}
-
-\member{char*}{m\_commandString}
-
-Contains a string corresponding to a listbox or choice selection.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::m\_extraLong}
-
-\member{long}{m\_extraLong}
-
-Extra information. If the event comes from a listbox selection, it is
-a boolean determining whether the event was a selection (TRUE) or a
-deselection (FALSE). A listbox deselection only occurs for
-multiple-selection boxes, and in this case the index and string values
-are indeterminate and the listbox must be examined by the application.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::wxCommandEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxCommandEvent}{\param{WXTYPE}{ commandEventType = 0}, \param{int}{ id = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::Checked}
-
-\func{bool}{Checked}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE or FALSE for a checkbox selection event.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetClientData}
-
-\func{char*}{GetClientData}{\void}
-
-Returns client data pointer for a listbox or choice selection event
-(not valid for a deselection).
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetExtraLong}
-
-\func{long}{GetExtraLong}{\void}
-
-Returns the {\bf m\_extraLong} member.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetInt}
-
-\func{int}{GetInt}{\void}
-
-Returns the {\bf m\_commandInt} member.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetSelection}
-
-\func{int}{GetSelection}{\void}
-
-Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid for
-a deselection).
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::GetString}
-
-\func{char*}{GetString}{\void}
-
-Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid for
-a deselection).
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::IsSelection}
-
-\func{bool}{IsSelection}{\void}
-
-For a listbox or choice event, returns TRUE if it is a selection, FALSE if it
-is a deselection.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetClientData}
-
-\func{void}{SetClientData}{\param{char*}{ clientData}}
-
-Sets the client data for this event.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetExtraLong}
-
-\func{void}{SetExtraLong}{\param{int}{ extraLong}}
-
-Sets the {\bf m\_extraLong} member.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetInt}
-
-\func{void}{SetInt}{\param{int}{ intCommand}}
-
-Sets the {\bf m\_commandInt} member.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandEvent::SetString}
-
-\func{void}{SetString}{\param{char*}{ string}}
-
-Sets the {\bf m\_commandString} member.
-
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: "referenc"
-%%% End: 

docs/latex/wx/cmdproc.tex

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCommandProcessor}}\label{wxcommandprocessor}
-
-wxCommandProcessor is a class that maintains a history of wxCommands,
-with undo/redo functionality built-in. Derive a new class from this
-if you want different behaviour.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxCommandProcessor overview}{wxcommandprocessoroverview}, \helpref{wxCommand}{wxcommand}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::wxCommandProcessor}
-
-\func{}{wxCommandProcessor}{\param{int}{ maxCommands = 100}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-{\it maxCommands} defaults to a rather arbitrary 100, but can be set from 1 to any integer.
-If your wxCommand classes store a lot of data, you may wish the limit the number of
-commands stored to a smaller number.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::\destruct{wxCommandProcessor}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCommandProcessor}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::CanUndo}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{CanUndo}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the currently-active command can be undone, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::ClearCommands}
-
-\func{virtual void}{ClearCommands}{\void}
-
-Deletes all the commands in the list and sets the current command pointer to NULL.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Do}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Do}{\void}
-
-Executes (redoes) the current command (the command that has just been undone if any).
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetCommands}
-
-\constfunc{wxList\&}{GetCommands}{\void}
-
-Returns the list of commands.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetMaxCommands}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetMaxCommands}{\void}
-
-Returns the maximum number of commands that the command processor stores.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::GetEditMenu}
-
-\constfunc{wxMenu*}{GetEditMenu}{\void}
-
-Returns the edit menu associated with the command processor.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Initialize}
-
-\func{virtual void}{Initialize}{\void}
-
-Initializes the command processor, setting the current command to the
-last in the list (if any), and updating the edit menu (if one has been
-specified).
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::SetEditMenu}
-
-\func{void}{SetEditMenu}{\param{wxMenu* }{menu}}
-
-Tells the command processor to update the Undo and Redo items on this
-menu as appropriate. Set this to NULL if the menu is about to be
-destroyed and command operations may still be performed, or the command
-processor may try to access an invalid pointer.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Submit}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Submit}{\param{wxCommand *}{command}, \param{bool}{ storeIt = TRUE}}
-
-Submits a new command to the command processor. The command processor
-calls wxCommand::Do to execute the command; if it succeeds, the command
-is stored in the history list, and the associated edit menu (if any) updated
-appropriately. If it fails, the command is deleted
-immediately. Once Submit has been called, the passed command should not
-be deleted directly by the application.
-
-{\it storeIt} indicates whether the successful command should be stored
-in the history list.
-
-\membersection{wxCommandProcessor::Undo}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Undo}{\void}
-
-Undoes the command just executed.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/colordlg.tex

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxColourDialog}}\label{wxcolourdialog}
-
-This class represents the colour chooser dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColourDialog Overview}{wxcolourdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}, \helpref{wxColourData}{wxcolourdata}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxColourDialog::wxColourDialog}
-
-\func{}{wxColourDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxColourData* }{data = NULL}}
-
-Constructor. Pass a parent window, and optionally a pointer to a block of colour
-data, which will be copied to the colour dialog's colour data.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColourData}{wxcolourdata}
-
-\membersection{wxColourDialog::\destruct{wxColourDialog}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxColourDialog}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxColourDialog::GetColourData}
-
-\func{wxColourData\&}{GetColourData}{\void}
-
-Returns the \helpref{colour data}{wxcolourdata} associated with the colour dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxColourDialog::ShowModal}
-
-\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
-
-Shows the dialog, returning wxID\_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxOK\_CANCEL
-otherwise.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/colour.tex

@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxColour}}\label{wxcolour}
-
-A colour is an object representing a combination of Red, Green, and Blue (RGB) intensity values,
-and is used to determine drawing colours. See the
-entry for \helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase} for how a pointer to a predefined,
-named colour may be returned instead of creating a new colour.
-
-Valid RGB values are in the range 0 to 255.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase}, \helpref{wxPen}{wxpen}, \helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxColourDialog}{wxcolourdialog}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxColour::wxColour}\label{wxcolourconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxColour}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxColour}{\param{const unsigned char}{ red}, \param{const unsigned char}{ green}, \param{const unsigned char}{ blue}}
-
-Constructs a colour from red, green and blue values.
-
-\func{}{wxColour}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourNname}}
-
-Constructs a colour object using a colour name
-listed in {\bf wxTheColourDatabase}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{red}{The red value.}
-
-\docparam{green}{The green value.}
-
-\docparam{blue}{The blue value.}
-
-\docparam{colourName}{The colour name.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase}
-
-\membersection{wxColour::Blue}\label{wxcolourblue}
-
-\constfunc{unsigned char}{Blue}{\void}
-
-Returns the blue intensity.
-
-\membersection{wxColour::GetPixel}\label{wxcolourgetpixel}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetPixel}{\void}
-
-Returns a pixel value which is platform-dependent. On Windows, a COLORREF is returned.
-On X, an allocated pixel value is returned.
-
--1 is returned if the pixel is invalid (on X, unallocated).
-
-\membersection{wxColour::Green}\label{wxcolourgreen}
-
-\constfunc{unsigned char}{Green}{\void}
-
-Returns the green intensity.
-
-\membersection{wxColour::Ok}\label{wxcolourok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the colour object is valid (the colour has been initialised with RGB values).
-
-\membersection{wxColour::Red}\label{wxcolourred}
-
-\constfunc{unsigned char}{Red}{\void}
-
-Returns the red intensity.
-
-\membersection{wxColour::Set}\label{wxcolourset}
-
-\func{void}{Set}{\param{const unsigned char}{ red}, \param{const unsigned char}{ green}, \param{const unsigned char}{ blue}}
-
-Sets the RGB intensity values.
-
-\membersection{wxColour::operator $=$}\label{wxcolourassign}
-
-\func{wxColour\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Assignment operator, taking another colour object.
-
-\func{wxColour\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxString\&}{ colourName}}
-
-Assignment operator, using a colour name to be found in the colour database.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColourDatabase}{wxcolourdatabase}
-
-\membersection{wxColour::operator $==$}\label{wxcolourequality}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Tests the equality of two colours by comparing individual red, green blue colours.
-
-TODO: this may be different on platforms other than Windows - no reference counting
-is done on Windows.
-
-\membersection{wxColour::operator $!=$}\label{wxcolourinequality}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Tests the inequality of two colours by comparing individual red, green blue colours.
-
-TODO: this may be different on platforms other than Windows - no reference counting
-is done on Windows.
-
-\section{\class{wxColourData}}\label{wxcolourdata}
-
-This class holds a variety of information related to colour dialogs.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}, \helpref{wxColourDialog}{wxcolourdialog}, \helpref{wxColourDialog overview}{wxcolourdialogoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::wxColourData}\label{wxcolourdataconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxColourData}{\void}
-
-Constructor. Initializes the custom colours to white, the {\it data colour} setting
-to black, and the {\it choose full} setting to TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::\destruct{wxColourData}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxColourData}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::GetChooseFull}\label{wxcolourdatagetchoosefull}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetChooseFull}{\void}
-
-Under Windows, determines whether the Windows colour dialog will display the full dialog
-with custom colour selection controls. Has no meaning under other platforms.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::GetColour}\label{wxcolourdatagetcolour}
-
-\constfunc{wxColour\&}{GetColour}{\void}
-
-Gets the current colour associated with the colour dialog.
-
-The default colour is black.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::GetCustomColour}\label{wxcolourdatagetcustomcolour}
-
-\constfunc{wxColour\&}{GetCustomColour}{\param{int}{ i}}
-
-Gets the {\it i}th custom colour associated with the colour dialog. {\it i} should
-be an integer between 0 and 15.
-
-The default custom colours are all white.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::SetChooseFull}\label{wxcolourdatasetchoosefull}
-
-\func{void}{SetChooseFull}{\param{const bool }{flag}}
-
-Under Windows, tells the Windows colour dialog to display the full dialog
-with custom colour selection controls. Under other platforms, has no effect.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::SetColour}\label{wxcolourdatasetcolour}
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Sets the default colour for the colour dialog.
-
-The default colour is black.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::SetCustomColour}\label{wxcolourdatasetcustomcolour}
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{int}{ i}, \param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Sets the {\it i}th custom colour for the colour dialog. {\it i} should
-be an integer between 0 and 15.
-
-The default custom colours are all white.
-
-\membersection{wxColourData::operator $=$}\label{wxcolourdataassign}
-
-\func{void}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxColourData\&}{ data}}
-
-Assingment operator for the colour data.
-
-\section{\class{wxColourDatabase}}\label{wxcolourdatabase}
-
-wxWindows maintains a database of standard RGB colours for a predefined
-set of named colours (such as ``BLACK'', ``LIGHT GREY''). The
-application may add to this set if desired by using {\it Append}.  There
-is only one instance of this class: {\bf wxTheColourDatabase}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The colours in the standard database are as follows:
-
-AQUAMARINE, BLACK, BLUE, BLUE VIOLET, BROWN, CADET BLUE, CORAL,
-CORNFLOWER BLUE, CYAN, DARK GREY, DARK GREEN, DARK OLIVE GREEN, DARK
-ORCHID, DARK SLATE BLUE, DARK SLATE GREY DARK TURQUOISE, DIM GREY,
-FIREBRICK, FOREST GREEN, GOLD, GOLDENROD, GREY, GREEN, GREEN YELLOW,
-INDIAN RED, KHAKI, LIGHT BLUE, LIGHT GREY, LIGHT STEEL BLUE, LIME GREEN,
-MAGENTA, MAROON, MEDIUM AQUAMARINE, MEDIUM BLUE, MEDIUM FOREST GREEN,
-MEDIUM GOLDENROD, MEDIUM ORCHID, MEDIUM SEA GREEN, MEDIUM SLATE BLUE,
-MEDIUM SPRING GREEN, MEDIUM TURQUOISE, MEDIUM VIOLET RED, MIDNIGHT BLUE,
-NAVY, ORANGE, ORANGE RED, ORCHID, PALE GREEN, PINK, PLUM, PURPLE, RED,
-SALMON, SEA GREEN, SIENNA, SKY BLUE, SLATE BLUE, SPRING GREEN, STEEL
-BLUE, TAN, THISTLE, TURQUOISE, VIOLET, VIOLET RED, WHEAT, WHITE, YELLOW,
-YELLOW GREEN.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxColour}{wxcolour}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxColourDatabase::wxColourDatabase}\label{wxcolourdatabaseconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxColourDatabase}{\void}
-
-Constructs the colour database.
-
-\membersection{wxColourDatabase::FindColour}\label{wxcolourdatabasefindcolour}
-
-\func{wxColour*}{FindColour}{\param{const wxString\& }{colourName}}
-
-Finds a colour given the name. Returns NULL if not found.
-
-\membersection{wxColourDatabase::FindName}\label{wxcolourdatabasefindname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{FindName}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Finds a colour name given the colour. Returns NULL if not found.
-
-\membersection{wxColourDatabase::Initialize}\label{wxcolourdatabaseinitialize}
-
-\func{void}{Initialize}{\void}
-
-Initializes the database with a number of stock colours.  Called by wxWindows
-on start-up.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/combobox.tex

@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxComboBox}}\label{wxcombobox}
-
-A combobox is like a combination of an edit control and a listbox. It can be
-displayed as static list with editable or read-only text field; or a drop-down list with
-text field; or a drop-down list without a text field.
-
-A combobox permits a single selection only. Combobox items are numbered from zero.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}\\
-\helpref{wxControl}{wxcontrol}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCB\_SIMPLE}}{Creates a combobox with a permanently displayed list.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCB\_DROPDOWN}}{Creates a combobox with a drop-down list.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCB\_READONLY}}{Creates a combo box consisting of a drop-down list and static text item
-displaying the current selection.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCB\_SORT}}{Sorts the entries in the list alphabetically.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Event handling}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMBOBOX(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_COMBOBOX\_SELECTED event,
-when an item on the list is selected.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_TEXT(id, func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_COMMAND\_TEXT\_UPDATED event,
-when the combobox text changes.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxListBox}{wxlistbox}, \helpref{wxTextCtrl}{wxtextctrl}, \helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::wxComboBox}\label{wxcomboboxconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxComboBox}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxComboBox}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{value = ``"}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator = wxDefaultValidator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``comboBox"}}
-
-Constructor, creating and showing a combobox.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window. Must not be NULL.}
-
-\docparam{id}{Window identifier. A value of -1 indicates a default value.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Window position.}
-
-\docparam{size}{Window size. If the default size (-1, -1) is specified then the window is sized
-appropriately.}
-
-\docparam{n}{Number of strings with which to initialise the control.}
-
-\docparam{choices}{An array of strings with which to initialise the control.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Window style. See \helpref{wxComboBox}{wxcombobox}.}
-
-\docparam{validator}{Window validator.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Window name.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxComboBox::Create}{wxcomboboxcreate}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::\destruct{wxComboBox}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxComboBox}}{\void}
-
-Destructor, destroying the combobox.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Append}\label{wxcomboboxappend}
-
-\func{void}{Append}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}}
-
-Adds the item to the end of the combobox.
-
-\func{void}{Append}{\param{const wxString\& }{ item}, \param{char* }{clientData}}
-
-Adds the item to the end of the combobox, associating the given data
-with the item.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{item}{The string to add.}
-
-\docparam{clientData}{Client data to associate with the item.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Clear}\label{wxcomboboxclear}
-
-\func{void}{Clear}{\void}
-
-Clears all strings from the combobox.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Create}\label{wxcomboboxcreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{value = ``"}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString }{choices[]},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = 0}, \param{const wxValidator\& }{validator = wxDefaultValidator}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``comboBox"}}
-
-Creates the combobox for two-step construction. Derived classes
-should call or replace this function. See \helpref{wxComboBox::wxComboBox}{wxcomboboxconstr}\rtfsp
-for further details.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Copy}\label{wxcomboboxcopy}
-
-\func{void}{Copy}{\void}
-
-Copies the selected text to the clipboard.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Cut}\label{wxcomboboxcut}
-
-\func{void}{Cut}{\void}
-
-Copies the selected text to the clipboard and removes the selection.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Delete}\label{wxcomboboxdelete}
-
-\func{void}{Delete}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Deletes an item from the combobox.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The item to delete, starting from zero.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::FindString}\label{wxcomboboxfindstring}
-
-\func{int}{FindString}{\param{const wxString\& }{string}}
-
-Finds a choice matching the given string.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{string}{The item to find.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The position if found, or -1 if not found.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetClientData}\label{wxcomboboxgetclientdata}
-
-\constfunc{char*}{GetClientData}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Returns a pointer to the client data associated with the given item (if any).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{An item, starting from zero.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A pointer to the client data, or NULL if the item was not found.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetInsertionPoint}\label{wxcomboboxgetinsertionpoint}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetInsertionPoint}{\void}
-
-Returns the insertion point for the combobox's text field.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetLastPosition}\label{wxcomboboxgetlastposition}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetLastPosition}{\void}
-
-Returns the last position in the combobox text field.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetSelection}\label{wxcomboboxgetselection}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetSelection}{\void}
-
-Gets the position of the selected string, or -1 if there is no selection.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetString}\label{wxcomboboxgetstring}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetString}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Returns the string at position {\it n}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The item position, starting from zero.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The string if the item is found, otherwise the empty string.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetStringSelection}\label{wxcomboboxgetstringselection}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetStringSelection}{\void}
-
-Gets the selected string.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::GetValue}\label{wxcomboboxgetvalue}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetValue}{\void}
-
-Returns the current value in the combobox text field.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Number}\label{wxcomboboxnumber}
-
-\constfunc{int}{Number}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of items in the combobox list.
-
-TODO: make this GetNumber or GetCount?
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Paste}\label{wxcomboboxpaste}
-
-\func{void}{Paste}{\void}
-
-Pastes text from the clipboard to the text field.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Replace}\label{wxcomboboxreplace}
-
-\func{void}{Replace}{\param{long}{ from}, \param{long}{ to}, \param{const wxString\& }{text}}
-
-Replaces the text between two positions with the given text, in the combobox text field.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{from}{The first position.}
-
-\docparam{to}{The second position.}
-
-\docparam{text}{The text to insert.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::Remove}\label{wxcomboboxremove}
-
-\func{void}{Remove}{\param{long}{ from}, \param{long}{ to}}
-
-Removes the text between the two positions in the combobox text field.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{from}{The first position.}
-
-\docparam{to}{The last position.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::SetClientData}\label{wxcomboboxsetclientdata}
-
-\func{void}{SetClientData}{\param{int}{ n}, \param{char* }{data}}
-
-Associates the given client data pointer with the given item.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The zero-based item.}
-
-\docparam{data}{The client data.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::SetInsertionPoint}\label{wxcomboboxsetinsertionpoint}
-
-\func{void}{SetInsertionPoint}{\param{long}{ pos}}
-
-Sets the insertion point in the combobox text field.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{pos}{The new insertion point.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::SetInsertionPointEnd}\label{wxcomboboxsetinsertionpointend}
-
-\func{void}{SetInsertionPointEnd}{\void}
-
-Sets the insertion point at the end of the combobox text field.
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::SetSelection}\label{wxcomboboxsetselection}
-
-\func{void}{SetSelection}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Selects the given item in the combobox list.
-
-\func{void}{SetSelection}{\param{long}{ from}, \param{long}{ to}}
-
-Selects the text between the two positions, in the combobox text field.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{n}{The zero-based item to select.}
-
-\docparam{from}{The first position.}
-
-\docparam{to}{The second position.}
-
-\membersection{wxComboBox::SetValue}\label{wxcomboboxsetvalue}
-
-\func{void}{SetValue}{\param{const wxString\& }{text}}
-
-Sets the text for the combobox text field.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{text}{The text to set.}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/command.tex

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCommand}}\label{wxcommand}
-
-wxCommand is a base class for modelling an application command,
-which is an action usually performed by selecting a menu item, pressing
-a toolbar button or any other means provided by the application to
-change the data or view.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\overview{Overview}{wxcommandoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::wxCommand}
-
-\func{}{wxCommand}{\param{bool}{ canUndo = FALSE}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = NULL}}
-
-Constructor. wxCommand is an abstract class, so you will need to derive
-a new class and call this constructor from your own constructor.
-
-{\it canUndo} tells the command processor whether this command is undo-able. You
-can achieve the same functionality by overriding the CanUndo member function (if for example
-the criteria for undoability is context-dependant).
-
-{\it name} must be supplied for the command processor to display the command name
-in the application's edit menu.
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::\destruct{wxCommand}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCommand}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::CanUndo}
-
-\func{bool}{CanUndo}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the command can be undone, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::Do}
-
-\func{bool}{Do}{\void}
-
-Override this member function to execute the appropriate action when called.
-Return TRUE to indicate that the action has taken place, FALSE otherwise.
-Returning FALSE will indicate to the command processor that the action is
-not undoable and should not be added to the command history.
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::GetName}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetName}{\void}
-
-Returns the command name.
-
-\membersection{wxCommand::Undo}
-
-\func{bool}{Undo}{\void}
-
-Override this member function to un-execute a previous Do.
-Return TRUE to indicate that the action has taken place, FALSE otherwise.
-Returning FALSE will indicate to the command processor that the action is
-not redoable and no change should be made to the command history.
-
-How you implement this command is totally application dependent, but typical
-strategies include:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Perform an inverse operation on the last modified piece of
-data in the document. When redone, a copy of data stored in command
-is pasted back or some operation reapplied. This relies on the fact that
-you know the ordering of Undos; the user can never Undo at an arbitrary position
-in the command history.
-\item Restore the entire document state (perhaps using document transactioning).
-Potentially very inefficient, but possibly easier to code if the user interface
-and data are complex, and an `inverse execute' operation is hard to write.
-\end{itemize}
-
-The docview sample uses the first method, to remove or restore segments
-in the drawing.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/conditn.tex

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCondition}}\label{wxcondition}
-
-TODO
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-None.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxThread}{wxthread}, \helpref{wxMutex}{wxmutex}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCondition::wxCondition}\label{wxconditionconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxCondition}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxCondition::\destruct{wxCondition}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCondition}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the wxCondition object.
-
-\membersection{wxCondition::Broadcast}\label{wxconditionbroadcast}
-
-\func{void}{Broadcast}{\void}
-
-Broadcasts to all waiting objects.
-
-\membersection{wxCondition::Signal}\label{wxconditionsignal}
-
-\func{void}{Signal}{\void}
-
-Signals the object.
-
-\membersection{wxCondition::Wait}\label{wxconditionwait}
-
-\func{void}{Wait}{\param{wxMutex\&}{ mutex}}
-
-Waits indefinitely.
-
-\func{bool}{Wait}{\param{wxMutex\&}{ mutex}, \param{unsigned long}{ sec}, \param{unsigned long}{ nsec}}
-
-Waits until a signal is raised or the timeout has elapsed.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{mutex}{wxMutex object.}
-
-\docparam{sec}{Timeout in seconds}
-
-\docparam{nsec}{Timeout nanoseconds component (added to {\it sec}).}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The second form returns if the signal was raised, or FALSE if there was a timeout.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/config.tex

@@ -1,621 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxConfigBase}}\label{wxconfigbase}
-
-wxConfigBase class defines the basic interface of all config classes. It can
-not be used by itself (it's an abstract base class) and you'll always use one
-of its derivations: wxIniConfig, wxFileConfig, wxRegConfig or any other.
-
-However, usually you don't even need to know the precise nature of the class
-you're working with but you would just use the wxConfigBase methods. This
-allows you to write the same code regardless of whether you're working with
-the registry under Win32 or text-based config files under Unix (or even
-Windows 3.1 .INI files if you're really unlucky). To make writing the portable
-code even easier, wxWindows provides a typedef wxConfig
-which is mapped onto the native wxConfigBase implementation on the given
-platform: i.e. wxRegConfig under Win32, wxIniConfig under Win16 and
-wxFileConfig otherwise.
-
-See \helpref{config overview}{wxconfigoverview} for the descriptions of all
-features of this class.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-Here is how you would typically use this class:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  // using wxConfig instead of writing wxFileConfig or wxRegConfig enhances
-  // portability of the code
-  wxConfig *config = new wxConfig("MyAppName");
-
-  wxString str;
-  if ( config->Read("LastPrompt", &str) ) {
-    // last prompt was found in the config file/registry and its value is now
-    // in str
-    ...
-  }
-  else {
-    // no last prompt...
-  }
-
-  // another example: using default values and the full path instead of just
-  // key name: if the key is not found , the value 17 is returned
-  long value = config->Read("/LastRun/CalculatedValues/MaxValue", -1);
-  ...
-  ...
-  ...
-  // at the end of the program we would save everything back
-  config->Write("LastPrompt", str);
-  config->Write("/LastRun/CalculatedValues/MaxValue", value);
-
-  // the changes will be written back automatically
-  delete config;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This basic example, of course, doesn't show all wxConfig features, such as
-enumerating, testing for existence and deleting the entries and groups of
-entries in the config file, its abilities to automatically store the default
-values or expand the environment variables on the fly. However, the main idea
-is that using this class is easy and that it should normally do what you
-expect it to.
-
-NB: in the documentation of this class, the words "config file" also mean
-"registry hive" for wxRegConfig and, generally speaking, might mean any
-physical storage where a wxConfigBase-derived class stores its data.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Function groups}}}
-
-\membersection{Static functions}
-
-These functions deal with the "default" config object. Although its usage is
-not at all mandatory it may be convenient to use a global config object
-instead of creating and deleting the local config objects each time you need
-one (especially because creating a wxFileConfig object might be a time
-consuming operation). In this case, you may create this global config object
-in the very start of the program and {\it Set()} it as the default. Then, from
-anywhere in your program, you may access it using the {\it Get()} function. Of
-course, you should delete it on the program termination (otherwise, not only a
-memory leak will result, but even more importantly the changes won't be
-written back!).
-
-As it happens, you may even further simplify the procedure described above:
-you may forget about calling {\it Set()}. When {\it Get()} is called and there
-is no current object, it will create one using {\it Create()} function. To
-disable this behaviour {\it DontCreateOnDemand()} is provided.
-
-\helpref{Set}{wxconfigbaseset}\\
-\helpref{Get}{wxconfigbaseget}\\
-\helpref{Create}{wxconfigbasecreate}\\
-\helpref{DontCreateOnDemand}{wxconfigbasedontcreateondemand}
-
-\membersection{Constructor and destructor}
-
-\helpref{wxConfigBase}{wxconfigbasector}\\
-\helpref{\destruct{wxConfigBase}}{wxconfigbasedtor}
-
-\membersection{Path management}
-
-As explained in \helpref{config overview}{wxconfigoverview}, the config classes
-support a file system-like hierarchy of keys (files) and groups (directories).
-As in the file system case, to specify a key in the config class you must use
-a path to it. Config classes also support the notion of the current group,
-which makes it possible to use the relative paths. To clarify all this, here
-is an example (it's only for the sake of demonstration, it doesn't do anything
-sensible!):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  wxConfig *config = new wxConfig("FooBarApp");
-
-  // right now the current path is '/'
-  conf->Write("RootEntry", 1);
-
-  // go to some other place: if the group(s) don't exist, they will be created
-  conf->SetPath("/Group/Subgroup");
-
-  // create an entry in subgroup
-  conf->Write("SubgroupEntry", 3);
-  
-  // '..' is understood
-  conf->Write("../GroupEntry", 2);
-  conf->SetPath("..");
-
-  wxASSERT( conf->Read("Subgroup/SubgroupEntry", 0l) == 3 );
-
-  // use absolute path: it's allowed, too
-  wxASSERT( conf->Read("/RootEntry", 0l) == 1 );
-\end{verbatim}
-
-{\it Warning}: it's probably a good idea to always restore the path to its
-old value on function exit:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  void foo(wxConfigBase *config)
-  {
-    wxString strOldPath = config->GetPath();
-
-    config->SetPath("/Foo/Data");
-    ...
-
-    config->SetPath(strOldPath);
-  }
-\end{verbatim}
-
-because otherwise the assert in the following example will surely fail
-(we suppose here that {\it foo()} function is the same as above except that it
-doesn't save and restore the path):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  void bar(wxConfigBase *config)
-  {
-    config->Write("Test", 17);
-    
-    foo(config);
-
-    // we're reading "/Foo/Data/Test" here! -1 will probably be returned...
-    wxASSERT( config->Read("Test", -1) == 17 );
-  }
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Finally, the path separator in wxConfigBase and derived classes is always '/',
-regardless of the platform (i.e. it's {\bf not} '$\backslash\backslash$' under Windows).
-
-\helpref{SetPath}{wxconfigbasesetpath}\\
-\helpref{GetPath}{wxconfigbasegetpath}
-
-\membersection{Enumeration}
-
-The functions in this section allow to enumerate all entries and groups in the
-config file. All functions here return FALSE when there are no more items.
-
-You must pass the same index to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it).
-Please note that it's {\bf not} the index of the current item (you will have
-some great surprizes with wxRegConfig if you assume this) and you shouldn't
-even look at it: it's just a "cookie" which stores the state of the
-enumeration. It can't be stored inside the class because it would prevent you
-from running several enumerations simultaneously, that's why you must pass it
-explicitly.
-
-Having said all this, enumerating the config entries/groups is very simple:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  wxArrayString aNames;
-
-  // enumeration variables
-  wxString str;
-  long dummy;
-
-  // first enum all entries
-  bool bCont = config->GetFirstEntry(str, dummy);
-  while ( bCont ) {
-    aNames.Add(str);
-
-    bCont = GetConfig()->GetNextEntry(str, dummy);
-  }
-
-  ... we have all entry names in aNames...
-
-  // now all groups...
-  bCont = GetConfig()->GetFirstGroup(str, dummy);
-  while ( bCont ) {
-    aNames.Add(str);
-
-    bCont = GetConfig()->GetNextGroup(str, dummy);
-  }
-
-  ... we have all group (and entry) names in aNames...
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-There are also functions to get the number of entries/subgroups without
-actually enumerating them, but you will probably never need them.
-
-\helpref{GetFirstGroup}{wxconfigbasegetfirstgroup}\\
-\helpref{GetNextGroup}{wxconfigbasegetnextgroup}\\
-\helpref{GetFirstEntry}{wxconfigbasegetfirstentry}\\
-\helpref{GetNextEntry}{wxconfigbasegetnextentry}\\
-\helpref{GetNumberOfEntries}{wxconfigbasegetnumberofentries}\\
-\helpref{GetNumberOfGroups}{wxconfigbasegetnumberofgroups}
-
-\membersection{Tests of existence}
-
-\helpref{HasGroup}{wxconfigbasehasgroup}\\
-\helpref{HasEntry}{wxconfigbasehasentry}\\
-\helpref{Exists}{wxconfigbaseexists}
-
-\membersection{Miscellaneous accessors}
-
-\helpref{SetAppName}{wxconfigbasesetappname}\\
-\helpref{GetAppName}{wxconfigbasegetappname}\\
-\helpref{SetVendorName}{wxconfigbasesetvendorname}\\
-\helpref{GetVendorName}{wxconfigbasegetvendorname}
-
-\membersection{Key access}
-
-These function are the core of wxConfigBase class: they allow you to read and
-write config file data. All {\it Read} function take a default value which
-will be returned if the specified key is not found in the config file.
-
-Currently, only two types of data are supported: string and long (but it might
-change in the near future). To work with other types: for {\it int} or {\it
-bool} you can work with function taking/returning {\it long} and just use the
-casts. Better yet, just use {\it long} for all variables which you're going to
-save in the config file: chances are that \verb$sizeof(bool) == sizeof(int) == sizeof(long)$ anyhow on your system. For {\it float}, {\it double} and, in
-general, any other type you'd have to translate them to/from string
-representation and use string functions.
-
-Try not to read long values into string variables and vice versa: although it
-just might work with wxFileConfig, you will get a system error with
-wxRegConfig because in the Windows registry the different types of entries are
-indeed used.
-
-Final remark: the {\it szKey} parameter for all these functions can contain an
-arbitrary path (either relative or absolute), not just the key name.
-
-\helpref{Read}{wxconfigbaseread}\\
-\helpref{Write}{wxconfigbasewrite}\\
-\helpref{Flush}{wxconfigbaseflush}
-
-\membersection{Delete entries/groups}
-
-The functions in this section delete entries and/or groups of entries from the
-config file. {\it DeleteAll()} is especially useful if you want to erase all
-traces of your program presence: for example, when you uninstall it.
-
-\helpref{DeleteEntry}{wxconfigbasedeleteentry}\\
-\helpref{DeleteGroup}{wxconfigbasedeletegroup}\\
-\helpref{DeleteAll}{wxconfigbasedeleteall}
-
-\membersection{Options}
-
-Some aspects of wxConfigBase behaviour can be changed during run-time. The
-first of them is the expansion of environment variables in the string values
-read from the config file: for example, if you have the following in your
-config file:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  # config file for my program
-  UserData = $HOME/data
-
-  # the following syntax is valud only under Windows
-  UserData = %windir%\\data.dat
-\end{verbatim}
-
-the call to \verb$config->Read("UserData")$ will return something like
-\verb$"/home/zeitlin/data"$ if you're lucky enough to run a Linux system ;-)
-
-Although this feature is very useful, it may be annoying if you read a value
-which containts '\$' or '\%' symbols (\% is used for environment variables
-expansion under Windows) which are not used for environment variable
-expansion. In this situation you may call SetExpandEnvVars(FALSE) just before
-reading this value and SetExpandEnvVars(TRUE) just after. Another solution
-would be to prefix the offending symbols with a backslash.
-
-The following functions control this option:
-
-\helpref{IsExpandingEnvVars}{wxconfigbaseisexpandingenvvars}\\
-\helpref{SetExpandingEnvVars}{wxconfigbasesetexpandingenvvars}\\
-\helpref{SetRecordDefaults}{wxconfigbasesetrecorddefaults}\\
-\helpref{IsRecordingDefaults}{wxconfigbaseisrecordingdefaults}
-
-%%%%% MEMBERS HERE %%%%%
-\helponly{\insertatlevel{2}{
-
-\wxheading{Members}
-
-}}
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::wxConfigBase}\label{wxconfigbasector}
-
-\func{}{wxConfigBase}{\param{const wxString\& }{appName = wxEmptyString},
- \param{const wxString\& }{vendorName = wxEmptyString},
- \param{const wxString\& }{localFilename = wxEmptyString},
- \param{const wxString\& }{globalFilename = wxEmptyString},
- \param{long}{ style = 0}}
-
-This is the default and only constructor of the wxConfigBase class, and
-derived classes.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{appName}{The application name. If this is empty, the class will
-normally use \helpref{wxApp::GetAppName}{wxappgetappname} to set it. The
-application name is used in the registry key on Windows, and can be used to
-deduce the local filename parameter if that is missing.}
-
-\docparam{vendorName}{The vendor name. If this is empty, it is assumed that
-no vendor name is wanted, if this is optional for the current config class.
-The vendor name is appended to the application name for wxRegConfig.}
-
-\docparam{localFilename}{Some config classes require a local filename. If this
-is not present, but required, the application name will be used instead.}
-
-\docparam{globalFilename}{Some config classes require a global filename. If
-this is not present, but required, the application name will be used instead.}
-
-\docparam{style}{Can be one of wxCONFIG\_USE\_LOCAL\_FILE and
-wxCONFIG\_USE\_GLOBAL\_FILE. The style interpretation depends on the config
-class and is ignored by some. For wxFileConfig, these styles determine whether
-a local or global config file is created or used. If the flag is present but
-the parameter is empty, the parameter will be set to a default. If the
-parameter is present but the style flag not, the relevant flag will be added
-to the style.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-By default, environment variable expansion is on and recording defaults is
-off.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::\destruct{wxConfigBase}}\label{wxconfigbasedtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxConfigBase}}{\void}
-
-Empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Create}\label{wxconfigbasecreate}
-
-\func{static wxConfigBase *}{Create}{\void}
-
-Create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
-implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see comments
-near the definition of wxCONFIG\_WIN32\_NATIVE for details. It returns the
-created object and also sets it as the current one.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::DontCreateOnDemand}\label{wxconfigbasedontcreateondemand}
-
-\func{void}{DontCreateOnDemand}{\void}
-
-Calling this function will prevent {\it Get()} from automatically creating a
-new config object if the current one is NULL. It might be useful to call it
-near the program end to prevent new config object "accidental" creation.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::DeleteAll}\label{wxconfigbasedeleteall}
-
-\func{bool}{DeleteAll}{\void}
-
-Delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...). Primarly
-for use by desinstallation routine.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::DeleteEntry}\label{wxconfigbasedeleteentry}
-
-\func{bool}{DeleteEntry}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{bool}{
-bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = TRUE}}
-
-Deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if it was the last key
-in it and the second parameter is true.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::DeleteGroup}\label{wxconfigbasedeletegroup}
-
-\func{bool}{DeleteGroup}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}}
-
-Delete the group (with all subgroups)
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Exists}\label{wxconfigbaseexists}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Exists}{\param{wxString\& }{strName}}
-
-returns TRUE if either a group or an entry with a given name exists
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Flush}\label{wxconfigbaseflush}
-
-\func{bool}{Flush}{\param{bool }{bCurrentOnly = FALSE}}
-
-permanently writes all changes (otherwise, they're only written from object's
-destructor)
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Get}\label{wxconfigbaseget}
-
-\func{wxConfigBase *}{Get}{\void}
-
-Get the current config object. If there is no current object, creates one
-(using {\it Create}) unless DontCreateOnDemand was called previously.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetAppName}\label{wxconfigbasegetappname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAppName}{\void}
-
-Returns the application name.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetFirstGroup}\label{wxconfigbasegetfirstgroup}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetFirstGroup}{\param{wxString\& }{str}, \param{long\&}{
-index}}
-
-Gets the first group.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetFirstEntry}\label{wxconfigbasegetfirstentry}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetFirstEntry}{\param{wxString\& }{str}, \param{long\&}{
-index}}
-
-Gets the first entry.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetNextGroup}\label{wxconfigbasegetnextgroup}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetNextGroup}{\param{wxString\& }{str}, \param{long\&}{
-index}}
-
-Gets the next group.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetNextEntry}\label{wxconfigbasegetnextentry}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetNextEntry}{\param{wxString\& }{str}, \param{long\&}{
-index}}
-
-Gets the next entry.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetNumberOfEntries}\label{wxconfigbasegetnumberofentries}
-
-\constfunc{uint }{GetNumberOfEntries}{\param{bool }{bRecursive = FALSE}}
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetNumberOfGroups}\label{wxconfigbasegetnumberofgroups}
-
-\constfunc{uint}{GetNumberOfGroups}{\param{bool }{bRecursive = FALSE}}
-
-Get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without its
-subgroups.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetPath}\label{wxconfigbasegetpath}
-
-\constfunc{const wxString\&}{GetPath}{\void}
-
-Retrieve the current path (always as absolute path).
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::GetVendorName}\label{wxconfigbasegetvendorname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetVendorName}{\void}
-
-Returns the vendor name.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::HasEntry}\label{wxconfigbasehasentry}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{HasEntry}{\param{wxString\& }{strName}}
-
-returns TRUE if the entry by this name exists
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::HasGroup}\label{wxconfigbasehasgroup}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{HasGroup}{\param{const wxString\& }{strName}}
-
-returns TRUE if the group by this name exists
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::IsExpandingEnvVars}\label{wxconfigbaseisexpandingenvvars}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsExpandingEnvVars}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if we are expanding environment variables in key values.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::IsRecordingDefaults}\label{wxconfigbaseisrecordingdefaults}
-
-\func{bool}{IsRecordingDefaults}{\void} const
-
-Returns TRUE if we are writing defaults back to the config file.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Read}\label{wxconfigbaseread}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{key}, \param{wxString*}{
-str}}
-
-Read a string from the key, returning TRUE if the value was read. If the key
-was not found, {\it str} is not changed.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{key}, \param{wxString*}{
-str}, \param{const wxString\& }{defaultVal}}
-
-Read a string from the key. The default value is returned if the key was not
-found.
-
-Returns TRUE if value was really read, FALSE if the default was used.
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{key}, \param{const
-wxString\& }{defaultVal}}
-
-Another version of {\it Read()}, returning the string value directly.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{long*}{ l}}
-
-Reads a long value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it l} is not changed.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{long*}{ l},
-\param{long}{ defaultVal}}
-
-Reads a long value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it defaultVal} is used instead.
-
-\constfunc{long }{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{key}, \param{long}{
-defaultVal}}
-
-Reads a long value from the key and returns it. {\it defaultVal} is returned
-if the key is not found.
-
-NB: writing
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim} conf->Read("key", 0); \end{verbatim} }
-
-won't work because the call is ambiguous: compiler can not choose between two
-{\it Read} functions. Instead, write:
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim} conf->Read("key", 0l); \end{verbatim} }
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{double*}{ d}}
-
-Reads a double value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it d} is not changed.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{double*}{ d},
- \param{double}{ defaultVal}}
-
-Reads a double value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it defaultVal} is used instead.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{bool*}{ b}}
-
-Reads a bool value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it b} is not changed.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{bool*}{ d},
-\param{bool}{ defaultVal}}
-
-Reads a bool value, returning TRUE if the value was found. If the value was
-not found, {\it defaultVal} is used instead.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Set}\label{wxconfigbaseset}
-
-\func{wxConfigBase *}{Set}{\param{wxConfigBase *}{pConfig}}
-
-Sets the config object as the current one, returns the pointer to the previous
-current object (both the parameter and returned value may be NULL)
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::SetAppName}\label{wxconfigbasesetappname}
-
-\func{void }{SetAppName}{\param{const wxString\&}{ appName}}
-
-Sets the application name.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::SetExpandingEnvVars}\label{wxconfigbasesetexpandingenvvars}
-
-\func{void}{SetExpandEnvVars }{\param{bool }{bDoIt = TRUE}}
-
-Determine whether we wish to expand environment variables in key values.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::SetPath}\label{wxconfigbasesetpath}
-
-\func{void}{SetPath}{\param{const wxString\& }{strPath}}
-
-Set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path,
-otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath doesn't
-exist it is created.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::SetRecordDefaults}\label{wxconfigbasesetrecorddefaults}
-
-\func{void}{SetRecordDefaults}{\param{bool }{bDoIt = TRUE}}
-
-Sets whether defaults are written back to the config file.
-
-If on (default is off) all default values are written back to the config file.
-This allows the user to see what config options may be changed and is probably
-useful only for wxFileConfig.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::SetVendorName}\label{wxconfigbasesetvendorname}
-
-\func{void}{SetVendorName}{\param{const wxString\&}{ vendorName}}
-
-Sets the vendor name.
-
-\membersection{wxConfigBase::Write}\label{wxconfigbasewrite}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{const wxString\& }{
-value}}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{long}{ value}}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{double}{ value}}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{const wxString\& }{ key}, \param{bool}{ value}}
-
-These functions write the specified value to the config file and return TRUE
-on success.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/control.tex

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxControl}}\label{wxcontrol}
-
-This is the base class for a control or `widget'.
-
-A control is generally a small window which processes user input and/or displays one or more item
-of data.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxControl::Command}\label{wxcontrolcommand}
-
-\func{void}{Command}{\param{wxCommandEvent\& }{event}}
-
-Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. See \helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent}.
-
-\membersection{wxControl::GetLabel}\label{wxcontrolgetlabel}
-
-\func{wxString\&}{GetLabel}{\void}
-
-Returns the control's text.
-
-\membersection{wxControl::SetLabel}\label{wxcontrolsetlabel}
-
-\func{void}{SetLabel}{\param{const wxString\& }{label}}
-
-Sets the item's text.
-

docs/latex/wx/cursor.tex

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxCursor}}\label{wxcursor}
-
-A cursor is a small bitmap usually used for denoting where the mouse
-pointer is, with a picture that might indicate the interpretation of a
-mouse click. As with icons, cursors in X and MS Windows are created
-in a different manner. Therefore, separate cursors will be created for the
-different environments.  Platform-specific methods for creating a {\bf
-wxCursor} object are catered for, and this is an occasion where
-conditional compilation will probably be required (see \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon} for
-an example).
-
-A single cursor object may be used in many windows (any subwindow type).
-The wxWindows convention is to set the cursor for a window, as in X,
-rather than to set it globally as in MS Windows, although a
-global \helpref{::wxSetCursor}{wxsetcursor} is also available for MS Windows use.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}\\
-\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}, \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}, \helpref{wxWindow::SetCursor}{wxwindowsetcursor},\rtfsp
-\helpref{::wxSetCursor}{wxsetcursor}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::wxCursor}\label{wxcursorconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\param{const char}{ bits[]}, \param{int }{width},
- \param{int }{ height}, \param{int }{hotSpotX=-1}, \param{int }{hotSpotY=-1}, \param{const char }{maskBits[]=NULL}}
-
-Constructs a cursor by passing an array of bits (Motif and Xt only). {\it maskBits} is used only under Motif.
-
-If either {\it hotSpotX} or {\it hotSpotY} is -1, the hotspot will be the centre of the cursor image (Motif only).
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\param{const wxString\& }{cursorName}, \param{long }{type}, \param{int }{hotSpotX=0}, \param{int }{hotSpotY=0}}
-
-Constructs a cursor by passing a string resource name or filename.
-
-{\it hotSpotX} and {\it hotSpotY} are currently only used under Windows when loading from an
-icon file, to specify the cursor hotspot relative to the top left of the image.
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\param{int}{ cursorId}}
-
-Constructs a cursor using a cursor identifier.
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\param{const wxCursor\&}{ cursor}}
-
-Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
-
-\func{}{wxCursor}{\param{const wxCursor*}{ cursor}}
-
-Copy constructor. This uses reference counting so is a cheap operation.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bits}{An array of bits.}
-
-\docparam{maskBits}{Bits for a mask bitmap.}
-
-\docparam{width}{Cursor width.}
-
-\docparam{height}{Cursor height.}
-
-\docparam{hotSpotX}{Hotspot x coordinate.}
-
-\docparam{hotSpotY}{Hotspot y coordinate.}
-
-\docparam{type}{Icon type to load. Under Motif, {\it type} defaults to {\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}. Under Windows,
-it defaults to {\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_CUR\_RESOURCE}.
-
-Under X, the permitted cursor types are:
-
-\twocolwidtha{6cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_XBM}}{Load an X bitmap file.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-Under Windows, the permitted types are:
-
-\twocolwidtha{6cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_CUR}}{Load a cursor from a .cur cursor file (only if USE\_RESOURCE\_LOADING\_IN\_MSW
-is enabled in wx\_setup.h).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_CUR\_RESOURCE}}{Load a Windows resource (as specified in the .rc file).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_ICO}}{Load a cursor from a .ico icon file (only if USE\_RESOURCE\_LOADING\_IN\_MSW
-is enabled in wx\_setup.h). Specify {\it hotSpotX} and {\it hotSpotY}.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\docparam{cursorId}{A stock cursor identifier. May be one of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{6cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_ARROW}}{A standard arrow cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_BULLSEYE}}{Bullseye cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_CHAR}}{Rectangular character cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_CROSS}}{A cross cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_HAND}}{A hand cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_IBEAM}}{An I-beam cursor (vertical line).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_LEFT\_BUTTON}}{Represents a mouse with the left button depressed.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_MAGNIFIER}}{A magnifier icon.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_MIDDLE\_BUTTON}}{Represents a mouse with the middle button depressed.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_NO\_ENTRY}}{A no-entry sign cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_PAINT\_BRUSH}}{A paintbrush cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_PENCIL}}{A pencil cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_POINT\_LEFT}}{A cursor that points left.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_POINT\_RIGHT}}{A cursor that points right.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_QUESTION\_ARROW}}{An arrow and question mark.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_RIGHT\_BUTTON}}{Represents a mouse with the right button depressed.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SIZENESW}}{A sizing cursor pointing NE-SW.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SIZENS}}{A sizing cursor pointing N-S.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SIZENWSE}}{A sizing cursor pointing NW-SE.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SIZEWE}}{A sizing cursor pointing W-E.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SIZING}}{A general sizing cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_SPRAYCAN}}{A spraycan cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_WAIT}}{A wait cursor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxCURSOR\_WATCH}}{A watch cursor.}
-\end{twocollist}\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-
-Note that not all cursors are available on all platforms.}
-
-\docparam{cursor}{Pointer or reference to a cursor to copy.}
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::\destruct{wxCursor}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCursor}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the cursor. A cursor can be reused for more
-than one window, and does not get destroyed when the window is
-destroyed. wxWindows destroys all cursors on application exit, although
-it's best to clean them up explicitly.
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::Ok}\label{wxcursorok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if cursor data is present.
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::operator $=$}\label{wxcursorassignment}
-
-\func{wxCursor\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxCursor\& }{cursor}}
-
-Assignment operator, using reference counting. Returns a reference
-to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::operator $==$}\label{wxcursorequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxCursor\& }{cursor}}
-
-Equality operator. Two cursors are equal if they contain pointers
-to the same underlying cursor data. It does not compare each attribute,
-so two independently-created cursors using the same parameters will
-fail the test.
-
-\membersection{wxCursor::operator $!=$}\label{wxcursornotequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxCursor\& }{cursor}}
-
-Inequality operator. Two cursors are not equal if they contain pointers
-to different underlying cursor data. It does not compare each attribute.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/database.tex

@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDatabase}}\label{wxdatabase}
-
-Every database object represents an ODBC connection. The connection may be closed and reopened.
-
-\wxheading{Derivation}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\overview{wxDatabase overview}{wxdatabaseoverview}, \helpref{wxRecordSet}{wxrecordset}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::wxDatabase}
-
-\func{}{wxDatabase}{\void}
-
-Constructor. The constructor of the first wxDatabase instance of an
-application initializes the ODBC manager.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::\destruct{wxDatabase}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDatabase}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. Resets and destroys any associated wxRecordSet instances.
-
-The destructor of the last wxDatabase instance will deinitialize
-the ODBC manager.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::BeginTrans}
-
-\func{bool}{BeginTrans}{\void}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::Cancel}
-
-\func{void}{Cancel}{\void}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::CanTransact}
-
-\func{bool}{CanTransact}{\void}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::CanUpdate}
-
-\func{bool}{CanUpdate}{\void}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::Close}
-
-\func{bool}{Close}{\void}
-
-Resets the statement handles of any associated wxRecordSet objects,
-and disconnects from the current data source.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::CommitTrans}
-
-\func{bool}{CommitTrans}{\void}
-
-Commits previous transactions. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::ErrorOccured}
-
-\func{bool}{ErrorOccured}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the last action caused an error.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::ErrorSnapshot}
-
-\func{void}{ErrorSnapshot}{\param{HSTMT}{ statement = SQL\_NULL\_HSTMT}}
-
-This function will be called whenever an ODBC error occured. It stores the
-error related information returned by ODBC. If a statement handle of the
-concerning ODBC action is available it should be passed to the function.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetDatabaseName}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDatabaseName}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the database associated with the current connection.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetDataSource}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDataSource}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the connected data source.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetErrorClass}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetErrorClass}{\void}
-
-Returns the error class of the last error. The error class consists of
-five characters where the first two characters contain the class
-and the other three characters contain the subclass of the ODBC error.
-See ODBC documentation for further details.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetErrorCode}
-
-\func{wxRETCODE}{GetErrorCode}{\void}
-
-Returns the error code of the last ODBC function call. This will be one of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{SQL\_ERROR}{General error.}
-\twocolitem{SQL\_INVALID\_HANDLE}{An invalid handle was passed to an ODBC function.}
-\twocolitem{SQL\_NEED\_DATA}{ODBC expected some data.}
-\twocolitem{SQL\_NO\_DATA\_FOUND}{No data was found by this ODBC call.}
-\twocolitem{SQL\_SUCCESS}{The call was successful.}
-\twocolitem{SQL\_SUCCESS\_WITH\_INFO}{The call was successful, but further information can be
-obtained from the ODBC manager.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetErrorMessage}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetErrorMessage}{\void}
-
-Returns the last error message returned by the ODBC manager.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetErrorNumber}
-
-\func{long}{GetErrorNumber}{\void}
-
-Returns the last native error. A native error is an ODBC driver dependent
-error number.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetHDBC}
-
-\func{HDBC}{GetHDBC}{\void}
-
-Returns the current ODBC database handle.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetHENV}
-
-\func{HENV}{GetHENV}{\void}
-
-Returns the ODBC environment handle. 
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetInfo}
-
-\func{bool}{GetInfo}{\param{long}{ infoType}, \param{long *}{buf}}
-
-\func{bool}{GetInfo}{\param{long}{ infoType}, \param{const wxString\& }{buf}, \param{int}{ bufSize=-1}}
-
-Returns requested information. The return value is TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.
-
-{\it infoType} is an ODBC identifier specifying the type of information to be returned.
-
-{\it buf} is a character or long integer pointer to storage which must be allocated by the
-application, and which will contain the information if the function is successful.
-
-{\it bufSize} is the size of the character buffer. A value of -1 indicates that the size
-should be computed by the GetInfo function.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetPassword}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetPassword}{\void}
-
-Returns the password of the current user.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetUsername}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetUsername}{\void}
-
-Returns the current username.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetODBCVersionFloat}
-
-\func{float}{GetODBCVersionFloat}{\param{bool}{ implementation=TRUE}}
-
-Returns the version of ODBC in floating point format, e.g. 2.50.
-
-{\it implementation} should be TRUE to get the DLL version, or FALSE to get the
-version defined in the {\tt sql.h} header file.
-
-This function can return the value 0.0 if the header version number is not defined (for early
-versions of ODBC).
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::GetODBCVersionString}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetODBCVersionString}{\param{bool}{ implementation=TRUE}}
-
-Returns the version of ODBC in string format, e.g. ``02.50".
-
-{\it implementation} should be TRUE to get the DLL version, or FALSE to get the
-version defined in the {\tt sql.h} header file.
-
-This function can return the value ``00.00" if the header version number is not defined (for early
-versions of ODBC).
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::InWaitForDataSource}
-
-\func{bool}{InWaitForDataSource}{\void}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::IsOpen}
-
-\func{bool}{IsOpen}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if a connection is open.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::Open}\label{wxdatabaseopen}
-
-\func{bool}{Open}{\param{const wxString\& }{datasource}, \param{bool}{ exclusive = FALSE}, \param{bool }{readOnly = TRUE},
- \param{const wxString\& }{username = ``ODBC"}, \param{const wxString\& }{password = ``"}}
-
-Connect to a data source. {\it datasource} contains the name of the ODBC data
-source. The parameters exclusive and readOnly are not used.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::OnSetOptions}
-
-\func{void}{OnSetOptions}{\param{wxRecordSet *}{recordSet}}
-
-Not implemented.  
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::OnWaitForDataSource}
-
-\func{void}{OnWaitForDataSource}{\param{bool}{ stillExecuting}}
-
-Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::RollbackTrans}
-
-\func{bool}{RollbackTrans}{\void}
-
-Sends a rollback to the ODBC driver. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetDataSource}
-
-\func{void}{SetDataSource}{\param{const wxString\& }{s}}
-
-Sets the name of the data source. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetLoginTimeout}
-
-\func{void}{SetLoginTimeout}{\param{long}{ seconds}}
-
-Sets the time to wait for an user login. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetPassword}
-
-\func{void}{SetPassword}{\param{const wxString\& }{s}}
-
-Sets the password of the current user. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetSynchronousMode}
-
-\func{void}{SetSynchronousMode}{\param{bool }{synchronous}}
-
-Toggles between synchronous and asynchronous mode. Currently only synchronous
-mode is supported, so this function has no effect.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetQueryTimeout}
-
-\func{void}{SetQueryTimeout}{\param{long}{ seconds}}
-
-Sets the time to wait for a response to a query. Not implemented.
-
-\membersection{wxDatabase::SetUsername}
-
-\func{void}{SetUsername}{\param{const wxString\& }{s}}
-
-Sets the name of the current user. Not implemented.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/date.tex

@@ -1,348 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDate}}\label{wxdate}
-
-A class for manipulating dates.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxTime}{wxtime}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDate::wxDate}\label{wxdateconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxDate}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxDate}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date}}
-
-Copy constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxDate}{\param{int}{ month}, \param{int}{ day}, \param{int}{ year}}
-
-Constructor taking month, day and year.
-
-\func{}{wxDate}{\param{long}{ julian}}
-
-Constructor taking an integer representing the Julian date. This is the number of days since
-1st January 4713 B.C., so to convert from the number of days since 1st January 1901,
-construct a date for 1/1/1901, and add the number of days.
-
-\func{}{wxDate}{\param{const wxString\& }{dateString}}
-
-Constructor taking a string representing a date. This must be either the string TODAY, or of the
-form {\tt MM/DD/YYYY} or {\tt MM-DD-YYYY}. For example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  wxDate date("11/26/1966");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{date}{Date to copy.}
-
-\docparam{month}{Month: a number between 1 and 12.}
-
-\docparam{day}{Day: a number between 1 and 31.}
-
-\docparam{year}{Year, such as 1995, 2005.}
-
-\membersection{wxDate::\destruct{wxDate}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxDate}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::AddMonths}\label{wxdateaddmonths}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{AddMonths}{\param{int}{ months=1}}
-
-Adds the given number of months to the date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::AddWeeks}\label{wxdateaddweeks}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{AddWeeks}{\param{int}{ weeks=1}}
-
-Adds the given number of weeks to the date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::AddYears}\label{wxdateaddyears}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{AddYears}{\param{int}{ years=1}}
-
-Adds the given number of months to the date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::FormatDate}\label{wxdateformatdate}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{FormatDate}{\param{int}{ type=-1}}
-
-Formats the date according to {\it type} if not -1, or according
-to the current display type if -1.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{type}{-1 or one of:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{wxDAY}{Format day only.}
-\twocolitem{wxMONTH}{Format month only.}
-\twocolitem{wxMDY}{Format MONTH, DAY, YEAR.}
-\twocolitem{wxFULL}{Format day, month and year in US style: DAYOFWEEK, MONTH, DAY, YEAR.}
-\twocolitem{wxEUROPEAN}{Format day, month and year in European style: DAY, MONTH, YEAR.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetDay}\label{wxdategetday}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetDay}{\void}
-
-Returns the numeric day (in the range 1 to 31).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetDayOfWeek}\label{wxdategetdayofweek}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetDayOfWeek}{\void}
-
-Returns the integer day of the week (in the range 1 to 7).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetDayOfWeekName}\label{wxdategetdayofweekname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetDayOfWeekName}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the day of week.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetDayOfYear}\label{wxdategetdayofyear}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetDayOfYear}{\void}
-
-Returns the day of the year (from 1 to 365).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetDaysInMonth}\label{wxdategetdaysinmonth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetDaysInMonth}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of days in the month (in the range 1 to 31).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetFirstDayOfMonth}\label{wxdategetfirstdayofmonth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFirstDayOfMonth}{\void}
-
-Returns the day of week that is first in the month (in the range 1 to 7).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetJulianDate}\label{wxdategetjuliandate}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetJulianDate}{\void}
-
-Returns the Julian date.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetMonth}\label{wxdategetmonth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetMonth}{\void}
-
-Returns the month number (in the range 1 to 12).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetMonthEnd}
-
-\func{wxDate}{GetMonthEnd}{\void}
-
-Returns the date representing the last day of the month.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetMonthName}\label{wxdategetmonthname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMonthName}{\void}
-
-Returns the name of the month. Do not delete the returned storage.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetMonthStart}\label{wxdategetmonthstart}
-
-\constfunc{wxDate}{GetMonthStart}{\void}
-
-Returns the date representing the first day of the month.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetWeekOfMonth}\label{wxdategetweekofmonth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetWeekOfMonth}{\void}
-
-Returns the week of month (in the range 1 to 6).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetWeekOfYear}\label{wxdategetweekofyear}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetWeekOfYear}{\void}
-
-Returns the week of year (in the range 1 to 52).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetYear}\label{wxdategetyear}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetYear}{\void}
-
-Returns the year as an integer (such as `1995').
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetYearEnd}\label{wxdategetyearend}
-
-\constfunc{wxDate}{GetYearEnd}{\void}
-
-Returns the date representing the last day of the year.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::GetYearStart}\label{wxdategetyearstart}
-
-\constfunc{wxDate}{GetYearStart}{\void}
-
-Returns the date representing the first day of the year.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::IsLeapYear}\label{wxdateisleapyear}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsLeapYear}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the year of this date is a leap year.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::Set}\label{wxdateset}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{Set}{\void}
-
-Sets the date to current system date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{Set}{\param{long}{ julian}}
-
-Sets the date to the given Julian date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{Set}{\param{int}{ month}, \param{int}{ day}, \param{int}{ year}}
-
-Sets the date to the given date, returning a reference to `this'.
-
-{\it month} is a number from 1 to 12.
-
-{\it day} is a number from 1 to 31.
-
-{\it year} is a year, such as 1995, 2005.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::SetFormat}\label{wxdatesetformat}
-
-\func{void}{SetFormat}{\param{int}{ format}}
-
-Sets the current format type.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{format}{-1 or one of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDAY}}{Format day only.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxMONTH}}{Format month only.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxMDY}}{Format MONTH, DAY, YEAR.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxFULL}}{Format day, month and year in US style: DAYOFWEEK, MONTH, DAY, YEAR.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxEUROPEAN}}{Format day, month and year in European style: DAY, MONTH, YEAR.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\membersection{wxDate::SetOption}\label{wxdatesetoption}
-
-\func{int}{SetOption}{\param{int}{ option}, \param{const bool}{ enable=TRUE}}
-
-Enables or disables an option for formatting.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{option}{May be one of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxNO\_CENTURY}}{The century is not formatted.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDATE\_ABBR}}{Month and day names are abbreviated to 3 characters when formatting.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator wxString}\label{wxdatewxstring}
-
-\func{}{operator wxString}{\void}
-
-Conversion operator, to convert wxDate to wxString by calling FormatDate.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $+$}\label{wxdateplus}
-
-\func{wxDate}{operator $+$}{\param{long}{ i}}
-
-\func{wxDate}{operator $+$}{\param{int}{ i}}
-
-Adds an integer number of days to the date, returning a date.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $-$}\label{wxdateminus}
-
-\func{wxDate}{operator $-$}{\param{long}{ i}}
-
-\func{wxDate}{operator $-$}{\param{int}{ i}}
-
-Subtracts an integer number of days from the date, returning a date.
-
-\func{long}{operator $-$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date}}
-
-Subtracts one date from another, return the number of intervening days.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $+=$}\label{wxdateplusequals}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{operator $+=$}{\param{long}{ i}}
-
-Postfix operator: adds an integer number of days to the date, returning
-a reference to `this' date.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $-=$}\label{wxdateminusequals}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{operator $-=$}{\param{long}{ i}}
-
-Postfix operator: subtracts an integer number of days from the date, returning
-a reference to `this' date.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $++$}\label{wxdateplusplus}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{operator $++$}{\void}
-
-Increments the date (postfix or prefix).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $--$}\label{wxdateminusminus}
-
-\func{wxDate\&}{operator $--$}{\void}
-
-Decrements the date (postfix or prefix).
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $<$}\label{wxdatelessthan}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $<$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is earlier than {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $<=$}\label{wxdatelessthaneq}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $<=$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is earlier than or equal to {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $>$}\label{wxdategreaterthan}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $>$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is later than {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $>=$}\label{wxdategreaterthaneq}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $>=$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is later than or equal to {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $==$}\label{wxdateequals}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is equal to {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator $!=$}\label{wxdatenotequals}
-
-\func{friend bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxDate\&}{ date1}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date2}}
-
-Function to compare two dates, returning TRUE if {\it date1} is not equal to {\it date2}.
-
-\membersection{wxDate::operator \cinsert}\label{wxdateinsert}
-
-\func{friend ostream\&}{operator \cinsert}{\param{ostream\&}{ os}, \param{const wxDate\&}{ date}}
-
-Function to output a wxDate to an ostream.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/datstrm.tex

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDataStream}}\label{wxdatastream}
-
-This class provides functions that read and write integers or double in a
-portable way. So, a file written by an Intel processor can be read by a
-Sparc or anything else.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::wxDataStream}\label{wxdatastreamconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxDataStream}{\param{istream\&}{ stream}}
-
-Constructs a datastream object from a C++ input stream. Only read methods will
-be available.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{stream}{The C++ input stream.}
-
-\func{}{wxDataStream}{\param{istream\&}{ stream}}
-
-Constructs a datastream object from a C++ input stream. Only read methods will
-be available.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{stream}{The C++ input stream.}
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::\destruct{wxDataStream}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDataStream}}{\void}
-
-Destroys the wxDataStream object.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Read8}
-
-\func{unsigned char}{Read8}{\void}
-
-Reads a single byte from the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Read16}
-
-\func{unsigned short}{Read16}{\void}
-
-Reads a 16 bit integer from the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Read32}
-
-\func{unsigned long}{Read32}{\void}
-
-Reads a 32 bit integer from the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::ReadDouble}
-
-\func{double}{ReadDouble}{\void}
-
-Reads a double (IEEE encoded) from the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::ReadString}
-
-\func{wxString}{wxDataStream::ReadString}{\void}
-
-Reads a string from a stream. Actually, this function first reads a byte
-specifying the length of the string (without the last null character) and then
-reads the string.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::ReadLine}
-
-\func{wxString}{wxDataStream::ReadLine}{\void}
-
-Reads a line from the stream. A line is a string which ends with \\n or \\r\\n.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Write8}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::Write8}{{\param unsigned char }{i8}}
-
-Writes the single byte {\it i8} to the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Write16}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::Write16}{{\param unsigned short }{i16}}
-
-Writes the 16 bit integer {\it i16} to the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::Write32}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::Write32}{{\param unsigned long }{i32}}
-
-Writes the 32 bit integer {\it i32} to the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::WriteDouble}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::WriteDouble}{{\param double }{f}}
-
-Writes the double {\it f} to the stream using the IEEE format.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::WriteString}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::WriteString}{{\param const wxString\& }{string}}
-
-Writes {\it string} to the stream. Actually, this method writes the size of
-the string before writing {\it string} itself.
-
-\membersection{wxDataStream::WriteLine}
-
-\func{void}{wxDataStream::WriteLine}{{\param const wxString\& }{string}}
-
-Writes {\it string} as a line. Depending on the operating system, it adds
-\\n or \\r\\n.
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: "referenc"
-%%% End: 

docs/latex/wx/dc.tex

@@ -1,698 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDC}}\label{wxdc}
-
-A wxDC is a {\it device context} onto which graphics and text can be drawn.
-It is intended to represent a number of output devices in a generic way,
-so a window can have a device context associated with it, and a printer also has a device context.
-In this way, the same piece of code may write to a number of different devices,
-if the device context is used as a parameter.
-
-Derived types of wxDC have documentation for specific features
-only, so refer to this section for most device context information.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{dcoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDC::wxDC}
-
-\func{}{wxDC}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::\destruct{wxDC}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDC}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::BeginDrawing}\label{wxdcbegindrawing}
-
-\func{void}{BeginDrawing}{\void}
-
-Allows optimization of drawing code under MS Windows. Enclose
-drawing primitives between {\bf BeginDrawing} and {\bf EndDrawing}\rtfsp
-calls.
-
-Drawing to a wxDialog panel device context outside of a
-system-generated OnPaint event {\it requires} this pair of calls to
-enclose drawing code. This is because a Windows dialog box does not have
-a retained device context associated with it, and selections such as pen
-and brush settings would be lost if the device context were obtained and
-released for each drawing operation.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::Blit}\label{wxdcblit}
-
-\func{bool}{Blit}{\param{long}{ xdest}, \param{long}{ ydest}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height},
-  \param{wxDC* }{source}, \param{long}{ xsrc}, \param{long}{ ysrc}, \param{int}{ logicalFunc},
-  \param{bool }{useMask}}
-
-Copy from a source DC to this DC, specifying the destination
-coordinates, size of area to copy, source DC, source coordinates, and
-logical function.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{xdest}{Destination device context x position.}
-
-\docparam{ydest}{Destination device context y position.}
-
-\docparam{width}{Width of source area to be copied.}
-
-\docparam{height}{Height of source area to be copied.}
-
-\docparam{source}{Source device context.}
-
-\docparam{xsrc}{Source device context x position.}
-
-\docparam{ysrc}{Source device context y position.}
-
-\docparam{logicalFunc}{Logical function to use: see \helpref{wxDC::SetLogicalFunction}{wxdcsetlogicalfunction}.}
-
-\docparam{useMask}{If TRUE, Blit does a transparent blit using the mask that is associated with the bitmap
-selected into the source device context. The Windows implementation does the following:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Creates a temporary bitmap and copies the destination area into it.
-\item Copies the source area into the temporary bitmap using the specified logical function.
-\item Sets the masked area in the temporary bitmap to BLACK by ANDing the
-mask bitmap with the temp bitmap with the foreground colour set to WHITE
-and the bg colour set to BLACK.
-\item Sets the unmasked area in the destination area to BLACK by ANDing the
-mask bitmap with the destination area with the foreground colour set to BLACK
-and the background colour set to WHITE.
-\item ORs the temporary bitmap with the destination area.
-\item Deletes the temporary bitmap.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-This sequence of operations ensures that the source's transparent area need not be black,
-and logical functions are supported.
-}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-There is partial support for Blit in wxPostScriptDC, under X.
-
-See \helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc} for typical usage.
-
-wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxMemoryDC}{wxmemorydc}, \helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}, \helpref{wxMask}{wxmask}
-
-\membersection{wxDC::Clear}\label{wxdcclear}
-
-\func{void}{Clear}{\void}
-
-Clears the device context using the current background brush.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::CrossHair}\label{wxdccrosshair}
-
-\func{void}{CrossHair}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}}
-
-Displays a cross hair using the current pen. This is a vertical
-and horizontal line the height and width of the window, centred
-on the given point.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion}\label{wxdcdestroyclippingregion}
-
-\func{void}{DestroyClippingRegion}{\void}
-
-Destroys the current clipping region so that none of the DC is clipped.
-See also \helpref{wxDC::SetClippingRegion}{wxdcsetclippingregion}.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DeviceToLogicalX}\label{wxdcdevicetologicalx}
-
-\func{long}{DeviceToLogicalX}{\param{long}{ x}}
-
-Convert device X coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DeviceToLogicalXRel}\label{wxdcdevicetologicalxrel}
-
-\func{long}{DeviceToLogicalXRel}{\param{long}{ x}}
-
-Convert device X coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode. Use this function for converting a width, for example.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DeviceToLogicalY}\label{wxdcdevicetologicaly}
-
-\func{long}{DeviceToLogicalY}{\param{long}{ y}}
-
-Converts device Y coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DeviceToLogicalYRel}\label{wxdcdevicetologicalyrel}
-
-\func{long}{DeviceToLogicalYRel}{\param{long}{ y}}
-
-Convert device Y coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode. Use this function for converting a height, for example.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawArc}\label{wxdcdrawarc}
-
-\func{void}{DrawArc}{\param{long}{ x1}, \param{long}{ y1}, \param{long}{ x2}, \param{long}{ y2}, \param{double}{ xc}, \param{double}{ yc}}
-
-Draws an arc of a circle, centred on ({\it xc, yc}), with starting point ({\it x1, y1})
-and ending at ({\it x2, y2}).   The current pen is used for the outline
-and the current brush for filling the shape.
-
-The arc is drawn in an anticlockwise direction from the start point to the end point.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawEllipse}\label{wxdcdrawellipse}
-
-\func{void}{DrawEllipse}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height}}
-
-Draws an ellipse contained in the rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the
-given size.  The current pen is used for the outline and the current brush for
-filling the shape.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawEllipticArc}\label{wxdcdrawellipticarc}
-
-\func{void}{DrawEllipticArc}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height},
- \param{double}{ start}, \param{double}{ end}}
-
-Draws an arc of an ellipse. The current pen is used for drawing the arc and 
-the current brush is used for drawing the pie. This function is currently only available for
-X window and PostScript device contexts.
-
-{\it x} and {\it y} specify the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that contains
-the ellipse.
-
-{\it width} and {\it height} specify the width and height of the rectangle that contains 
-the ellipse.
-
-{\it start} and {\it end} specify the start and end of the arc relative to the three-o'clock
-position from the center of the rectangle. Angles are specified
-in degrees (360 is a complete circle). Positive values mean
-counter-clockwise motion. If {\it start} is equal to {\it end}, a
-complete ellipse will be drawn.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawIcon}\label{wxdcdrawicon}
-
-\func{void}{DrawIcon}{\param{const wxIcon\&}{ icon}, \param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}}
-
-Draw an icon on the display (does nothing if the device context is PostScript).
-This can be the simplest way of drawing bitmaps on a window.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawLine}\label{wxdcdrawline}
-
-\func{void}{DrawLine}{\param{long}{ x1}, \param{long}{ y1}, \param{long}{ x2}, \param{long}{ y2}}
-
-Draws a line from the first point to the second. The current pen is used
-for drawing the line.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawLines}\label{wxdcdrawlines}
-
-\func{void}{DrawLines}{\param{int}{ n}, \param{wxPoint}{ points[]}, \param{long}{ xoffset = 0}, \param{long}{ yoffset = 0}}
-
-\func{void}{DrawLines}{\param{wxList *}{points}, \param{long}{ xoffset = 0}, \param{long}{ yoffset = 0}}
-
-Draws lines using an array of {\it points} of size {\it n}, or list of
-pointers to points, adding the optional offset coordinate. The current
-pen is used for drawing the lines.  The programmer is responsible for
-deleting the list of points.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawPolygon}\label{wxdcdrawpolygon}
-
-\func{void}{DrawPolygon}{\param{int}{ n}, \param{wxPoint}{ points[]}, \param{long}{ xoffset = 0}, \param{long}{ yoffset = 0},\\
-  \param{int }{fill\_style = wxODDEVEN\_RULE}}
-
-\func{void}{DrawPolygon}{\param{wxList *}{points}, \param{long}{ xoffset = 0}, \param{long}{ yoffset = 0},\\
-  \param{int }{fill\_style = wxODDEVEN\_RULE}}
-
-Draws a filled polygon using an array of {\it points} of size {\it n},
-or list of pointers to points, adding the optional offset coordinate.
-
-The last argument specifies the fill rule: {\bf wxODDEVEN\_RULE} (the
-default) or {\bf wxWINDING\_RULE}.
-
-The current pen is used for drawing the outline, and the current brush
-for filling the shape.  Using a transparent brush suppresses filling.
-The programmer is responsible for deleting the list of points.
-
-Note that wxWindows automatically closes the first and last points.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawPoint}\label{wxdcdrawpoint}
-
-\func{void}{DrawPoint}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}}
-
-Draws a point using the current pen.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawRectangle}\label{wxdcdrawrectangle}
-
-\func{void}{DrawRectangle}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height}}
-
-Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given
-size.  The current pen is used for the outline and the current brush
-for filling the shape.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawRoundedRectangle}\label{wxdcdrawroundedrectangle}
-
-\func{void}{DrawRoundedRectangle}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height}, \param{double}{ radius = 20}}
-
-Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given
-size.  The corners are quarter-circles using the given radius. The
-current pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling
-the shape.
-
-If {\it radius} is positive, the value is assumed to be the
-radius of the rounded corner. If {\it radius} is negative,
-the absolute value is assumed to be the {\it proportion} of the smallest
-dimension of the rectangle. This means that the corner can be
-a sensible size relative to the size of the rectangle, and also avoids
-the strange effects X produces when the corners are too big for
-the rectangle.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawSpline}\label{wxdcdrawspline}
-
-\func{void}{DrawSpline}{\param{wxList *}{points}}
-
-Draws a spline between all given control points, using the current
-pen.  Doesn't delete the wxList and contents. The spline is drawn
-using a series of lines, using an algorithm taken from the X drawing
-program `XFIG'.
-
-\func{void}{DrawSpline}{\param{long}{ x1}, \param{long}{ y1}, \param{long}{ x2}, \param{long}{ y2}, \param{long}{ x3}, \param{long}{ y3}}
-
-Draws a three-point spline using the current pen.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::DrawText}\label{wxdcdrawtext}
-
-\func{void}{DrawText}{\param{const wxString\& }{text}, \param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}}
-
-Draws a text string at the specified point, using the current text font,
-and the current text foreground and background colours.
-
-The coordinates refer to the top-left corner of the rectangle bounding
-the string. See \helpref{wxDC::GetTextExtent}{wxdcgettextextent} for how
-to get the dimensions of a text string, which can be used to position the
-text more precisely.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::EndDoc}\label{wxdcenddoc}
-
-\func{void}{EndDoc}{\void}
-
-Ends a document (only relevant when outputting to a printer).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::EndDrawing}\label{wxdcenddrawing}
-
-\func{void}{EndDrawing}{\void}
-
-Allows optimization of drawing code under MS Windows. Enclose
-drawing primitives between {\bf BeginDrawing} and {\bf EndDrawing}\rtfsp
-calls.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::EndPage}\label{wxdcendpage}
-
-\func{void}{EndPage}{\void}
-
-Ends a document page (only relevant when outputting to a printer).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::FloodFill}\label{wxdcfloodfill}
-
-\func{void}{FloodFill}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{wxColour *}{colour}, \param{int}{ style=wxFLOOD\_SURFACE}}
-
-Flood fills the device context starting from the given point, in the given colour,
-and using a style:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item wxFLOOD\_SURFACE: the flooding occurs until a colour other than the given colour is encountered.
-\item wxFLOOD\_BORDER: the area to be flooded is bounded by the given colour.
-\end{itemize}
-
-{\it Note:} this function is available in MS Windows only.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetBackground}\label{wxdcgetbackground}
-
-\func{wxBrush *}{GetBackground}{\void}
-
-Gets the brush used for painting the background (see \helpref{wxDC::SetBackground}{wxdcsetbackground}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetBrush}\label{wxdcgetbrush}
-
-\func{wxBrush *}{GetBrush}{\void}
-
-Gets the current brush (see \helpref{wxDC::SetBrush}{wxdcsetbrush}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetCharHeight}\label{wxdcgetcharheight}
-
-\func{long}{GetCharHeight}{\void}
-
-Gets the character height of the currently set font.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetCharWidth}\label{wxdcgetcharwidth}
-
-\func{long}{GetCharWidth}{\void}
-
-Gets the average character width of the currently set font.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetClippingBox}\label{wxdcgetclippingbox}
-
-\func{void}{GetClippingBox}{\param{long}{ *x}, \param{long}{ *y}, \param{long}{ *width}, \param{long}{ *height}}
-
-Gets the rectangle surrounding the current clipping region.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetFont}\label{wxdcgetfont}
-
-\func{wxFont *}{GetFont}{\void}
-
-Gets the current font (see \helpref{wxDC::SetFont}{wxdcsetfont}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetLogicalFunction}\label{wxdcgetlogicalfunction}
-
-\func{int}{GetLogicalFunction}{\void}
-
-Gets the current logical function (see \helpref{wxDC::SetLogicalFunction}{wxdcsetlogicalfunction}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetMapMode}\label{wxdcgetmapmode}
-
-\func{int}{GetMapMode}{\void}
-
-Gets the {\it mapping mode} for the device context (see \helpref{wxDC::SetMapMode}{wxdcsetmapmode}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetOptimization}\label{wxdcgetoptimization}
-
-\func{bool}{GetOptimization}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if device context optimization is on.
-See \helpref{wxDC::SetOptimization}{wxsetoptimization} for details.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetPen}\label{wxdcgetpen}
-
-\func{wxPen *}{GetPen}{\void}
-
-Gets the current pen (see \helpref{wxDC::SetPen}{wxdcsetpen}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetPixel}\label{wxdcgetpixel}
-
-\func{bool}{GetPixel}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{wxColour *}{colour}}
-
-Sets {\it colour} to the colour at the specified location. Windows only; an X implementation
-is being worked on. Not available for wxPostScriptDC or wxMetaFileDC.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetSize}\label{wxdcgetsize}
-
-\func{void}{GetSize}{\param{long *}{width}, \param{long *}{height}}
-
-For a PostScript device context, this gets the maximum size of graphics
-drawn so far on the device context.
-
-For a Windows printer device context, this gets the horizontal and vertical
-resolution. It can be used to scale graphics to fit the page when using
-a Windows printer device context. For example, if {\it maxX} and {\it maxY}\rtfsp
-represent the maximum horizontal and vertical `pixel' values used in your
-application, the following code will scale the graphic to fit on the
-printer page:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  long w, h;
-  dc.GetSize(&w, &h);
-  double scaleX=(double)(maxX/w);
-  double scaleY=(double)(maxY/h);
-  dc.SetUserScale(min(scaleX,scaleY),min(scaleX,scaleY));
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetTextBackground}\label{wxdcgettextbackground}
-
-\func{wxColour\&}{GetTextBackground}{\void}
-
-Gets the current text background colour (see \helpref{wxDC::SetTextBackground}{wxdcsettextbackground}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetTextExtent}\label{wxdcgettextextent}
-
-\func{void}{GetTextExtent}{\param{const wxString\& }{string}, \param{long *}{w}, \param{long *}{h},\\
-  \param{long *}{descent = NULL}, \param{long *}{externalLeading = NULL}, \param{wxFont *}{font = NULL}}
-
-Gets the dimensions of the string using the currently selected font.
-\rtfsp{\it string} is the text string to measure, {\it w} and {\it h} are
-the total width and height respectively, {\it descent} is the
-dimension from the baseline of the font to the bottom of the
-descender, and {\it externalLeading} is any extra vertical space added
-to the font by the font designer (usually is zero).
-
-The optional parameter {\it font} specifies an alternative
-to the currently selected font: but note that this does not
-yet work under Windows, so you need to set a font for
-the device context first.
-
-See also \helpref{wxFont}{wxfont}, \helpref{wxDC::SetFont}{wxdcsetfont}.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::GetTextForeground}\label{wxdcgettextforeground}
-
-\func{wxColour\&}{GetTextForeground}{\void}
-
-Gets the current text foreground colour (see \helpref{wxDC::SetTextForeground}{wxdcsettextforeground}).
-
-\membersection{wxDC::LogicalToDeviceX}\label{wxdclogicaltodevicex}
-
-\func{long}{LogicalToDeviceX}{\param{long}{ x}}
-
-Converts logical X coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::LogicalToDeviceXRel}\label{wxdclogicaltodevicexrel}
-
-\func{long}{LogicalToDeviceXRel}{\param{long}{ x}}
-
-Converts logical X coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode. Use this for converting a width, for example.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::LogicalToDeviceY}\label{wxdclogicaltodevicey}
-
-\func{long}{LogicalToDeviceY}{\param{long}{ y}}
-
-Converts logical Y coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::LogicalToDeviceYRel}\label{wxdclogicaltodeviceyrel}
-
-\func{long}{LogicalToDeviceYRel}{\param{long}{ y}}
-
-Converts logical Y coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the current
-mapping mode. Use this for converting a height, for example.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::MaxX}\label{wxdcmaxx}
-
-\func{long}{MaxX}{\void}
-
-Gets the maximum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::MaxY}\label{wxdcmaxy}
-
-\func{long}{MaxY}{\void}
-
-Gets the maximum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::MinX}\label{wxdcminx}
-
-\func{long}{MinX}{\void}
-
-Gets the minimum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::MinY}\label{wxdcminy}
-
-\func{long}{MinY}{\void}
-
-Gets the minimum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::Ok}\label{wxdcok}
-
-\func{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the DC is ok to use.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetDeviceOrigin}\label{wxdcsetdeviceorigin}
-
-\func{void}{SetDeviceOrigin}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}}
-
-Sets the device origin (i.e., the origin in pixels after scaling has been
-applied).
-
-This function may be useful in Windows printing
-operations for placing a graphic on a page.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetBackground}\label{wxdcsetbackground}
-
-\func{void}{SetBackground}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
-
-Sets the current background brush for the DC.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetBackgroundMode}\label{wxdcsetbackgroundmode}
-
-\func{void}{SetBackgroundMode}{\param{int}{ mode}}
-
-{\it mode} may be one of wxSOLID and wxTRANSPARENT. This setting determines
-whether text will be drawn with a background colour or not.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetClippingRegion}\label{wxdcsetclippingregion}
-
-\func{void}{SetClippingRegion}{\param{long}{ x}, \param{long}{ y}, \param{long}{ width}, \param{long}{ height}}
-
-Sets the clipping region for the DC. The clipping region is a rectangular area
-to which drawing is restricted.  Possible uses for the clipping region are for clipping text
-or for speeding up window redraws when only a known area of the screen is damaged.
-
-See also \helpref{wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion}{wxdcdestroyclippingregion}.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetPalette}\label{wxdcsetpalette}
-
-\func{void}{SetPalette}{\param{const wxPalette\& }{palette}}
-
-If this is a window DC or memory DC, assigns the given palette to the window
-or bitmap associated with the DC. If the argument is wxNullPalette, the current
-palette is selected out of the device context, and the original palette
-restored.
-
-See \helpref{wxPalette}{wxpalette} for further details.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetBrush}\label{wxdcsetbrush}
-
-\func{void}{SetBrush}{\param{const wxBrush\& }{brush}}
-
-Sets the current brush for the DC.
-
-If the argument is wxNullBrush, the current brush is selected out of the device
-context, and the original brush restored, allowing the current brush to
-be destroyed safely.
-
-See also \helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetFont}\label{wxdcsetfont}
-
-\func{void}{SetFont}{\param{const wxFont\& }{font}}
-
-Sets the current font for the DC.
-
-If the argument is wxNullFont, the current font is selected out of the device
-context, and the original font restored, allowing the current font to
-be destroyed safely.
-
-See also \helpref{wxFont}{wxfont}.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetLogicalFunction}\label{wxdcsetlogicalfunction}
-
-\func{void}{SetLogicalFunction}{\param{int}{ function}}
-
-Sets the current logical function for the device context.  This determines how
-a source pixel (from a pen or brush colour, or source device context if
-using \helpref{wxDC::Blit}{wxdcblit}) combines with a destination pixel in the
-current device context.
-
-The possible values
-and their meaning in terms of source and destination pixel values are
-as follows:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxAND                 src AND dst
-wxAND_INVERT          (NOT src) AND dst
-wxAND_REVERSE         src AND (NOT dst)
-wxCLEAR               0
-wxCOPY                src
-wxEQUIV               (NOT src) XOR dst
-wxINVERT              NOT dst
-wxNAND                (NOT src) OR (NOT dst)
-wxNOR                 (NOT src) AND (NOT dst)
-wxNO_OP               dst
-wxOR                  src OR dst
-wxOR_INVERT           (NOT src) OR dst
-wxOR_REVERSE          src OR (NOT dst)
-wxSET                 1
-wxSRC_INVERT          NOT src
-wxXOR                 src XOR dst
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The default is wxCOPY, which simply draws with the current colour.
-The others combine the current colour and the background using a
-logical operation.  wxXOR is commonly used for drawing rubber bands or
-moving outlines, since drawing twice reverts to the original colour.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetMapMode}\label{wxdcsetmapmode}
-
-\func{void}{SetMapMode}{\param{int}{ int}}
-
-The {\it mapping mode} of the device context defines the unit of
-measurement used to convert logical units to device units. Note that
-in X, text drawing isn't handled consistently with the mapping mode; a
-font is always specified in point size. However, setting the {\it
-user scale} (see \helpref{wxDC::SetUserScale}{wxdcsetuserscale}) scales the text appropriately. In
-Windows, scaleable TrueType fonts are always used; in X, results depend
-on availability of fonts, but usually a reasonable match is found.
-
-Note that the coordinate origin should ideally be selectable, but for
-now is always at the top left of the screen/printer.
-
-Drawing to a Windows printer device context under UNIX
-uses the current mapping mode, but mapping mode is currently ignored for
-PostScript output.
-
-The mapping mode can be one of the following:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{MM\_TWIPS}{Each logical unit is 1/20 of a point, or 1/1440 of
-  an inch.}
-\twocolitem{MM\_POINTS}{Each logical unit is a point, or 1/72 of an inch.}
-\twocolitem{MM\_METRIC}{Each logical unit is 1 mm.}
-\twocolitem{MM\_LOMETRIC}{Each logical unit is 1/10 of a mm.}
-\twocolitem{MM\_TEXT}{Each logical unit is 1 pixel.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetOptimization}\label{wxsetoptimization}
-
-\func{void}{SetOptimization}{\param{bool }{optimize}}
-
-If {\it optimize} is TRUE (the default), this function sets optimization mode on.
-This currently means that under X, the device context will not try to set a pen or brush
-property if it is known to be set already. This approach can fall down
-if non-wxWindows code is using the same device context or window, for example
-when the window is a panel on which the windowing system draws panel items.
-The wxWindows device context 'memory' will now be out of step with reality.
-
-Setting optimization off, drawing, then setting it back on again, is a trick
-that must occasionally be employed.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetPen}\label{wxdcsetpen}
-
-\func{void}{SetPen}{\param{const wxPen\& }{pen}}
-
-Sets the current pen for the DC.
-
-If the argument is wxNullPen, the current pen is selected out of the device
-context, and the original pen restored.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetTextBackground}\label{wxdcsettextbackground}
-
-\func{void}{SetTextBackground}{\param{const wxColour\& }{colour}}
-
-Sets the current text background colour for the DC.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetTextForeground}\label{wxdcsettextforeground}
-
-\func{void}{SetTextForeground}{\param{const wxColour\& }{colour}}
-
-Sets the current text foreground colour for the DC.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::SetUserScale}\label{wxdcsetuserscale}
-
-\func{void}{SetUserScale}{\param{double}{ xScale}, \param{double}{ yScale}}
-
-Sets the user scaling factor, useful for applications which require
-`zooming'.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::StartDoc}\label{wxdcstartdoc}
-
-\func{bool}{StartDoc}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}}
-
-Starts a document (only relevant when outputting to a printer).
-Message is a message to show whilst printing.
-
-\membersection{wxDC::StartPage}\label{wxdcstartpage}
-
-\func{bool}{StartPage}{\void}
-
-Starts a document page (only relevant when outputting to a printer).
-

docs/latex/wx/ddeclint.tex

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDDEClient}}\label{wxddeclient}
-
-\overview{Interprocess communications overview}{ipcoverview}
-
-A wxDDEClient object represents the client part of a client-server DDE
-(Dynamic Data Exchange) conversation (available in {\it both}\/
-Windows and UNIX).
-
-To create a client which can communicate with a suitable server,
-you need to derive a class from wxDDEConnection and another from wxDDEClient.
-The custom wxDDEConnection class will intercept communications in
-a `conversation' with a server, and the custom wxDDEServer is required
-so that a user-overriden \helpref{wxDDEClient::OnMakeConnection}{wxddeclientonmakeconnection} member can return
-a wxDDEConnection of the required class, when a connection is made.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxDDEObject
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver}, \helpref{wxDDEConnection}{wxddeconnection},
-the chapter on interprocess communication in the user manual, and
-the programs in {\tt samples/ipc}.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDDEClient::wxDDEClient}
-
-\func{}{wxDDEClient}{\void}
-
-Constructs a client object.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEClient::MakeConnection}\label{wxddeclientmakeconnection}
-
-\func{wxDDEConnection *}{MakeConnection}{\param{const wxString\& }{host}, \param{const wxString\& }{service}, \param{const wxString\& }{topic}}
-
-Tries to make a connection with a server specified by the host
-(machine name under UNIX, ignored under Windows), service name (must
-contain an integer port number under UNIX), and topic string. If the
-server allows a connection, a wxDDEConnection object will be returned.
-The type of wxDDEConnection returned can be altered by overriding
-the \helpref{wxDDEClient::OnMakeConnection}{wxddeclientonmakeconnection} member to return your own
-derived connection object.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEClient::OnMakeConnection}\label{wxddeclientonmakeconnection}
-
-\func{wxDDEConnection *}{OnMakeConnection}{\void}
-
-The type of \helpref{wxDDEConnection}{wxddeconnection} returned from a \helpref{wxDDEClient::MakeConnection}{wxddeclientmakeconnection} call can
-be altered by deriving the {\bf OnMakeConnection} member to return your
-own derived connection object. By default, an ordinary wxDDEConnection
-object is returned.
-
-The advantage of deriving your own connection class is that it will
-enable you to intercept messages initiated by the server, such
-as \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnAdvise}{wxddeconnectiononadvise}. You may also want to
-store application-specific data in instances of the new class.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEClient::ValidHost}
-
-\func{bool}{ValidHost}{\param{const wxString\& }{host}}
-
-Returns TRUE if this is a valid host name, FALSE otherwise. This always
-returns TRUE under MS Windows.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/ddeconn.tex

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDDEConnection}}\label{wxddeconnection}
-
-A wxDDEConnection object represents the connection between a client and a
-server. It can be created by making a connection using a\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxDDEClient}{wxddeclient} object, or by the acceptance of a connection by a\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver} object. The bulk of a DDE (Dynamic Data Exchange)
-conversation (available in both Windows and UNIX) is controlled by
-calling members in a {\bf wxDDEConnection} object or by overriding its
-members.
-
-An application should normally derive a new connection class from
-wxDDEConnection, in order to override the communication event handlers
-to do something interesting.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDDEClient}{wxddeclient}, \helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver}, \helpref{Interprocess communications overview}{ipcoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::wxDDEConnection}
-
-\func{}{wxDDEConnection}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxDDEConnection}{\param{char* }{buffer}, \param{int}{ size}}
-
-Constructs a connection object. If no user-defined connection object is
-to be derived from wxDDEConnection, then the constructor should not be
-called directly, since the default connection object will be provided on
-requesting (or accepting) a connection. However, if the user defines his
-or her own derived connection object, the \helpref{wxDDEServer::OnAcceptConnection}{wxddeserveronacceptconnection}\rtfsp
-and/or \helpref{wxDDEClient::OnMakeConnection}{wxddeclientonmakeconnection} members should be replaced by
-functions which construct the new connection object. If the arguments of
-the wxDDEConnection constructor are void, then a default buffer is
-associated with the connection. Otherwise, the programmer must provide a
-a buffer and size of the buffer for the connection object to use in
-transactions.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::Advise}
-
-\func{bool}{Advise}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size = -1}, \param{int}{ format = wxCF\_TEXT}}
-
-Called by the server application to advise the client of a change in
-the data associated with the given item. Causes the client
-connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnAdvise}{wxddeconnectiononadvise}
-member to be called. Returns TRUE if successful.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::Execute}
-
-\func{bool}{Execute}{\param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size = -1},
-\param{int}{ format = wxCF\_TEXT}}
-
-Called by the client application to execute a command on the server. Can
-also be used to transfer arbitrary data to the server (similar
-to \helpref{wxDDEConnection::Poke}{wxddeconnectionpoke} in that respect). Causes the
-server connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnExecute}{wxddeconnectiononexecute} member to be
-called. Returns TRUE if successful.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::Disconnect}
-
-\func{bool}{Disconnect}{\void}
-
-Called by the client or server application to disconnect from the other
-program; it causes the \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnDisconnect}{wxddeconnectionondisconnect} message
-to be sent to the corresponding connection object in the other
-program. The default behaviour of {\bf OnDisconnect} is to delete the
-connection, but the calling application must explicitly delete its
-side of the connection having called {\bf Disconnect}. Returns TRUE if
-successful.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnAdvise}\label{wxddeconnectiononadvise}
-
-\func{bool}{OnAdvise}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size}, \param{int}{ format}}
-
-Message sent to the client application when the server notifies it of a
-change in the data associated with the given item.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnDisconnect}\label{wxddeconnectionondisconnect}
-
-\func{bool}{OnDisconnect}{\void}
-
-Message sent to the client or server application when the other
-application notifies it to delete the connection. Default behaviour is
-to delete the connection object.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnExecute}\label{wxddeconnectiononexecute}
-
-\func{bool}{OnExecute}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size}, \param{int}{ format}}
-
-Message sent to the server application when the client notifies it to
-execute the given data. Note that there is no item associated with
-this message.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnPoke}\label{wxddeconnectiononpoke}
-
-\func{bool}{OnPoke}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size}, \param{int}{ format}}
-
-Message sent to the server application when the client notifies it to
-accept the given data.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnRequest}\label{wxddeconnectiononrequest}
-
-\func{char*}{OnRequest}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{int *}{size}, \param{int}{ format}}
-
-Message sent to the server application when the client
-calls \helpref{wxDDEConnection::Request}{wxddeconnectionrequest}. The server
-should respond by returning a character string from {\bf OnRequest},
-or NULL to indicate no data.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnStartAdvise}\label{wxddeconnectiononstartadvise}
-
-\func{bool}{OnStartAdvise}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{const wxString\& }{item}}
-
-Message sent to the server application by the client, when the client
-wishes to start an `advise loop' for the given topic and item. The
-server can refuse to participate by returning FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::OnStopAdvise}\label{wxddeconnectiononstopadvise}
-
-\func{bool}{OnStopAdvise}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}, \param{const wxString\& }{item}}
-
-Message sent to the server application by the client, when the client
-wishes to stop an `advise loop' for the given topic and item. The
-server can refuse to stop the advise loop by returning FALSE, although
-this doesn't have much meaning in practice.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::Poke}\label{wxddeconnectionpoke}
-
-\func{bool}{Poke}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{char* }{data}, \param{int}{ size = -1}, \param{int}{ format = wxCF\_TEXT}}
-
-Called by the client application to poke data into the server. Can be
-used to transfer arbitrary data to the server. Causes the server
-connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnPoke}{wxddeconnectiononpoke} member
-to be called. Returns TRUE if successful.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::Request}\label{wxddeconnectionrequest}
-
-\func{char*}{Request}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}, \param{int *}{size}, \param{int}{ format = wxCF\_TEXT}}
-
-Called by the client application to request data from the server. Causes
-the server connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnRequest}{wxddeconnectiononrequest} member to be called. Returns a
-character string (actually a pointer to the connection's buffer) if
-successful, NULL otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::StartAdvise}\label{wxddeconnectionstartadvise}
-
-\func{bool}{StartAdvise}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}}
-
-Called by the client application to ask if an advise loop can be started
-with the server. Causes the server connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnStartAdvise}{wxddeconnectiononstartadvise}\rtfsp
-member to be called. Returns TRUE if the server okays it, FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEConnection::StopAdvise}\label{wxddeconnectionstopadvise}
-
-\func{bool}{StopAdvise}{\param{const wxString\& }{item}}
-
-Called by the client application to ask if an advise loop can be
-stopped. Causes the server connection's \helpref{wxDDEConnection::OnStopAdvise}{wxddeconnectiononstopadvise} member
-to be called. Returns TRUE if the server okays it, FALSE otherwise.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/ddeservr.tex

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDDEServer}}\label{wxddeserver}
-
-A wxDDEServer object represents the server part of a client-server DDE
-(Dynamic Data Exchange) conversation (available under both Windows
-and UNIX).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxDDEObject
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{IPC overview}{ipcoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDDEServer::wxDDEServer}
-
-\func{}{wxDDEServer}{\void}
-
-Constructs a server object.
-
-\membersection{wxDDEServer::Create}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{const wxString\& }{service}}
-
-Registers the server using the given service name. Under UNIX, the
-string must contain an integer id which is used as an Internet port
-number. FALSE is returned if the call failed (for example, the port
-number is already in use).
-
-\membersection{wxDDEServer::OnAcceptConnection}\label{wxddeserveronacceptconnection}
-
-\func{wxDDEConnection *}{OnAcceptConnection}{\param{const wxString\& }{topic}}
-
-When a client calls {\bf MakeConnection}, the server receives the
-message and this member is called. The application should derive a
-member to intercept this message and return a connection object of
-either the standard wxDDEConnection type, or of a user-derived type. If the
-topic is ``STDIO'', the application may wish to refuse the connection.
-Under UNIX, when a server is created the OnAcceptConnection message is
-always sent for standard input and output, but in the context of DDE
-messages it doesn't make a lot of sense.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/debugcxt.tex

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDebugContext}}\label{wxdebugcontext}
-
-A class for performing various debugging and memory tracing
-operations. Full functionality (such as printing out objects
-currently allocated) is only present in a debugging build of wxWindows,
-i.e. if the DEBUG symbol is defined and non-zero. wxDebugContext
-and related functions and macros can be compiled out by setting
-USE\_DEBUG\_CONTEXT to 0 is wx\_setup.h
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No parent class.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\overview{Overview}{wxdebugcontextoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::Check}\label{wxdebugcontextcheck}
-
-\func{int}{Check}{\void}
-
-Checks the memory blocks for errors, starting from the currently set
-checkpoint.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns the number of errors,
-so a value of zero represents success. Returns -1 if an error
-was detected that prevents further checking.
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::Dump}\label{wxdebugcontextdump}
-
-\func{bool}{Dump}{\void}
-
-Performs a memory dump from the currently set checkpoint, writing to the
-current debug stream. Calls the {\bf Dump} member function for each wxObject
-derived instance.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the function succeeded, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::GetCheckPrevious}\label{wxdebugcontextgetcheckprevious}
-
-\func{bool}{GetCheckPrevious}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the memory allocator checks all previous memory blocks for errors.
-By default, this is FALSE since it slows down execution considerably.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::SetCheckPrevious}{wxdebugcontextsetcheckprevious}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::GetDebugMode}\label{wxdebugcontextgetdebugmode}
-
-\func{bool}{GetDebugMode}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if debug mode is on. If debug mode is on, the wxObject new and delete
-operators store or use information about memory allocation. Otherwise,
-a straight malloc and free will be performed by these operators.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::SetDebugMode}{wxdebugcontextsetdebugmode}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::GetLevel}\label{wxdebugcontextgetlevel}
-
-\func{int}{GetLevel}{\void}
-
-Gets the debug level (default 1). The debug level is used by the wxTraceLevel function and
-the WXTRACELEVEL macro to specify how detailed the trace information is; setting
-a different level will only have an effect if trace statements in the application
-specify a value other than one.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::SetLevel}{wxdebugcontextsetlevel}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::GetStream}\label{wxdebugcontextgetstream}
-
-\func{ostream\&}{GetStream}{\void}
-
-Returns the output stream associated with the debug context.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::SetStream}{wxdebugcontextsetstream}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::GetStreamBuf}\label{wxdebugcontextgetstreambuf}
-
-\func{streambuf*}{GetStreamBuf}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the output stream buffer associated with the debug context.
-There may not necessarily be a stream buffer if the stream has been set
-by the user.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::HasStream}\label{wxdebugcontexthasstream}
-
-\func{bool}{HasStream}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if there is a stream currently associated
-with the debug context.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::SetStream}{wxdebugcontextsetstream}, \helpref{wxDebugContext::GetStream}{wxdebugcontextgetstream}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::PrintClasses}\label{wxdebugcontextprintclasses}
-
-\func{bool}{PrintClasses}{\void}
-
-Prints a list of the classes declared in this application, giving derivation
-and whether instances of this class can be dynamically created.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics}{wxdebugcontextprintstatistics}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics}\label{wxdebugcontextprintstatistics}
-
-\func{bool}{PrintStatistics}{\param{bool}{ detailed = TRUE}}
-
-Performs a statistics analysis from the currently set checkpoint, writing
-to the current debug stream. The number of object and non-object
-allocations is printed, together with the total size.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{detailed}{If TRUE, the function will also print how many
-objects of each class have been allocated, and the space taken by
-these class instances.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics}{wxdebugcontextprintstatistics}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetCheckpoint}\label{wxdebugcontextsetcheckpoint}
-
-\func{void}{SetCheckpoint}{\param{bool}{ all = FALSE}}
-
-Sets the current checkpoint: Dump and PrintStatistics operations will
-be performed from this point on. This allows you to ignore allocations
-that have been performed up to this point.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{all}{If TRUE, the checkpoint is reset to include all
-memory allocations since the program started.}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetCheckPrevious}\label{wxdebugcontextsetcheckprevious}
-
-\func{void}{SetCheckPrevious}{\param{bool}{ check}}
-
-Tells the memory allocator to check all previous memory blocks for errors.
-By default, this is FALSE since it slows down execution considerably.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::GetCheckPrevious}{wxdebugcontextgetcheckprevious}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetDebugMode}\label{wxdebugcontextsetdebugmode}
-
-\func{void}{SetDebugMode}{\param{bool}{ debug}}
-
-Sets the debug mode on or off. If debug mode is on, the wxObject new and delete
-operators store or use information about memory allocation. Otherwise,
-a straight malloc and free will be performed by these operators.
-
-By default, debug mode is on if DEBUG is non-zero. If the application
-uses this function, it should make sure that all object memory allocated
-is deallocated with the same value of debug mode. Otherwise, the
-delete operator might try to look for memory information that does not
-exist.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::GetDebugMode}{wxdebugcontextgetdebugmode}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetFile}\label{wxdebugcontextsetfile}
-
-\func{bool}{SetFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Sets the current debug file and creates a stream. This will delete any existing
-stream and stream buffer. By default, the debug context stream
-outputs to the debugger (Windows) or standard error (other platforms).
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetLevel}\label{wxdebugcontextsetlevel}
-
-\func{void}{SetLevel}{\param{int}{ level}}
-
-Sets the debug level (default 1). The debug level is used by the wxTraceLevel function and
-the WXTRACELEVEL macro to specify how detailed the trace information is; setting
-a different level will only have an effect if trace statements in the application
-specify a value other than one.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::GetLevel}{wxdebugcontextgetlevel}
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetStandardError}\label{wxdebugcontextsetstandarderror}
-
-\func{bool}{SetStandardError}{\void}
-
-Sets the debugging stream to be the debugger (Windows) or standard error (other platforms).
-This is the default setting. The existing stream will be flushed and deleted.
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\membersection{wxDebugContext::SetStream}\label{wxdebugcontextsetstream}
-
-\func{void}{SetStream}{\param{ostream* }{stream}, \param{streambuf* }{streamBuf = NULL}}
-
-Sets the stream and optionally, stream buffer associated with the debug context.
-This operation flushes and deletes the existing stream (and stream buffer if any).
-
-This is obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{stream}{Stream to associate with the debug context. Do not set this to NULL.}
-
-\docparam{streamBuf}{Stream buffer to associate with the debug context.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDebugContext::GetStream}{wxdebugcontextgetstream}, \helpref{wxDebugContext::HasStream}{wxdebugcontexthasstream}
-
-\section{\class{wxDebugStreamBuf}}\label{wxdebugstreambuf}
-
-This class allows you to treat debugging output in a similar
-(stream-based) fashion on different platforms. Under
-Windows, an ostream constructed with this buffer outputs
-to the debugger, or other program that intercepts debugging
-output. On other platforms, the output goes to standard error (cerr).
-
-This is soon to be obsolete, replaced by \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog} functionality.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-streambuf
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  wxDebugStreamBuf streamBuf;
-  ostream stream(&streamBuf);
-
-  stream << "Hello world!" << endl;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\overview{Overview}{wxdebugcontextoverview}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/dialog.tex

@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDialog}}\label{wxdialog}
-
-A dialog box is a window with a title bar and sometimes a system menu, which can be moved around
-the screen. It can contain controls and other windows.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxPanel}{wxpanel}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-There are two kinds of dialog - {\it modal} and {\it modeless}. A modal dialog
-blocks program flow and user input on other windows until it is dismissed, whereas a modeless dialog behaves more
-like a frame in that program flow continues, and input on other windows is still possible.
-You specify the type of dialog with the {\bf wxDIALOG\_MODAL} and {\bf wxDIALOG\_MODELESS} window
-styles.
-
-A dialog may be loaded from a wxWindows resource file (extension {\tt wxr}).
-
-An application can define an \helpref{OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow} handler for the
-dialog to respond to system close events.
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCAPTION}}{Puts a caption on the dialog box (Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxDEFAULT\_DIALOG\_STYLE}}{Equivalent to a combination of wxCAPTION, wxSYSTEM\_MENU and wxTHICK\_FRAME}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxRESIZE\_BORDER}}{Display a resizeable frame around the window (Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxSYSTEM\_MENU}}{Display a system menu.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxTHICK\_FRAME}}{Display a thick frame around the window.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxSTAY\_ON\_TOP}}{The dialog stays on top of all other windows (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxNO\_3D}}{Under Windows, specifies that the child controls
-should not have 3D borders unless specified in the control.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-Under Motif, MWM (the Motif Window Manager) should be running for any of these styles to have an effect.
-
-See also \helpref{Generic window styles}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog overview}{wxdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}, \helpref{Resources}{resources},\rtfsp
-\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::wxDialog}\label{wxdialogconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxDialog}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{title},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_DIALOG\_STYLE},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{name = ``dialogBox"}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Can be NULL, a frame or another dialog box.}
-
-\docparam{id}{An identifier for the dialog. A value of -1 is taken to mean a default.}
-
-\docparam{title}{The title of the dialog.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{The dialog position. A value of (-1, -1) indicates a default position, chosen by
-either the windowing system or wxWindows, depending on platform.}
-
-\docparam{size}{The dialog size. A value of (-1, -1) indicates a default size, chosen by
-either the windowing system or wxWindows, depending on platform.}
-
-\docparam{style}{The window style. See \helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}.}
-
-\docparam{name}{Used to associate a name with the window,
-allowing the application user to set Motif resource values for
-individual dialog boxes.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::Create}{wxdialogcreate}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::\destruct{wxDialog}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDialog}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. Deletes any child windows before deleting the physical window.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::Centre}\label{wxdialogcentre}
-
-\func{void}{Centre}{\param{int}{ direction = wxBOTH}}
-
-Centres the dialog box on the display.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{direction}{May be {\tt wxHORIZONTAL}, {\tt wxVERTICAL} or {\tt wxBOTH}.}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::Create}\label{wxdialogcreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{title},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize},\rtfsp
-\param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_DIALOG\_STYLE},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{name = ``dialogBox"}}
-
-Used for two-step dialog box construction. See \helpref{wxDialog::wxDialog}{wxdialogconstr}\rtfsp
-for details.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::EndModal}\label{wxdialogendmodal}
-
-\func{void}{EndModal}{\param{int }{retCode}}
-
-Ends a modal dialog, passing a value to be returned from the \helpref{wxDialog::ShowModal}{wxdialogshowmodal}\rtfsp
-invocation.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{retCode}{The value that should be returned by {\bf ShowModal}.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::ShowModal}{wxdialogshowmodal},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::GetReturnCode}{wxwindowgetreturncode},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::SetReturnCode}{wxwindowsetreturncode}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::GetTitle}\label{wxdialoggettitle}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetTitle}{\void}
-
-Returns the title of the dialog box.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::Iconize}\label{wxdialogiconized}
-
-\func{void}{Iconize}{\param{const bool}{ iconize}}
-
-Iconizes or restores the dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{iconize}{If TRUE, iconizes the dialog box; if FALSE, shows and restores it.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Note that in Windows, iconization has no effect since dialog boxes cannot be
-iconized. However, applications may need to explicitly restore dialog
-boxes under Motif which have user-iconizable frames, and under Windows
-calling {\tt Iconize(FALSE)} will bring the window to the front, as does
-\rtfsp{\tt Show(TRUE)}.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::IsIconized}\label{wxdialogisiconized}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsIconized}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the dialog box is iconized.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Always returns FALSE under Windows since dialogs cannot be iconized.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::IsModal}\label{wxdialogismodal}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsModal}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the dialog box is modal, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::OnCharHook}\label{wxdialogoncharhook}
-
-\func{void}{OnCharHook}{\param{wxKeyEvent\&}{ event}}
-
-This member is called to allow the window to intercept keyboard events
-before they are processed by child windows.
-
-For more information, see \helpref{wxWindow::OnCharHook}{wxwindowoncharhook}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-wxDialog implements this handler to fake a cancel command if the escape key has been
-pressed. This will dismiss the dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::OnApply}\label{wxdialogonapply}
-
-\func{void}{OnApply}{\param{wxCommandEvent\& }{event}}
-
-The default handler for the wxID\_APPLY identifier.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This function calls \helpref{wxWindow::Validate}{wxwindowvalidate} and \helpref{wxWindow::TransferDataToWindow}{wxwindowtransferdatatowindow}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::OnOK}{wxdialogonok}, \helpref{wxDialog::OnCancel}{wxdialogoncancel}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::OnCancel}\label{wxdialogoncancel}
-
-\func{void}{OnCancel}{\param{wxCommandEvent\& }{event}}
-
-The default handler for the wxID\_CANCEL identifier.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The function either calls {\bf EndModal(wxID\_CANCEL)} if the dialog is modal, or
-sets the return value to wxID\_CANCEL and calls {\bf Show(FALSE)} if the dialog is modeless.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::OnOK}{wxdialogonok}, \helpref{wxDialog::OnApply}{wxdialogonapply}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::OnOK}\label{wxdialogonok}
-
-\func{void}{OnOK}{\param{wxCommandEvent\& }{event}}
-
-The default handler for the wxID\_OK identifier.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The function calls
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxWindow::Validate}{wxwindowvalidate}, then \helpref{wxWindow::TransferDataFromWindow}{wxwindowtransferdatafromwindow}.
-If this returns TRUE, the function either calls {\bf EndModal(wxID\_OK)} if the dialog is modal, or
-sets the return value to wxID\_OK and calls {\bf Show(FALSE)} if the dialog is modeless.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::OnCancel}{wxdialogoncancel}, \helpref{wxDialog::OnApply}{wxdialogonapply}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::OnSysColourChanged}\label{wxdialogonsyscolourchanged}
-
-\func{void}{OnSysColourChanged}{\param{wxSysColourChangedEvent\& }{event}}
-
-The default handler for wxEVT\_SYS\_COLOUR\_CHANGED.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{event}{The colour change event.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Changes the dialog's colour to conform to the current settings (Windows only).
-Add an event table entry for your dialog class if you wish the behaviour
-to be different (such as keeping a user-defined
-background colour). If you do override this function, call \helpref{wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged}{wxwindowonsyscolourchanged} to
-propagate the notification to child windows and controls.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxSysColourChangedEvent}{wxsyscolourchangedevent}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::SetModal}\label{wxdialogsetmodal}
-
-\func{void}{SetModal}{\param{const bool}{ flag}}
-
-Allows the programmer to specify whether the dialog box is modal (wxDialog::Show blocks control
-until the dialog is hidden) or modeless (control returns immediately).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{flag}{If TRUE, the dialog will be modal, otherwise it will be modeless.}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::SetTitle}\label{wxdialogsettitle}
-
-\func{void}{SetTitle}{\param{const wxString\& }{ title}}
-
-Sets the title of the dialog box.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{title}{The dialog box title.}
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::Show}\label{wxdialogshow}
-
-\func{bool}{Show}{\param{const bool}{ show}}
-
-Hides or shows the dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{show}{If TRUE, the dialog box is shown and brought to the front;
-otherwise the box is hidden. If FALSE and the dialog is
-modal, control is returned to the calling program.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The preferred way of dismissing a modal dialog is to use \helpref{wxDialog::EndModal}{wxdialogendmodal}.
-
-\membersection{wxDialog::ShowModal}\label{wxdialogshowmodal}
-
-\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
-
-Shows a modal dialog. Program flow does not return until the dialog has been dismissed with\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxDialog::EndModal}{wxdialogendmodal}.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The return value is the value set with \helpref{wxWindow::SetReturnCode}{wxwindowsetreturncode}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog::EndModal}{wxdialogendmodal},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::GetReturnCode}{wxwindowgetreturncode},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::SetReturnCode}{wxwindowsetreturncode}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/dirdlg.tex

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDirDialog}}\label{wxdirdialog}
-
-This class represents the directory chooser dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDirDialog overview}{wxdirdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxFileDialog}{wxfiledialog}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::wxDirDialog}\label{wxdirdialogconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxDirDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{const wxString\& }{message = "Choose a directory"},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{defaultPath = ""}, \param{long }{style = 0}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}}
-
-Constructor. Use \helpref{wxDirDialog::ShowModal}{wxdirdialogshowmodal} to show the dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window.}
-
-\docparam{message}{Message to show on the dialog.}
-
-\docparam{defaultPath}{The default path, or the empty string.}
-
-\docparam{style}{A dialog style, currently unused.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Dialog position. Not implemented.}
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::\destruct{wxDirDialog}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDirDialog}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::GetPath}\label{wxdirdialoggetpath}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetPath}{\void}
-
-Returns the default or user-selected path.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::GetMessage}\label{wxdirdialoggetmessage}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMessage}{\void}
-
-Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::GetStyle}\label{wxdirdialoggetstyle}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetStyle}{\void}
-
-Returns the dialog style.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::SetMessage}\label{wxdirdialogsetmessage}
-
-\func{void}{SetMessage}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}}
-
-Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::SetPath}\label{wxdirdialogsetpath}
-
-\func{void}{SetPath}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}}
-
-Sets the default path.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::SetStyle}\label{wxdirdialogsetstyle}
-
-\func{void}{SetStyle}{\param{long }{style}}
-
-Sets the dialog style. This is currently unused.
-
-\membersection{wxDirDialog::ShowModal}\label{wxdirdialogshowmodal}
-
-\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
-
-Shows the dialog, returning wxID\_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxOK\_CANCEL
-otherwise.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/docchfrm.tex

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocChildFrame}}\label{wxdocchildframe}
-
-The wxDocChildFrame class provides a default frame for displaying documents
-on separate windows. This class can only be used for SDI (not MDI) child frames.
-
-The class is part of the document/view framework supported by wxWindows,
-and cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager} and \helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate} classes.
-
-See the example application in {\tt samples/docview}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Document/view overview}{docviewoverview}, \helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::m\_childDocument}
-
-\member{wxDocument*}{m\_childDocument}
-
-The document associated with the frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::m\_childView}
-
-\member{wxView*}{m\_childView}
-
-The view associated with the frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::wxDocChildFrame}
-
-\func{}{wxDocChildFrame}{\param{wxDocument* }{doc}, \param{wxView* }{view}, \param{wxFrame* }{parent},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition},
- \param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize},
- \param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_FRAME\_STYLE}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``frame"}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::\destruct{wxDocChildFrame}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDocChildFrame}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::GetDocument}
-
-\constfunc{wxDocument*}{GetDocument}{\void}
-
-Returns the document associated with this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::GetView}
-
-\constfunc{wxView*}{GetView}{\void}
-
-Returns the view associated with this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::OnActivate}
-
-\func{void}{OnActivate}{\param{bool}{ active}}
-
-Sets the currently active view to be the frame's view. You may need
-to override (but still call) this function in order to set the keyboard
-focus for your subwindow.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::OnClose}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnClose}{\void}
-
-Closes and deletes the current view and document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::SetDocument}
-
-\func{void}{SetDocument}{\param{wxDocument *}{doc}}
-
-Sets the document for this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocChildFrame::SetView}
-
-\func{void}{SetView}{\param{wxView *}{view}}
-
-Sets the view for this frame.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/docmanag.tex

@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocManager}}\label{wxdocmanager}
-
-The wxDocManager class is part of the document/view framework supported by wxWindows,
-and cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument}\rtfsp
-and \helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate} classes.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDocManager overview}{wxdocmanageroverview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate}, \helpref{wxFileHistory}{wxfilehistory}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_currentView}
-
-\member{wxView*}{m\_currentView}
-
-The currently active view.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_defaultDocumentNameCounter}
-
-\member{int}{m\_defaultDocumentNameCounter}
-
-Stores the integer to be used for the next default document name.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_fileHistory}
-
-\member{wxFileHistory*}{m\_fileHistory}
-
-A pointer to an instance of \helpref{wxFileHistory}{wxfilehistory},
-which manages the history of recently-visited files on the File menu.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_maxDocsOpen}
-
-\member{int}{m\_maxDocsOpen}
-
-Stores the maximum number of documents that can be opened before
-existing documents are closed. By default, this is 10,000.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_docs}
-
-\member{wxList}{m\_docs}
-
-A list of all documents.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_flags}
-
-\member{long}{m\_flags}
-
-Stores the flags passed to the constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::m\_templates}
-
-\member{wxList}{mnTemplates}
-
-A list of all document templates.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::wxDocManager}
-
-\func{void}{wxDocManager}{\param{long}{ flags = wxDEFAULT\_DOCMAN\_FLAGS}, \param{bool}{ initialize = TRUE}}
-
-Constructor. Create a document manager instance dynamically near the start of your application
-before doing any document or view operations.
-
-{\it flags} is currently unused.
-
-If {\it initialize} is TRUE, the \helpref{Initialize}{wxdocmanagerinitialize} function will be called
-to create a default history list object. If you derive from wxDocManager, you may wish to call the
-base constructor with FALSE, and then call Initialize in your own constructor, to allow
-your own Initialize or OnCreateFileHistory functions to be called.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::\destruct{wxDocManager}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxDocManager}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::ActivateView}
-
-\func{void}{ActivateView}{\param{wxView* }{doc}, \param{bool}{ activate}, \param{bool}{ deleting}}
-
-Sets the current view.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::AddDocument}
-
-\func{void}{AddDocument}{\param{wxDocument *}{doc}}
-
-Adds the document to the list of documents.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::AddFileToHistory}
-
-\func{void}{AddFileToHistory}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Adds a file to the file history list, if we have a pointer to an appropriate file menu.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::AssociateTemplate}
-
-\func{void}{AssociateTemplate}{\param{wxDocTemplate *}{temp}}
-
-Adds the template to the document manager's template list.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::CreateDocument}
-
-\func{wxDocument*}{CreateDocument}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}, \param{long}{ flags}}
-
-Creates a new document in a manner determined by the {\it flags} parameter, which can be:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item wxDOC\_NEW Creates a fresh document.
-\item wxDOC\_SILENT Silently loads the given document file.
-\end{itemize}
-
-If wxDOC\_NEW is present, a new document will be created and returned, possibly after
-asking the user for a template to use if there is more than one document template.
-If wxDOC\_SILENT is present, a new document will be created and the given file loaded
-into it. If neither of these flags is present, the user will be presented with
-a file selector for the file to load, and the template to use will be determined by the
-extension (Windows) or by popping up a template choice list (other platforms).
-
-If the maximum number of documents has been reached, this function
-will delete the oldest currently loaded document before creating a new one.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::CreateView}
-
-\func{wxView*}{CreateView}{\param{wxDocument*}{doc}, \param{long}{ flags}}
-
-Creates a new view for the given document. If more than one view is allowed for the
-document (by virtue of multiple templates mentioning the same document type), a choice
-of view is presented to the user.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::DisassociateTemplate}
-
-\func{void}{DisassociateTemplate}{\param{wxDocTemplate *}{temp}}
-
-Removes the template from the list of templates.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu}\label{wxdocmanagerfilehistoryaddfilestomenu}
-
-\func{void}{FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu}{\void}
-
-Appends the files in the history list, to all menus managed by the file history object.
-
-\func{void}{FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu}{\param{wxMenu*}{ menu}}
-
-Appends the files in the history list, to the given menu only.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FileHistoryLoad}\label{wxdocmanagerfilehistoryload}
-
-\func{void}{FileHistoryLoad}{\param{wxConfigBase\& }{config}}
-
-Loads the file history from a config object.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxConfig}{wxconfigbase}
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FileHistoryRemoveMenu}\label{wxdocmanagerfilehistoryremovemenu}
-
-\func{void}{FileHistoryRemoveMenu}{\param{wxMenu*}{ menu}}
-
-Removes the given menu from the list of menus managed by the file history object.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FileHistorySave}\label{wxdocmanagerfilehistorysave}
-
-\func{void}{FileHistorySave}{\param{wxConfigBase\& }{resourceFile}}
-
-Saves the file history into a config object. This must be called
-explicitly by the application.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxConfig}{wxconfigbase}
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FileHistoryUseMenu}\label{wxdocmanagerfilehistoryusemenu}
-
-\func{void}{FileHistoryUseMenu}{\param{wxMenu*}{ menu}}
-
-Use this menu for appending recently-visited document filenames, for convenient
-access. Calling this function with a valid menu pointer enables the history
-list functionality.
-
-Note that you can add multiple menus using this function, to be managed by the
-file history object.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::FindTemplateForPath}
-
-\func{wxDocTemplate *}{FindTemplateForPath}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}}
-
-Given a path, try to find template that matches the extension. This is only
-an approximate method of finding a template for creating a document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetCurrentDocument}
-
-\func{wxDocument *}{GetCurrentDocument}{\void}
-
-Returns the document associated with the currently active view (if any).
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetCurrentView}
-
-\func{wxView *}{GetCurrentView}{\void}
-
-Returns the currently active view 
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetDocuments}
-
-\func{wxList\&}{GetDocuments}{\void}
-
-Returns a reference to the list of documents.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetFileHistory}
-
-\func{wxFileHistory *}{GetFileHistory}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to file history.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetMaxDocsOpen}
-
-\func{int}{GetMaxDocsOpen}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of documents that can be open simultaneously.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::GetNoHistoryFiles}
-
-\func{int}{GetNoHistoryFiles}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::Initialize}\label{wxdocmanagerinitialize}
-
-\func{bool}{Initialize}{\void}
-
-Initializes data; currently just calls OnCreateFileHistory. Some data cannot
-always be initialized in the constructor because the programmer must be given
-the opportunity to override functionality. If OnCreateFileHistory was called
-from the constructor, an overridden virtual OnCreateFileHistory would not be
-called due to C++'s `interesting' constructor semantics. In fact Initialize
-\rtfsp{\it is} called from the wxDocManager constructor, but this can be
-vetoed by passing FALSE to the second argument, allowing the derived class's
-constructor to call Initialize, possibly calling a different OnCreateFileHistory
-from the default.
-
-The bottom line: if you're not deriving from Initialize, forget it and
-construct wxDocManager with no arguments.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::MakeDefaultName}
-
-\func{bool}{MakeDefaultName}{\param{const wxString\& }{buf}}
-
-Copies a suitable default name into {\it buf}. This is implemented by
-appending an integer counter to the string {\bf unnamed} and incrementing
-the counter.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnCreateFileHistory}
-
-\func{wxFileHistory *}{OnCreateFileHistory}{\void}
-
-A hook to allow a derived class to create a different type of file history. Called
-from \helpref{Initialize}{wxdocmanagerinitialize}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnFileClose}
-
-\func{void}{OnFileClose}{\void}
-
-Closes and deletes the currently active document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnFileNew}
-
-\func{void}{OnFileNew}{\void}
-
-Creates a document from a list of templates (if more than one template).
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnFileOpen}
-
-\func{void}{OnFileOpen}{\void}
-
-Creates a new document and reads in the selected file.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnFileSave}
-
-\func{void}{OnFileSave}{\void}
-
-Saves the current document by calling wxDocument::Save for the current document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnFileSaveAs}
-
-\func{void}{OnFileSaveAs}{\void}
-
-Calls wxDocument::SaveAs for the current document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::OnMenuCommand}
-
-\func{void}{OnMenuCommand}{\param{int}{ cmd}}
-
-Processes menu commands routed from child or parent frames. This deals
-with the following predefined menu item identifiers:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item wxID\_OPEN Creates a new document and opens a file into it.
-\item wxID\_CLOSE Closes the current document.
-\item wxID\_NEW Creates a new document.
-\item wxID\_SAVE Saves the document.
-\item wxID\_SAVE\_AS Saves the document into a specified filename.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Unrecognized commands are routed to the currently active wxView's OnMenuCommand.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::RemoveDocument}
-
-\func{void}{RemoveDocument}{\param{wxDocument *}{doc}}
-
-Removes the document from the list of documents.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::SelectDocumentPath}
-
-\func{wxDocTemplate *}{SelectDocumentPath}{\param{wxDocTemplate **}{templates},
- \param{int}{ noTemplates}, \param{const wxString\& }{path}, \param{const wxString\& }{bufSize},
- \param{long}{ flags}, \param{bool}{ save}}
-
-Under Windows, pops up a file selector with a list of filters corresponding to document templates.
-The wxDocTemplate corresponding to the selected file's extension is returned.
-
-On other platforms, if there is more than one document template a choice list is popped up,
-followed by a file selector.
-
-This function is used in wxDocManager::CreateDocument.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::SelectDocumentType}
-
-\func{wxDocTemplate *}{SelectDocumentType}{\param{wxDocTemplate **}{templates},
- \param{int}{ noTemplates}}
-
-Returns a document template by asking the user (if there is more than one template).
-This function is used in wxDocManager::CreateDocument.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::SelectViewType}
-
-\func{wxDocTemplate *}{SelectViewType}{\param{wxDocTemplate **}{templates},
- \param{int}{ noTemplates}}
-
-Returns a document template by asking the user (if there is more than one template),
-displaying a list of valid views. This function is used in wxDocManager::CreateView.
-The dialog normally won't appear because the array of templates only contains
-those relevant to the document in question, and often there will only be one such.
-
-\membersection{wxDocManager::SetMaxDocsOpen}
-
-\func{void}{SetMaxDocsOpen}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Sets the maximum number of documents that can be open at a time. By default, this
-is 10,000. If you set it to 1, existing documents will be saved and deleted
-when the user tries to open or create a new one (similar to the behaviour
-of Windows Write, for example). Allowing multiple documents gives behaviour
-more akin to MS Word and other Multiple Document Interface applications.
-
-
-

docs/latex/wx/docmdich.tex

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocMDIChildFrame}}\label{wxdocmdichildframe}
-
-The wxDocMDIChildFrame class provides a default frame for displaying documents
-on separate windows. This class can only be used for MDI child frames.
-
-The class is part of the document/view framework supported by wxWindows,
-and cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager} and \helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate} classes.
-
-See the example application in {\tt samples/docview}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxMDIChildFrame}{wxmdichildframe}\\
-\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Document/view overview}{docviewoverview}, \helpref{wxMDIChildFrame}{wxmdichildframe}
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::m\_childDocument}
-
-\member{wxDocument*}{m\_childDocument}
-
-The document associated with the frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::m\_childView}
-
-\member{wxView*}{m\_childView}
-
-The view associated with the frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::wxDocMDIChildFrame}
-
-\func{}{wxDocMDIChildFrame}{\param{wxDocument* }{doc}, \param{wxView* }{view}, \param{wxFrame* }{parent},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition},
- \param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize},
- \param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_FRAME\_STYLE}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = ``frame"}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::\destruct{wxDocMDIChildFrame}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDocMDIChildFrame}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::GetDocument}
-
-\constfunc{wxDocument*}{GetDocument}{\void}
-
-Returns the document associated with this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::GetView}
-
-\constfunc{wxView*}{GetView}{\void}
-
-Returns the view associated with this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::OnActivate}
-
-\func{void}{OnActivate}{\param{bool}{ active}}
-
-Sets the currently active view to be the frame's view. You may need
-to override (but still call) this function in order to set the keyboard
-focus for your subwindow.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::OnClose}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnClose}{\void}
-
-Closes and deletes the current view and document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::SetDocument}
-
-\func{void}{SetDocument}{\param{wxDocument *}{doc}}
-
-Sets the document for this frame.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIChildFrame::SetView}
-
-\func{void}{SetView}{\param{wxView *}{view}}
-
-Sets the view for this frame.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/docmdipr.tex

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocMDIParentFrame}}\label{wxdocmdiparentframe}
-
-The wxDocMDIParentFrame class provides a default top-level frame for
-applications using the document/view framework. This class can only be used for MDI parent frames.
-
-It cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager} and \helpref{wxDocTemplates}{wxdoctemplate} classes.
-
-See the example application in {\tt samples/docview}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxMDIParentFrame}{wxmdiparentframe}\\
-\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Document/view overview}{docviewoverview}, \helpref{wxMDIParentFrame}{wxmdiparentframe}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIParentFrame::wxDocMDIParentFrame}
-
-\func{}{wxDocMDIParentFrame}{\param{wxFrame *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},
- \param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{int}{ x}, \param{int}{ y}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height},
- \param{long}{ style}, \param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIParentFrame::\destruct{wxDocMDIParentFrame}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDocMDIParentFrame}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocMDIParentFrame::OnClose}
-
-\func{bool}{OnClose}{\void}
-
-Deletes all views and documents. If no user input cancelled the
-operation, the function returns TRUE and the application will exit.
-
-Since understanding how document/view clean-up takes place can be difficult,
-the implementation of this function is shown below.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bool wxDocMDIParentFrame::OnClose(void)
-{
-  // Delete all views and documents
-  wxNode *node = docManager->GetDocuments().First();
-  while (node)
-  {
-    wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *)node->Data();
-    wxNode *next = node->Next();
-
-    if (!doc->Close())
-      return FALSE;
-
-    // Implicitly deletes the document when the last
-    // view is removed (deleted)
-    doc->DeleteAllViews();
-
-    // Check document is deleted
-    if (docManager->GetDocuments().Member(doc))
-      delete doc;
-
-    // This assumes that documents are not connected in
-    // any way, i.e. deleting one document does NOT
-    // delete another.
-    node = next;
-  }
-  return TRUE;
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/docprfrm.tex

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocParentFrame}}\label{wxdocparentframe}
-
-The wxDocParentFrame class provides a default top-level frame for
-applications using the document/view framework. This class can only be used for SDI (not MDI) parent frames.
-
-It cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument},
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager} and \helpref{wxDocTemplates}{wxdoctemplate} classes.
-
-See the example application in {\tt samples/docview}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Document/view overview}{docviewoverview}, \helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDocParentFrame::wxDocParentFrame}
-
-\func{}{wxDocParentFrame}{\param{wxFrame *}{parent}, \param{wxWindowID}{ id},
- \param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{int}{ x}, \param{int}{ y}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height},
- \param{long}{ style}, \param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocParentFrame::\destruct{wxDocParentFrame}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDocParentFrame}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocParentFrame::OnClose}
-
-\func{bool}{OnClose}{\void}
-
-Deletes all views and documents. If no user input cancelled the
-operation, the function returns TRUE and the application will exit.
-
-Since understanding how document/view clean-up takes place can be difficult,
-the implementation of this function is shown below.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bool wxDocParentFrame::OnClose(void)
-{
-  // Delete all views and documents
-  wxNode *node = docManager->GetDocuments().First();
-  while (node)
-  {
-    wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *)node->Data();
-    wxNode *next = node->Next();
-
-    if (!doc->Close())
-      return FALSE;
-
-    // Implicitly deletes the document when the last
-    // view is removed (deleted)
-    doc->DeleteAllViews();
-
-    // Check document is deleted
-    if (docManager->GetDocuments().Member(doc))
-      delete doc;
-
-    // This assumes that documents are not connected in
-    // any way, i.e. deleting one document does NOT
-    // delete another.
-    node = next;
-  }
-  return TRUE;
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/doctempl.tex

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocTemplate}}\label{wxdoctemplate}
-
-The wxDocTemplate class is used to model the relationship between a
-document class and a view class.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDocTemplate overview}{wxdoctemplateoverview}, \helpref{wxDocument}{wxdocument}, \helpref{wxView}{wxview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_defaultExt}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_defaultExt}
-
-The default extension for files of this type.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_description}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_description}
-
-A short description of this template.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_directory}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_directory}
-
-The default directory for files of this type.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_docClassInfo}
-
-\member{wxClassInfo* }{m\_docClassInfo}
-
-Run-time class information that allows document instances to be constructed dynamically.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_docTypeName}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_docTypeName}
-
-The named type of the document associated with this template.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_documentManager}
-
-\member{wxDocTemplate*}{m\_documentManager}
-
-A pointer to the document manager for which this template was created.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_fileFilter}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_fileFilter}
-
-The file filter (such as \verb$*.txt$) to be used in file selector dialogs.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_flags}
-
-\member{long}{m\_flags}
-
-The flags passed to the constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_viewClassInfo}
-
-\member{wxClassInfo*}{m\_viewClassInfo}
-
-Run-time class information that allows view instances to be constructed dynamically.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::m\_viewTypeName}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_viewTypeName}
-
-The named type of the view associated with this template.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::wxDocTemplate}
-
-\func{}{wxDocTemplate}{\param{wxDocManager* }{manager}, \param{const wxString\& }{descr}, \param{const wxString\& }{filter},
- \param{const wxString\& }{dir}, \param{const wxString\& }{ext}, \param{const wxString\& }{docTypeName},
- \param{const wxString\& }{viewTypeName}, \param{wxClassInfo* }{docClassInfo = NULL},
- \param{wxClassInfo* }{viewClassInfo = NULL}, \param{long}{ flags = wxDEFAULT\_TEMPLATE\_FLAGS}}
-
-Constructor. Create instances dynamically near the start of your application after creating
-a wxDocManager instance, and before doing any document or view operations.
-
-{\it manager} is the document manager object which manages this template.
-
-{\it descr} is a short description of what the template is for. This string will be displayed in the
-file filter list of Windows file selectors.
-
-{\it filter} is an appropriate file filter such as \verb$*.txt$.
-
-{\it dir} is the default directory to use for file selectors.
-
-{\it ext} is the default file extension (such as txt).
-
-{\it docTypeName} is a name that should be unique for a given type of document, used for
-gathering a list of views relevant to a particular document.
-
-{\it viewTypeName} is a name that should be unique for a given view.
-
-{\it docClassInfo} is a pointer to the run-time document class information as returned
-by the CLASSINFO macro, e.g. CLASSINFO(MyDocumentClass). If this is not supplied,
-you will need to derive a new wxDocTemplate class and override the CreateDocument
-member to return a new document instance on demand.
-
-{\it viewClassInfo} is a pointer to the run-time view class information as returned
-by the CLASSINFO macro, e.g. CLASSINFO(MyViewClass). If this is not supplied,
-you will need to derive a new wxDocTemplate class and override the CreateView
-member to return a new view instance on demand.
-
-{\it flags} is a bit list of the following:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item wxTEMPLATE\_VISIBLE The template may be displayed to the user in dialogs.
-\item wxTEMPLATE\_INVISIBLE The template may not be displayed to the user in dialogs.
-\item wxDEFAULT\_TEMPLATE\_FLAGS Defined as wxTEMPLATE\_VISIBLE.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::\destruct{wxDocTemplate}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxDocTemplate}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::CreateDocument}
-
-\func{wxDocument *}{CreateDocument}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}, \param{long}{ flags = 0}}
-
-Creates a new instance of the associated document class. If you have not supplied
-a wxClassInfo parameter to the template constructor, you will need to override this
-function to return an appropriate document instance.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::CreateView}
-
-\func{wxView *}{CreateView}{\param{wxDocument *}{doc}, \param{long}{ flags = 0}}
-
-Creates a new instance of the associated view class. If you have not supplied
-a wxClassInfo parameter to the template constructor, you will need to override this
-function to return an appropriate view instance.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetDefaultExtension}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDefaultExtension}{\void}
-
-Returns the default file extension for the document data, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetDescription}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDescription}{\void}
-
-Returns the text description of this template, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetDirectory}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDirectory}{\void}
-
-Returns the default directory, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetDocumentManager}
-
-\func{wxDocManager *}{GetDocumentManager}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the document manager instance for which this template was created.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetDocumentName}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetDocumentName}{\void}
-
-Returns the document type name, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetFileFilter}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetFileFilter}{\void}
-
-Returns the file filter, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetFlags}
-
-\func{long}{GetFlags}{\void}
-
-Returns the flags, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::GetViewName}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetViewName}{\void}
-
-Returns the view type name, as passed to the document template constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::IsVisible}
-
-\func{bool}{IsVisible}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the document template can be shown in user dialogs, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetDefaultExtension}
-
-\func{void}{SetDefaultExtension}{\param{const wxString\& }{ext}}
-
-Sets the default file extension.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetDescription}
-
-\func{void}{SetDescription}{\param{const wxString\& }{descr}}
-
-Sets the template description.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetDirectory}
-
-\func{void}{SetDirectory}{\param{const wxString\& }{dir}}
-
-Sets the default directory.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetDocumentManager}
-
-\func{void}{SetDocumentManager}{\param{wxDocManager *}{manager}}
-
-Sets the pointer to the document manager instance for which this template was created.
-Should not be called by the application.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetFileFilter}
-
-\func{void}{SetFileFilter}{\param{const wxString\& }{filter}}
-
-Sets the file filter.
-
-\membersection{wxDocTemplate::SetFlags}
-
-\func{void}{SetFlags}{\param{long }{flags}}
-
-Sets the internal document template flags (see the constructor description for more details).
-
-

docs/latex/wx/document.tex

@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDocument}}\label{wxdocument}
-
-The document class can be used to model an application's file-based
-data. It is part of the document/view framework supported by wxWindows,
-and cooperates with the \helpref{wxView}{wxview}, \helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate}\rtfsp
-and \helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager} classes.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxDocument overview}{wxdocumentoverview}, \helpref{wxView}{wxview},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxDocTemplate}{wxdoctemplate}, \helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_commandProcessor}
-
-\member{wxCommandProcessor*}{m\_commandProcessor}
-
-A pointer to the command processor associated with this document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentFile}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_documentFile}
-
-Filename associated with this document (``" if none).
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentModified}
-
-\member{bool}{m\_documentModified}
-
-TRUE if the document has been modified, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentTemplate}
-
-\member{wxDocTemplate *}{m\_documentTemplate}
-
-A pointer to the template from which this document was created.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentTitle}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_documentTitle}
-
-Document title. The document title is used for an associated
-frame (if any), and is usually constructed by the framework from
-the filename.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentTypeName}\label{documenttypename}
-
-\member{wxString}{m\_documentTypeName}
-
-The document type name given to the wxDocTemplate constructor, copied to this
-variable when the document is created. If several document templates are
-created that use the same document type, this variable is used in wxDocManager::CreateView
-to collate a list of alternative view types that can be used on this kind of
-document. Do not change the value of this variable.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::m\_documentViews}
-
-\member{wxList}{m\_documentViews}
-
-List of wxView instances associated with this document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::wxDocument}
-
-\func{}{wxDocument}{\void}
-
-Constructor. Define your own default constructor to initialize application-specific
-data.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::\destruct{wxDocument}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxDocument}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. Removes itself from the document manager.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::AddView}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{AddView}{\param{wxView *}{view}}
-
-If the view is not already in the list of views, adds the view and calls OnChangedViewList.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::Close}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Close}{\void}
-
-Closes the document, by calling OnSaveModified and then (if this returned TRUE) OnCloseDocument.
-This does not normally delete the document object: use DeleteAllViews to do this implicitly.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::DeleteAllViews}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{DeleteAllViews}{\void}
-
-Calls wxView::Close and deletes each view. Deleting the final view will implicitly
-delete the document itself, because the wxView destructor calls RemoveView. This
-in turns calls wxDocument::OnChangedViewList, whose default implemention is to
-save and delete the document if no views exist.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetCommandProcessor}
-
-\constfunc{wxCommandProcessor*}{GetCommandProcessor}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the command processor associated with this document.
-
-See \helpref{wxCommandProcessor}{wxcommandprocessor}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetDocumentTemplate}
-
-\constfunc{wxDocTemplate*}{GetDocumentTemplate}{\void}
-
-Gets a pointer to the template that created the document.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetDocumentManager}
-
-\constfunc{wxDocManager*}{GetDocumentManager}{\void}
-
-Gets a pointer to the associated document manager.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetDocumentName}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetDocumentName}{\void}
-
-Gets the document type name for this document. See the comment for \helpref{documentTypeName}{documenttypename}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetDocumentWindow}
-
-\constfunc{wxWindow*}{GetDocumentWindow}{\void}
-
-Intended to return a suitable window for using as a parent for document-related
-dialog boxes. By default, uses the frame associated with the first view.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetFilename}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetFilename}{\void}
-
-Gets the filename associated with this document, or NULL if none is
-associated.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetFirstView}
-
-\constfunc{wxView*}{GetFirstView}{\void}
-
-A convenience function to get the first view for a document, because
-in many cases a document will only have a single view.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetPrintableName}
-
-\constfunc{virtual void}{GetPrintableName}{\param{wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Copies a suitable document name into the supplied {\it name} buffer. The default
-function uses the title, or if there is no title, uses the filename; or if no
-filename, the string {\bf unnamed}. 
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::GetTitle}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetTitle}{\void}
-
-Gets the title for this document. The document title is used for an associated
-frame (if any), and is usually constructed by the framework from
-the filename.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::IsModified}\label{wxdocumentismodified}
-
-\constfunc{virtual bool}{IsModified}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the document has been modified since the last save, FALSE otherwise.
-You may need to override this if your document view maintains its own
-record of being modified (for example if using wxTextWindow to view and edit the document).
-
-See also \helpref{Modify}{wxdocumentmodify}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::LoadObject}
-
-\func{virtual istream\&}{LoadObject}{\param{istream\& }{stream}}
-
-Override this function and call it from your own LoadObject before
-streaming your own data. LoadObject is called by the framework
-automatically when the document contents need to be loaded.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::Modify}\label{wxdocumentmodify}
-
-\func{virtual void}{Modify}{\param{bool}{ modify}}
-
-Call with TRUE to mark the document as modified since the last save, FALSE otherwise.
-You may need to override this if your document view maintains its own
-record of being modified (for example if using wxTextWindow to view and edit the document).
-
-See also \helpref{IsModified}{wxdocumentismodified}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnChangedViewList}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnChangedViewList}{\void}
-
-Called when a view is added to or deleted from this document. The default
-implementation saves and deletes the document if no views exist (the last
-one has just been removed).
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnCloseDocument}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnCloseDocument}{\void}
-
-The default implementation calls DeleteContents (an empty implementation)
-sets the modified flag to FALSE. Override this to
-supply additional behaviour when the document is closed with Close.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnCreate}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnCreate}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}, \param{long}{ flags}}
-
-Called just after the document object is created to give it a chance
-to initialize itself. The default implementation uses the
-template associated with the document to create an initial view.
-If this function returns FALSE, the document is deleted.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnCreateCommandProcessor}
-
-\func{virtual wxCommandProcessor*}{OnCreateCommandProcessor}{\void}
-
-Override this function if you want a different (or no) command processor
-to be created when the document is created. By default, it returns
-an instance of wxCommandProcessor.
-
-See \helpref{wxCommandProcessor}{wxcommandprocessor}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnNewDocument}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnNewDocument}{\void}
-
-The default implementation calls OnSaveModified and DeleteContents, makes a default title for the
-document, and notifies the views that the filename (in fact, the title) has changed.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnOpenDocument}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnOpenDocument}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Constructs an input file stream for the given filename (which must not be NULL),
-and calls LoadObject. If LoadObject returns TRUE, the document is set to
-unmodified; otherwise, an error message box is displayed. The document's
-views are notified that the filename has changed, to give windows an opportunity
-to update their titles. All of the document's views are then updated.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnSaveDocument}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnSaveDocument}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Constructs an output file stream for the given filename (which must not be NULL),
-and calls SaveObject. If SaveObject returns TRUE, the document is set to
-unmodified; otherwise, an error message box is displayed.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::OnSaveModified}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{OnSaveModified}{\void}
-
-If the document has been modified, prompts the user to ask if the changes should
-be changed. If the user replies Yes, the Save function is called. If No, the
-document is marked as unmodified and the function succeeds. If Cancel, the
-function fails.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::RemoveView}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{RemoveView}{\param{wxView* }{view}}
-
-Removes the view from the document's list of views, and calls OnChangedViewList.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::Save}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{Save}{\void}
-
-Saves the document by calling OnSaveDocument if there is an associated filename,
-or SaveAs if there is no filename.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SaveAs}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{SaveAs}{\void}
-
-Prompts the user for a file to save to, and then calls OnSaveDocument.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SaveObject}
-
-\func{virtual ostream\&}{SaveObject}{\param{ostream\& }{stream}}
-
-Override this function and call it from your own SaveObject before
-streaming your own data. SaveObject is called by the framework
-automatically when the document contents need to be saved.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SetCommandProcessor}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetCommandProcessor}{\param{wxCommandProcessor *}{processor}}
-
-Sets the command processor to be used for this document. The document will then be responsible
-for its deletion. Normally you should not call this; override OnCreateCommandProcessor
-instead.
-
-See \helpref{wxCommandProcessor}{wxcommandprocessor}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SetDocumentName}
-
-\func{void}{SetDocumentName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}}
-
-Sets the document type name for this document. See the comment for \helpref{documentTypeName}{documenttypename}.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SetDocumentTemplate}
-
-\func{void}{SetDocumentTemplate}{\param{wxDocTemplate* }{templ}}
-
-Sets the pointer to the template that created the document. Should only be called by the
-framework.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SetFilename}
-
-\func{void}{SetFilename}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Sets the filename for this document. Usually called by the framework.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::SetTitle}
-
-\func{void}{SetTitle}{\param{const wxString\& }{title}}
-
-Sets the title for this document. The document title is used for an associated
-frame (if any), and is usually constructed by the framework from
-the filename.
-
-\membersection{wxDocument::UpdateAllViews}\label{wxdocumentupdateallviews}
-
-\func{void}{UpdateAllViews}{\param{wxView* }{sender = NULL}}
-
-Updates all views. If {\it sender} is non-NULL, does not update this view.

docs/latex/wx/dropevt.tex

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxDropFilesEvent}}\label{wxdropfilesevent}
-
-This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have been dropped
-onto the window. This functionality is currently only available under Windows.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process a drop files event, use these event handler macros to direct input to a member
-function that takes a wxDropFilesEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_DROP\_FILES(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_DROP\_FILES event.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnDropFiles}{wxwindowondropfiles}, \helpref{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::wxDropFilesEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxDropFilesEvent}{\param{WXTYPE }{id = 0}, \param{int }{noFiles = 0},\rtfsp
-\param{wxString* }{files = NULL}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::m\_files}
-
-\member{wxString*}{m\_files}
-
-An array of filenames.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::m\_noFiles}
-
-\member{int}{m\_noFiles}
-
-The number of files dropped.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::m\_pos}
-
-\member{wxPoint}{m\_pos}
-
-The point at which the drop took place.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::GetFiles}\label{wxdropfileseventgetfiles}
-
-\constfunc{wxString*}{GetFiles}{\void}
-
-Returns an array of filenames.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::GetNumberOfFiles}\label{wxdropfileseventgetnumberoffiles}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetNumberOfFiles}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of files dropped.
-
-\membersection{wxDropFilesEvent::GetPosition}\label{wxdropfileseventgetposition}
-
-\constfunc{wxPoint}{GetPosition}{\void}
-
-Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
-
-Returns an array of filenames.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/eraseevt.tex

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxEraseEvent}}\label{wxeraseevent}
-
-An erase event is sent when a window's background needs to be repainted.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process an erase event, use this event handler macro to direct input to a member
-function that takes a wxEraseEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_ERASE\_BACKGROUND(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_ERASE\_BACKGROUND event.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-If the {\bf m\_DC} member is non-NULL, draw into this device context.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnEraseBackground}{wxwindowonerasebackground}, \helpref{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxEraseEvent::wxEraseEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxEraseEvent}{\param{int }{id = 0}, \param{wxDC* }{dc = NULL}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxEraseEvent::m\_dc}
-
-\member{wxDC*}{m\_dc}
-
-The device context associated with the erase event (may be NULL).
-
-\membersection{wxEraseEvent::GetDC}\label{wxeraseeventgetdc}
-
-\constfunc{wxDC*}{GetDC}{\void}
-
-Returns the device context to draw into. If this is non-NULL, you should draw
-into it to perform the erase operation.
-

docs/latex/wx/event.tex

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxEvent}}\label{wxevent}
-
-An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
-callback or member function. {\bf wxEvent} used to be a multipurpose
-event object, and is an abstract base class for other event classes (see below).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxCommandEvent}{wxcommandevent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxMouseEvent}{wxmouseevent}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::wxEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxEvent}{\param{int }{id = 0}}
-
-Constructor. Should not need to be used directly by an application.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_eventHandle}
-
-\member{char*}{m\_eventHandle}
-
-Handle of an underlying windowing system event handle, such as
-XEvent. Not guaranteed to be instantiated.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_eventObject}
-
-\member{wxObject*}{m\_eventObject}
-
-The object (usually a window) that the event was generated from,
-or should be sent to.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_eventType}
-
-\member{WXTYPE}{m\_eventType}
-
-The type of the event, such as wxEVENT\_TYPE\_BUTTON\_COMMAND.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_id}
-
-\member{int}{m\_id}
-
-Identifier for the window.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_skipped}
-
-\member{bool}{m\_skipped}
-
-Set to TRUE by {\bf Skip} if this event should be skipped.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::m\_timeStamp}
-
-\member{long}{m\_timeStamp}
-
-Timestamp for this event.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetEventClass}
-
-\func{WXTYPE}{GetEventClass}{\void}
-
-Returns the identifier of the given event class,
-such as wxTYPE\_MOUSE\_EVENT.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetEventObject}
-
-\func{wxObject*}{GetEventObject}{\void}
-
-Returns the object associated with the
-event, if any.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetEventType}
-
-\func{WXTYPE}{GetEventType}{\void}
-
-Returns the identifier of the given event type,
-such as wxEVENT\_TYPE\_BUTTON\_COMMAND.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetId}
-
-\func{int}{GetId}{\void}
-
-Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button command id.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetObjectType}
-
-\func{WXTYPE}{GetObjectType}{\void}
-
-Returns the type of the object associated with the
-event, such as wxTYPE\_BUTTON.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetSkipped}
-
-\func{bool}{GetSkipped}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the event handler should be skipped, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::GetTimestamp}
-
-\func{long}{GetTimestamp}{\void}
-
-Gets the timestamp for the event.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::SetEventObject}
-
-\func{void}{SetEventObject}{\param{wxObject* }{object}}
-
-Sets the originating object.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::SetEventType}
-
-\func{void}{SetEventType}{\param{WXTYPE }{typ}}
-
-Sets the event type.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::SetId}
-
-\func{void}{SetId}{\param{int}{ id}}
-
-Sets the identifier associated with this event, such as a button command id.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::SetTimestamp}
-
-\func{void}{SetTimestamp}{\param{long }{timeStamp}}
-
-Sets the timestamp for the event.
-
-Sets the originating object.
-
-\membersection{wxEvent::Skip}\label{wxeventskip}
-
-\func{void}{Skip}{\param{bool}{ skip = TRUE}}
-
-Called by an event handler to tell the event system that the
-event handler should be skipped, and the next valid handler used
-instead.
-

docs/latex/wx/evthand.tex

@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxEvtHandler}}\label{wxevthandler}
-
-A class that can handle events from the windowing system.
-wxWindow (and therefore all window classes) are derived from
-this class.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\overview{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::wxEvtHandler}
-
-\func{}{wxEvtHandler}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::\destruct{wxEvtHandler}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxEvtHandler}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. If the handler is part of a chain, the destructor will
-unlink itself and restore the previous and next handlers so that they point to
-each other.
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::Default}\label{wxevthandlerdefault}
-
-\func{virtual long}{Default}{\void}
-
-Invokes default processing if this event handler is a window.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-System dependent.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-A generic way of delegating processing to the default system behaviour. It calls a platform-dependent
-default function, with parameters dependent on the event or message parameters
-originally sent from the windowing system.
-
-Normally the application should call a base member, such as \helpref{wxWindow::OnChar}{wxwindowonchar}, which itself
-may call {\bf Default}.
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::GetClientData}\label{wxevthandlergetclientdata}
-
-\func{char* }{GetClientData}{\void}
-
-Gets user-supplied client data.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Normally, any extra data the programmer wishes to associate with the object
-should be made available by deriving a new class
-with new data members.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetClientData}{wxevthandlersetclientdata}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::GetEvtHandlerEnabled}\label{wxevthandlergetevthandlerenabled}
-
-\func{bool}{GetEvtHandlerEnabled}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the event handler is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetEvtHandlerEnabled}{wxevthandlersetevthandlerenabled}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::GetNextHandler}\label{wxevthandlergetnexthandler}
-
-\func{wxEvtHandler*}{GetNextHandler}{\void}
-
-Gets the pointer to the next handler in the chain.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlergetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlersetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetNextHandler}{wxevthandlersetnexthandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PushEventHandler}{wxwindowpusheventhandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PopEventHandler}{wxwindowpopeventhandler}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::GetPreviousHandler}\label{wxevthandlergetprevioushandler}
-
-\func{wxEvtHandler*}{GetPreviousHandler}{\void}
-
-Gets the pointer to the previous handler in the chain.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlergetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlersetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlersetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PushEventHandler}{wxwindowpusheventhandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PopEventHandler}{wxwindowpopeventhandler}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent}\label{wxevthandlerprocessevent}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{ProcessEvent}{\param{wxEvent\& }{event}}
-
-Processes an event, searching event tables and calling zero or more suitable event handler function(s).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{event}{Event to process.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if a suitable event handler function was found and executed, and the function did not
-call \helpref{wxEvent::Skip}{wxeventskip}.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Normally, your application would not call this function: it is called in the wxWindows
-implementation to dispatch incoming user interface events to the framework (and application).
-
-However, you might need to call it if implementing new functionality (such as a new control) where
-you define new event types, as opposed to allowing the user to override virtual functions.
-
-An instance where you might actually override the {\bf ProcessEvent} function is where you want
-to direct event processing to event handlers not normally noticed by wxWindows. For example,
-in the document/view architecture, documents and views are potential event handlers.
-When an event reaches a frame, {\bf ProcessEvent} will need to be called on the associated
-document and view in case event handler functions are associated with these objects.
-The property classes library (wxProperty) also overrides {\bf ProcessEvent} for similar reasons.
-
-The normal order of event table searching is as follows:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item If the object is disabled (via a call to \helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetEvtHandlerEnabled}{wxevthandlersetevthandlerenabled})
-the function skips to step (6).
-\item If the object is a wxWindow, {\bf ProcessEvent} is recursively called on the window's\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}. If this returns TRUE, the function exits.
-\item {\bf SearchEventTable} is called for this event handler. If this fails, the base
-class table is tried, and so on until no more tables exist or an appropriate function was found,
-in which case the function exits.
-\item The search is applied down the entire chain of event handlers (usually the chain has a length
-of one). If this succeeds, the function exits.
-\item If the object is a wxWindow and the event is a wxCommandEvent, {\bf ProcessEvent} is
-recursively applied to the parent window's event handler. If this returns TRUE, the function exits.
-\item Finally, {\bf ProcessEvent} is called on the wxApp object.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SearchEventTable}{wxevthandlersearcheventtable}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::SearchEventTable}\label{wxevthandlersearcheventtable}
-
-\func{bool}{SearchEventTable}{\param{wxEventTable\& }{table}, \param{wxEvent\& }{event}}
-
-Searches the event table, executing an event handler function if an appropriate one
-is found.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{table}{Event table to be searched.}
-
-\docparam{event}{Event to be matched against an event table entry.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if a suitable event handler function was found and executed, and the function did not
-call \helpref{wxEvent::Skip}{wxeventskip}.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This function looks through the object's event table and tries to find an entry
-that will match the event.
-
-An entry will match if:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item The event type matches, and
-\item the identifier or identifier range matches, or the event table entry's identifier is zero.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-If a suitable function is called but calls \helpref{wxEvent::Skip}{wxeventskip}, this function will
-fail, and searching will continue.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent}{wxevthandlerprocessevent}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::SetClientData}\label{wxevthandlersetclientdata}
-
-\func{void}{SetClientData}{\param{char* }{data}}
-
-Sets user-supplied client data.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{data}{Data to be associated with the event handler.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Normally, any extra data the programmer wishes
-to associate with the object should be made available by deriving a new class
-with new data members.
-
-TODO: make this void*, char* only in compatibility mode.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetClientData}{wxevthandlergetclientdata}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::SetEvtHandlerEnabled}\label{wxevthandlersetevthandlerenabled}
-
-\func{void}{SetEvtHandlerEnabled}{\param{bool }{enabled}}
-
-Enables or disables the event handler.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{enabled}{TRUE if the event handler is to be enabled, FALSE if it is to be disabled.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-You can use this function to avoid having to remove the event handler from the chain, for example
-when implementing a dialog editor and changing from edit to test mode.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetEvtHandlerEnabled}{wxevthandlergetevthandlerenabled}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::SetNextHandler}\label{wxevthandlersetnexthandler}
-
-\func{void}{SetNextHandler}{\param{wxEvtHandler* }{handler}}
-
-Sets the pointer to the next handler.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{handler}{Event handler to be set as the next handler.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetNextHandler}{wxevthandlergetnexthandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlersetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlergetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PushEventHandler}{wxwindowpusheventhandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PopEventHandler}{wxwindowpopeventhandler}
-
-\membersection{wxEvtHandler::SetPreviousHandler}\label{wxevthandlersetprevioushandler}
-
-\func{void}{SetPreviousHandler}{\param{wxEvtHandler* }{handler}}
-
-Sets the pointer to the previous handler.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{handler}{Event handler to be set as the previous handler.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetPreviousHandler}{wxevthandlergetprevioushandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::SetNextHandler}{wxevthandlersetnexthandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler::GetNextHandler}{wxevthandlergetnexthandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PushEventHandler}{wxwindowpusheventhandler},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::PopEventHandler}{wxwindowpopeventhandler}
-
-

docs/latex/wx/expr.tex

@@ -1,505 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxExpr}}\label{wxexpr}
-
-The {\bf wxExpr} class is the building brick of expressions similar to Prolog
-clauses, or objects. It can represent an expression of type long integer, float, string, word,
-or list, and lists can be nested.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-None
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxExpr overview}{exproverview}, \helpref{wxExprDatabase}{wxexprdatabase}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::wxExpr}\label{wxexprconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxExpr}{\param{const wxString\&}{functor}}
-
-Construct a new clause with this form, supplying the functor name. A clause is an object
-that will appear in the data file, with a list of attribute/value pairs.
-
-\func{}{wxExpr}{\param{wxExprType}{ type}, \param{const wxString\&}{ wordOrString = ``"}}
-
-Construct a new empty list, or a word (will be output with no quotes), or a string, depending on the
-value of {\it type}.
-
-{\it type} can be {\bf wxExprList}, {\bf wxExprWord}, or {\bf wxExprString}. If {\it type} is wxExprList,
-the value of {\it wordOrString} will be ignored.
-
-\func{}{wxExpr}{\param{long}{ value}}
-
-Construct an integer expression.
-
-\func{}{wxExpr}{\param{float}{ value}}
-
-Construct a floating point expression.
-
-\func{}{wxExpr}{\param{wxList* }{value}}
-
-Construct a list expression. The list's nodes' data should
-themselves be {\bf wxExpr}s.
-
-The current version of this library no longer uses the {\bf wxList}
-internally, so this constructor turns the list into its internal
-format (assuming a non-nested list) and then deletes the supplied
-list.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::\destruct{wxExpr}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxExpr}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::AddAttributeValue}\label{wxexpraddattributevalue}
-
-Use these on clauses ONLY. Note that the functions for adding strings
-and words must be differentiated by function name which is why
-they are missing from this group (see \helpref{wxExpr::AddAttributeValueString}{wxexpraddattributevaluestring} and
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxExpr::AddAttributeValueWord}{wxexpraddattributevalueword}).
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{float }{value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and floating point value pair to the clause.
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{long }{value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and long integer value pair to the clause.
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{wxList* }{value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and list value pair to the clause, converting the list into
-internal form and then deleting {\bf value}. Note that the list should not contain
-nested lists (except if in internal {\bf wxExpr} form.)
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{wxExpr* }{value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and wxExpr value pair to the clause. Do not delete\rtfsp
-{\it value} once this function has been called.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::AddAttributeValueString}\label{wxexpraddattributevaluestring}
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValueString}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{const wxString\&}{ value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and string value pair to the clause.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::AddAttributeValueStringList}\label{wxexpraddattributevaluestringlist}
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValueStringList}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{wxList* }{value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and string list value pair to the clause.
-
-Note that the list passed to this function is a list of strings, NOT a list
-of {\bf wxExpr}s; it gets turned into a list of {\bf wxExpr}s
-automatically. This is a convenience function, since lists of strings
-are often manipulated in C++.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::AddAttributeValueWord}\label{wxexpraddattributevalueword}
-
-\func{void}{AddAttributeValueWord}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{const wxString\&}{ value}}
-
-Adds an attribute and word value pair to the clause.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Append}\label{wxexprappend}
-
-\func{void}{Append}{\param{wxExpr*}{ value}}
-
-Append the {\bf value} to the end of the list. `this' must be a list.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Arg}\label{wxexprarg}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr* }{Arg}{\param{wxExprType}{ type}, \param{int}{ n}}
-
-Get nth arg of the given clause (starting from 1). NULL is returned if
-the expression is not a clause, or {\it n} is invalid, or the given type
-does not match the actual type. See also \helpref{wxExpr::Nth}{wxexprnth}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Insert}\label{wxexprinsert}
-
-\func{void}{Insert}{\param{wxExpr* }{value}}
-
-Insert the {\bf value} at the start of the list. `this' must be a list.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetAttributeValue}\label{wxexprgetattributevalue}
-
-These functions are the easiest way to retrieve attribute values, by
-passing a pointer to variable. If the attribute is present, the
-variable will be filled with the appropriate value.  If not, the
-existing value is left alone.  This style of retrieving attributes
-makes it easy to set variables to default values before calling these
-functions; no code is necessary to check whether the attribute is
-present or not.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{wxString\&}{ value}}
-
-Retrieve a string (or word) value.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{float\& }{value}}
-
-Retrieve a floating point value.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{int\& }{value}}
-
-Retrieve an integer value.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{long\& }{value}}
-
-Retrieve a long integer value.
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{wxExpr**}{ value}}
-
-Retrieve a wxExpr pointer.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetAttributeValueStringList}\label{wxexprgetattributestringlist}
-
-\constfunc{void}{GetAttributeValueStringList}{\param{const wxString\&}{attribute}, \param{wxList* }{value}}
-
-Use this on clauses ONLY. See above for comments on this style of
-attribute value retrieval. This function expects to receive a pointer to
-a new list (created by the calling application); it will append strings
-to the list if the attribute is present in the clause.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::AttributeValue}\label{wxexprattributevalue}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{AttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ word}}
-
-Use this on clauses ONLY. Searches the clause for an attribute
-matching {\it word}, and returns the value associated with it.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Copy}\label{wxexprcopy}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{Copy}{\void}
-
-Recursively copies the expression, allocating new storage space.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::DeleteAttributeValue}\label{wxexprdeletattributevalue}
-
-\func{void}{DeleteAttributeValue}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}}
-
-Use this on clauses only. Deletes the attribute and its value (if any) from the
-clause.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Functor}\label{wxexprfunctor}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{Functor}{\void}
-
-Use this on clauses only. Returns the clause's functor (object name).
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetClientData}\label{wxexprgetclientdata}
-
-\constfunc{wxObject*}{GetClientData}{\void}
-
-Retrieve arbitrary data stored with this clause. This can be useful when
-reading in data for storing a pointer to the C++ object, so when another
-clause makes a reference to this clause, its C++ object can be retrieved.
-See \helpref{wxExpr::SetClientData}{wxexprsetclientdata}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetFirst}\label{wxexprgetfirst}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{GetFirst}{\void}
-
-If this is a list expression (or clause), gets the first element in the list.
-
-See also \helpref{wxExpr::GetLast}{wxexprgetlast}, \helpref{wxExpr::GetNext}{wxexprgetnext}, \helpref{wxExpr::Nth}{wxexprnth}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetLast}\label{wxexprgetlast}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{GetLast}{\void}
-
-If this is a list expression (or clause), gets the last element in the list.
-
-See also \helpref{wxExpr::GetFirst}{wxexprgetfirst}, \helpref{wxExpr::GetNext}{wxexprgetnext}, \helpref{wxExpr::Nth}{wxexprnth}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::GetNext}\label{wxexprgetnext}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{GetNext}{\void}
-
-If this is a node in a list (any wxExpr may be a node in a list), gets the
-next element in the list.
-
-See also \helpref{wxExpr::GetFirst}{wxexprgetfirst}, \helpref{wxExpr::GetLast}{wxexprgetlast}, \helpref{wxExpr::Nth}{wxexprnth}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::IntegerValue}\label{wxexprintegervalue}
-
-\constfunc{long}{IntegerValue}{\void}
-
-Returns the integer value of the expression.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Nth}\label{wxexprnth}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{Nth}{\param{int}{ n}}
-
-Get nth arg of the given list expression (starting from 0). NULL is returned if
-the expression is not a list expression, or {\it n} is invalid. See also \helpref{wxExpr::Arg}{wxexprarg}.
-
-Normally, you would use attribute-value pairs to add and retrieve data
-from objects (clauses) in a data file. However, if the data gets complex,
-you may need to store attribute values as lists, and pick them apart
-yourself.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::RealValue}\label{wxexprrealvalue}
-
-\constfunc{float}{RealValue}{\void}
-
-Returns the floating point value of the expression.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::SetClientData}\label{wxexprsetclientdata}
-
-\func{void}{SetClientData}{\param{wxObject *}{data}}
-
-Associate arbitrary data with this clause. This can be useful when
-reading in data for storing a pointer to the C++ object, so when another
-clause makes a reference to this clause, its C++ object can be retrieved.
-See \helpref{wxExpr::GetClientData}{wxexprgetclientdata}.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::StringValue}\label{wxexprstringvalue}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{StringValue}{\void}
-
-Returns the string value of the expression.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::Type}\label{wxexprtype}
-
-\constfunc{wxExprType}{Type}{\void}
-
-Returns the type of the expression. {\bf wxExprType} is defined as follows:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-    wxExprNull,
-    wxExprInteger,
-    wxExprReal,
-    wxExprWord,
-    wxExprString,
-    wxExprList
-} wxExprType;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::WordValue}\label{wxexprwordvalue}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{WordValue}{\void}
-
-Returns the word value of the expression.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::WriteLispExpr}\label{wxexprwritelistexpr}
-
-\func{void}{WriteLispExpr}{\param{ostream\&}{ stream}}
-
-Writes the expression or clause to the given stream in LISP format.
-Not normally needed, since the whole {\bf wxExprDatabase} will usually
-be written at once. Lists are enclosed in parentheses will no commas.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::WritePrologClause}\label{wxexprwriteprologclause}
-
-\func{void}{WritePrologClause}{\param{ostream\&}{ stream}}
-
-Writes the clause to the given stream in Prolog format. Not normally needed, since
-the whole {\bf wxExprDatabase} will usually be written at once. The format is:
-functor, open parenthesis, list of comma-separated expressions, close parenthesis,
-full stop.
-
-\membersection{wxExpr::WriteExpr}\label{wxexprwriteexpr}
-
-\func{void}{WriteExpr}{\param{ostream\&}{ stream}}
-
-Writes the expression (not clause) to the given stream in Prolog
-format. Not normally needed, since the whole {\bf wxExprDatabase} will
-usually be written at once. Lists are written in square bracketed,
-comma-delimited format.
-
-\membersection{Functions and macros}
-
-Below are miscellaneous functions and macros associated with wxExpr objects.
-
-\func{bool}{wxExprIsFunctor}{\param{wxExpr *}{expr}, \param{const wxString\&}{ functor}}
-
-Checks that the functor of {\it expr} is {\it functor}.
-
-\func{void}{wxExprCleanUp}{\void}
-
-Cleans up the wxExpr system (YACC/LEX buffers) to avoid memory-checking warnings as the program exits.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-#define wxMakeInteger(x) (new wxExpr((long)x))
-#define wxMakeReal(x)    (new wxExpr((float)x))
-#define wxMakeString(x)  (new wxExpr(PrologString, x))
-#define wxMakeWord(x)    (new wxExpr(PrologWord, x))
-#define wxMake(x)        (new wxExpr(x))
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Macros to help make wxExpr objects.
-
-\section{\class{wxExprDatabase}}\label{wxexprdatabase}
-
-The {\bf wxExprDatabase} class represents a database, or list,
-of Prolog-like expressions.  Instances of this class are used for reading,
-writing and creating data files.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxExpr overview}{exproverview}, \helpref{wxExpr}{wxexpr}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::wxExprDatabase}\label{wxexprdatabaseconstr}
-
-\func{void}{wxExprDatabase}{\param{proioErrorHandler}{ handler = 0}}
-
-Construct a new, unhashed database, with an optional error handler. The
-error handler must be a function returning a bool and taking an integer and a string
-argument. When an error occurs when reading or writing a database, this function is
-called. The error is given as the first argument (currently one of WXEXPR\_ERROR\_GENERAL,
-WXEXPR\_ERROR\_SYNTAX) and an error message is given as the second argument. If FALSE
-is returned by the error handler, processing of the wxExpr operation stops.
-
-Another way of handling errors is simply to call \helpref{wxExprDatabase::GetErrorCount}{wxexprdatabasegeterrorcount} after
-the operation, to check whether errors have occurred, instead of installing an error handler.
-If the error count is more than zero, \helpref{wxExprDatabase::Write}{wxexprdatabasewrite} and
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxExprDatabase::Read}{wxexprdatabaseread} will return FALSE to
-the application.
-
-For example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bool myErrorHandler(int err, chat *msg)
-{
-  if (err == WXEXPR_ERROR_SYNTAX)
-  {
-    wxMessageBox(msg, "Syntax error");
-  }
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-wxExprDatabase database(myErrorHandler);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\func{}{wxExprDatabase}{\param{wxExprType}{ type}, \param{const wxString\&}{attribute},
-\rtfsp\param{int}{ size = 500}, \param{proioErrorHandler}{ handler = 0}}
-
-Construct a new database hashed on a combination of the clause functor and
-a named attribute (often an integer identification).
-
-See above for an explanation of the error handler.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::\destruct{wxExprDatabase}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxExprDatabase}}{\void}
-
-Delete the database and contents.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::Append}\label{wxexprdatabaseappend}
-
-\func{void}{Append}{\param{wxExpr* }{clause}}
-
-Append a clause to the end of the database. If the database is hashing,
-the functor and a user-specified attribute will be hashed upon, giving the
-option of random access in addition to linear traversal of the database.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::BeginFind}\label{wxexprdatabasebeginfind}
-
-\func{void}{BeginFind}{\void}
-
-Reset the current position to the start of the database. Subsequent
-\rtfsp\helpref{wxExprDatabase::FindClause}{wxexprdatabasefindclause} calls will move the pointer.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::ClearDatabase}\label{wxexprdatabasecleardatabase}
-
-\func{void}{ClearDatabase}{\void}
-
-Clears the contents of the database.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::FindClause}\label{wxexprdatabasefindclause}
-
-Various ways of retrieving clauses from the database. A return
-value of NULL indicates no (more) clauses matching the given criteria.
-Calling the functions repeatedly retrieves more matching clauses, if any.
-
-\func{wxExpr* }{FindClause}{\param{long}{ id}}
-
-Find a clause based on the special ``id'' attribute.
-
-\func{wxExpr* }{FindClause}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{const wxString\&}{ value}}
-
-Find a clause which has the given attribute set to the given string or word value.
-
-\func{wxExpr*}{FindClause}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{long}{ value}}
-
-Find a clause which has the given attribute set to the given integer value.
-
-\func{wxExpr*}{FindClause}{\param{const wxString\&}{ attribute}, \param{float}{ value}}
-
-Find a clause which has the given attribute set to the given floating point value.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::FindClauseByFunctor}\label{wxexprdatabasefindclausebyfunctor}
-
-\func{wxExpr*}{FindClauseByFunctor}{\param{const wxString\&}{ functor}}
-
-Find the next clause with the specified functor.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::GetErrorCount}\label{wxexprdatabasegeterrorcount}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetErrorCount}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of errors encountered during the last read or write operation.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::HashFind}\label{wxexprdatabasehashfind}
-
-\constfunc{wxExpr*}{HashFind}{\param{const wxString\&}{ functor}, \param{long}{ value}}
-
-Finds the clause with the given functor and with the attribute specified
-in the database constructor having the given integer value.
-
-For example,
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-// Hash on a combination of functor and integer "id" attribute when reading in
-wxExprDatabase db(wxExprInteger, "id");
-
-// Read it in
-db.ReadProlog("data");
-
-// Retrieve a clause with specified functor and id
-wxExpr *clause = db.HashFind("node", 24);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This would retrieve a clause which is written: {\tt node(id = 24, ..., )}.
-
-\func{wxExpr*}{HashFind}{\param{const wxString\&}{ functor}, \param{const wxString\&}{ value}}
-
-Finds the clause with the given functor and with the attribute specified
-in the database constructor having the given string value.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::Read}\label{wxexprdatabaseread}
-
-\func{bool}{Read}{\param{const wxString\&}{ filename}}
-
-Reads in the given file, returning TRUE if successful.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::ReadFromString}\label{wxexprdatabasereadfromstring}
-
-\func{bool}{ReadFromString}{\param{const wxString\&}{ buffer}}
-
-Reads a Prolog database from the given string buffer, returning TRUE if
-successful.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::WriteLisp}\label{wxexprdatabasewritelisp}
-
-\func{bool}{WriteLisp}{\param{ostream\& }{stream}}
-
-Writes the database as a LISP-format file.
-
-\membersection{wxExprDatabase::Write}\label{wxexprdatabasewrite}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{ostream\& }{stream}}
-
-Writes the database as a Prolog-format file.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/file.tex

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFile}}\label{wxfile}
-
-A wxFile performs raw file I/O. Note that wxFile::Flush is not implemented on some Windows compilers
-due to a missing fsync function, which reduces the usefulness of this class.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-None.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFile::wxFile}\label{wxfileconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxFile}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxFile}{\param{const char*}{ filename}, \param{wxFile::OpenMode}{ mode = wxFile::read}}
-
-Opens a file with the given mode.
-
-\func{}{wxFile}{\param{int}{ fd}}
-
-Opens a file with the given file descriptor, which has already been opened.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{filename}{The filename.}
-
-\docparam{mode}{The mode in which to open the file. May be one of {\bf wxFile::read}, {\bf wxFile::write} and {\bf wxFile::read\_write}.}
-
-\docparam{fd}{An existing file descriptor.}
-
-\membersection{wxFile::\destruct{wxFile}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFile}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. This is not virtual, for efficiency.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Attach}\label{wxfileattach}
-
-\func{void}{Attach}{\param{int}{ fd}}
-
-Attaches an existing file descriptor to the wxFile object.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Close}\label{wxfileclose}
-
-\func{void}{Close}{\void}
-
-Closes the file.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Create}\label{wxfilecreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{const char*}{ filename}, \param{bool}{ overwrite = FALSE}}
-
-Creates a file for writing. If the file already exists, setting {\bf overwrite} to TRUE
-will ensure it is overwritten.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Eof}\label{wxfileeof}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Eof}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the end of the file has been reached.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Exists}\label{wxfileexists}
-
-\func{static bool}{Exists}{\param{const char*}{ filename}}
-
-Returns TRUE if the file exists.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Flush}\label{wxfileflush}
-
-\func{bool}{Flush}{\void}
-
-Flushes the file descriptor. Not implemented for some Windows compilers.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::IsOpened}\label{wxfileisopened}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsOpened}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the file has been opened.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Length}\label{wxfilelength}
-
-\constfunc{off\_t}{Length}{\void}
-
-Returns the length of the file.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Open}\label{wxfileopen}
-
-\func{bool}{Open}{\param{const char*}{ filename}, \param{wxFile::OpenMode}{ mode = wxFile::read}}
-
-Opens the file, returning TRUE if successful.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{filename}{The filename.}
-
-\docparam{mode}{The mode in which to open the file. May be one of {\bf wxFile::read}, {\bf wxFile::write} and {\bf wxFile::read\_write}.}
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Read}\label{wxfileread}
-
-\func{off\_t}{Read}{\param{void*}{ buffer}, \param{off\_t}{ count}}
-
-Reads the specified number of bytes into a buffer, returning the actual number read.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{buffer}{A buffer to receive the data.}
-
-\docparam{count}{The number of bytes to read.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The number of bytes read, or the symbol {\bf ofsInvalid} (-1) if there was an error.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Seek}\label{wxfileseek}
-
-\func{off\_t}{Seek}{\param{off\_t }{ofs}, \param{wxFile::SeekMode }{mode = wxFile::FromStart}}
-
-Seeks to the specified position.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{ofs}{Offset to seek to.}
-
-\docparam{mode}{One of {\bf wxFile::FromStart}, {\bf wxFile::FromEnd}, {\bf wxFile::FromCurrent}.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The actual offset position achieved, or ofsInvalid on failure.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::SeekEnd}\label{wxfileseekend}
-
-\func{off\_t}{SeekEnd}{\param{off\_t }{ofs = 0}}
-
-Moves the file pointer to the specified number of bytes before the end of the file.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{ofs}{Number of bytes before the end of the file.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-The actual offset position achieved, or ofsInvalid on failure.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Tell}\label{wxfiletell}
-
-\constfunc{off\_t}{Tell}{\void}
-
-Returns the current position.
-
-\membersection{wxFile::Write}\label{wxfilewrite}
-
-\func{bool}{Write}{\param{const void*}{ buffer}, \param{off\_t}{ count}}
-
-Writes the specified number of bytes from a buffer.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{buffer}{A buffer containing the data.}
-
-\docparam{count}{The number of bytes to write.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation was successful.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/filedlg.tex

@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFileDialog}}\label{wxfiledialog}
-
-This class represents the file chooser dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFileDialog overview}{wxfiledialogoverview}, \helpref{wxFileSelector}{wxfileselector}
-%\rtfsp\helpref{wxFileSelectorEx}{wxfileselectorex}
-%\helpref{wxLoadFileSelector}{wxloadfileselector},\rtfsp
-%\helpref{wxSaveFileSelector}{wxsavefileselector}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Pops up a file selector box. In Windows, this is the common file selector
-dialog. In X, this is a file selector box with somewhat less functionality.
-The path and filename are distinct elements of a full file pathname.
-If path is ``", the current directory will be used. If filename is ``",
-no default filename will be supplied. The wildcard determines what files
-are displayed in the file selector, and file extension supplies a type
-extension for the required filename. Flags may be a combination of wxOPEN,
-wxSAVE, wxOVERWRITE\_PROMPT, wxHIDE\_READONLY, or 0. They are only significant
-at present in Windows.
-
-Both the X and Windows versions implement a wildcard filter. Typing a
-filename containing wildcards (*, ?) in the filename text item, and
-clicking on Ok, will result in only those files matching the pattern being
-displayed. In the X version, supplying no default name will result in the
-wildcard filter being inserted in the filename text item; the filter is
-ignored if a default name is supplied.
-
-Under Windows (only), the wildcard may be a specification for multiple
-types of file with a description for each, such as:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- "BMP files (*.bmp) | *.bmp | GIF files (*.gif) | *.gif"
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::wxFileDialog}\label{wxfiledialogconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxFileDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{const wxString\& }{message = "Choose a file"},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{defaultDir = ""}, \param{const wxString\& }{defaultFile = ``"},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{wildcard = ``*.*"}, \param{long }{style = 0}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}}
-
-Constructor. Use \helpref{wxFileDialog::ShowModal}{wxfiledialogshowmodal} to show the dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{Parent window.}
-
-\docparam{message}{Message to show on the dialog.}
-
-\docparam{defaultDir}{The default directory, or the empty string.}
-
-\docparam{defaultFile}{The default filename, or the empty string.}
-
-\docparam{wildcard}{A wildcard, such as ``*.*".}
-
-\docparam{style}{A dialog style. A bitlist of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxOPEN}}{This is an open dialog (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSAVE}}{This is a save dialog (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHIDE\_READONLY}}{Hide read-only files (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxOVERWRITE\_PROMPT}}{Prompt for a conformation if a file will be overridden (Windows only).}
-\end{twocollist}%
-}
-
-\docparam{pos}{Dialog position. Not implemented.}
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::\destruct{wxFileDialog}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFileDialog}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetDirectory}\label{wxfiledialoggetdirectory}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetDirectory}{\void}
-
-Returns the default directory.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetFilename}\label{wxfiledialoggetfilename}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetFilename}{\void}
-
-Returns the default filename.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetFilterIndex}\label{wxfiledialoggetfilterindex}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFilterIndex}{\void}
-
-Returns the index into the list of filters supplied, optionally, in the wildcard parameter.
-Before the dialog is shown, this is the index which will be used when the dialog is first displayed.
-After the dialog is shown, this is the index selected by the user.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetMessage}\label{wxfiledialoggetmessage}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMessage}{\void}
-
-Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetPath}\label{wxfiledialoggetpath}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetPath}{\void}
-
-Returns the full path (directory and filename) of the selected file.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetStyle}\label{wxfiledialoggetstyle}
-
-\constfunc{long}{GetStyle}{\void}
-
-Returns the dialog style.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::GetWildcard}\label{wxfiledialoggetwildcard}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetWildcard}{\void}
-
-Returns the file dialog wildcard.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetDirectory}\label{wxfiledialogsetdirectory}
-
-\func{void}{SetDirectory}{\param{const wxString\& }{directory}}
-
-Sets the default directory.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetFilename}\label{wxfiledialogsetfilename}
-
-\func{void}{SetFilename}{\param{const wxString\& }{setfilename}}
-
-Sets the default filename.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetFilterIndex}\label{wxfiledialogsetfilterindex}
-
-\func{void}{SetFilterIndex}{\param{int }{filterIndex}}
-
-Sets the default filter index, starting from zero. Windows only.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetMessage}\label{wxfiledialogsetmessage}
-
-\func{void}{SetMessage}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}}
-
-Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetPath}\label{wxfiledialogsetpath}
-
-\func{void}{SetPath}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}}
-
-Sets the path (the combined directory and filename that will be returned when the dialog is dismissed).
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetStyle}\label{wxfiledialogsetstyle}
-
-\func{void}{SetStyle}{\param{long }{style}}
-
-Sets the dialog style. See \helpref{wxFileDialog::wxFileDialog}{wxfiledialogconstr} for details.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::SetWildcard}\label{wxfiledialogsetwildcard}
-
-\func{void}{SetWildcard}{\param{const wxString\& }{wildCard}}
-
-Sets the wildcard, which in Windows can contain multiple file types.
-
-\membersection{wxFileDialog::ShowModal}\label{wxfiledialogshowmodal}
-
-\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
-
-Shows the dialog, returning wxID\_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxOK\_CANCEL
-otherwise.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/filehist.tex

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFileHistory}}\label{wxfilehistory}
-
-The wxFileHistory encapsulates a user interface convenience, the
-list of most recently visited files as shown on a menu (usually the File menu).
-
-wxFileHistory can manage one or more file menus. More than one menu may be required
-in an MDI application, where the file history should appear on each MDI child menu
-as well as the MDI parent frame.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFileHistory overview}{wxfilehistoryoverview}, \helpref{wxDocManager}{wxdocmanager}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::m\_fileHistory}
-
-\member{char**}{m\_fileHistory}
-
-A character array of strings corresponding to the most recently opened
-files.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::m\_fileHistoryN}
-
-\member{int}{m\_fileHistoryN}
-
-The number of files stored in the history array.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::m\_fileMaxFiles}
-
-\member{int}{m\_fileMaxFiles}
-
-The maximum number of files to be stored and displayed on the menu.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::m\_fileMenu}
-
-\member{wxMenu*}{m\_fileMenu}
-
-The file menu used to display the file history list (if enabled).
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::wxFileHistory}
-
-\func{}{wxFileHistory}{\param{int}{ maxFiles = 9}}
-
-Constructor. Pass the maximum number of files that should be stored and displayed.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::\destruct{wxFileHistory}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFileHistory}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::AddFileToHistory}
-
-\func{void}{AddFileToHistory}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-Adds a file to the file history list, if the object has a pointer to an appropriate file menu.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::AddFilesToMenu}\label{wxfilehistoryaddfilestomenu}
-
-\func{void}{AddFilesToMenu}{\void}
-
-Appends the files in the history list, to all menus managed by the file history object.
-
-\func{void}{AddFilesToMenu}{\param{wxMenu*}{ menu}}
-
-Appends the files in the history list, to the given menu only.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::GetHistoryFile}\label{wxfilehistorygethistoryfile}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetHistoryFile}{\param{int}{ index}}
-
-Returns the file at this index (zero-based).
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::GetMaxFiles}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetMaxFiles}{\void}
-
-Returns the maximum number of files that can be stored.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::GetNoHistoryFiles}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetNoHistoryFiles}{\void}
-
-Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::Load}
-
-\func{void}{Load}{\param{wxConfigBase\& }{config}}
-
-Loads the file history from the given config object. This function should be called explicitly by the application.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxConfig}{wxconfigbase}
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::RemoveMenu}
-
-\func{void}{RemoveMenu}{\param{wxMenu* }{menu}}
-
-Removes this menu from the list of those managed by this object.
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::Save}
-
-\func{void}{Save}{\param{wxConfigBase\& }{config}}
-
-Saves the file history into the given config object. This must be called
-explicitly by the application.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxConfig}{wxconfigbase}
-
-\membersection{wxFileHistory::UseMenu}
-
-\func{void}{UseMenu}{\param{wxMenu* }{menu}}
-
-Adds this menu to the list of those managed by this object.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/focusevt.tex

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFocusEvent}}\label{wxfocusevent}
-
-A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxEvent}{wxevent}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Event table macros}
-
-To process a focus event, use these event handler macros to direct input to a member
-function that takes a wxFocusEvent argument.
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_SET\_FOCUS(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_SET\_FOCUS event.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_KILL\_FOCUS(func)}}{Process a wxEVT\_KILL\_FOCUS event.}
-\end{twocollist}%
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnSetFocus}{wxwindowonsetfocus},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxWindow::OnKillFocus}{wxwindowonkillfocus},\rtfsp
-\helpref{Event handling overview}{eventhandlingoverview}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFocusEvent::wxFocusEvent}
-
-\func{}{wxFocusEvent}{\param{WXTYPE }{eventType = 0}, \param{int }{id = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-

docs/latex/wx/font.tex

@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFont}}\label{wxfont}
-
-A font is an object which determines the appearance of text. Fonts are
-used for drawing text to a device context, and setting the appearance of
-a window's text.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxGDIObject}{wxgdiobject}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont overview}{wxfontoverview}, \helpref{wxDC::SetFont}{wxdcsetfont},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxDC::DrawText}{wxdcdrawtext}, \helpref{wxDC::GetTextExtent}{wxdcgettextextent},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFontDialog}{wxfontdialog}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::wxFont}\label{wxfontconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxFont}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxFont}{\param{int}{ pointSize}, \param{int}{ family}, \param{int}{ style}, \param{int}{ weight},
- \param{const bool}{ underline = FALSE}, \param{const wxString\& }{faceName = ""}}
-
-Creates a font object.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{pointSize}{Size in points.}
-
-\docparam{family}{Font family, a generic way of referring to fonts without specifying actual facename. One of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDEFAULT}}{Chooses a default font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDECORATIVE}}{A decorative font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxROMAN}}{A formal, serif font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSCRIPT}}{A handwriting font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSWISS}}{A sans-serif font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxMODERN}}{A fixed pitch font.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\docparam{style}{One of {\bf wxNORMAL}, {\bf wxSLANT} and {\bf wxITALIC}.}
-
-\docparam{weight}{One of {\bf wxNORMAL}, {\bf wxLIGHT} and {\bf wxBOLD}.}
-
-\docparam{underline}{The value can be TRUE or FALSE. At present this has an effect on Windows only.}
-
-\docparam{faceName}{An optional string specifying the actual typeface to be used. If the empty string,
-a default typeface will chosen based on the family.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-If the desired font does not exist, the closest match will be chosen.
-Under Windows, only scaleable TrueType fonts are used.
-
-Underlining only works under Windows at present.
-
-See also \helpref{wxDC::SetFont}{wxdcsetfont}, \helpref{wxDC::DrawText}{wxdcdrawtext}
-and \helpref{wxDC::GetTextExtent}{wxdcgettextextent}.
-
-\membersection{wxFont::\destruct{wxFont}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFont}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The destructor may not delete the underlying font object of the native windowing
-system, since wxBrush uses a reference counting system for efficiency.
-
-Although all remaining fonts are deleted when the application exits,
-the application should try to clean up all fonts itself. This is because
-wxWindows cannot know if a pointer to the font object is stored in an
-application data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetFaceName}\label{wxfontgetfacename}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetFaceName}{\void}
-
-Returns the typeface name associated with the font, or the empty string if there is no
-typeface information.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetFaceName}{wxfontsetfacename}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetFamily}\label{wxfontgetfamily}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFamily}{\void}
-
-Gets the font family. See \helpref{wxFont::wxFont}{wxfontconstr} for a list of valid
-family identifiers.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetFamily}{wxfontsetfamily}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetFontId}\label{wxfontgetfontid}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontId}{\void}
-
-Returns the font id, if the portable font system is in operation. See \helpref{Font overview}{wxfontoverview} for
-further details.
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetPointSize}\label{wxfontgetpointsize}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetPointSize}{\void}
-
-Gets the point size.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetPointSize}{wxfontsetpointsize}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetStyle}\label{wxfontgetstyle}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetStyle}{\void}
-
-Gets the font style. See \helpref{wxFont::wxFont}{wxfontconstr} for a list of valid
-styles.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetStyle}{wxfontsetstyle}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetUnderlined}\label{wxfontgetunderlined}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetUnderlined}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the font is underlined, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetUnderlined}{wxfontsetunderlined}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::GetWeight}\label{wxfontgetweight}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetWeight}{\void}
-
-Gets the font weight. See \helpref{wxFont::wxFont}{wxfontconstr} for a list of valid
-weight identifiers.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::SetWeight}{wxfontsetweight}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetFaceName}\label{wxfontsetfacename}
-
-\func{void}{SetFaceName}{\param{const wxString\& }{faceName}}
-
-Sets the facename for the font.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{faceName}{A valid facename, which should be on the end-user's system.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-To avoid portability problems, don't rely on a specific face, but specify the font family
-instead or as well. A suitable font will be found on the end-user's system. If both the
-family and the facename are specified, wxWindows will first search for the specific face,
-and then for a font belonging to the same family.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetFaceName}{wxfontgetfacename}, \helpref{wxFont::SetFamily}{wxfontsetfamily}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetFamily}\label{wxfontsetfamily}
-
-\func{void}{SetFamily}{\param{int}{ family}}
-
-Sets the font family.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{family}{One of:
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDEFAULT}}{Chooses a default font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxDECORATIVE}}{A decorative font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxROMAN}}{A formal, serif font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSCRIPT}}{A handwriting font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSWISS}}{A sans-serif font.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxMODERN}}{A fixed pitch font.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetFamily}{wxfontgetfamily}, \helpref{wxFont::SetFaceName}{wxfontsetfacename}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetPointSize}\label{wxfontsetpointsize}
-
-\func{void}{SetPointSize}{\param{int}{ pointSize}}
-
-Sets the point size.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{pointSize}{Size in points.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetPointSize}{wxfontgetpointsize}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetStyle}\label{wxfontsetstyle}
-
-\func{void}{SetStyle}{\param{int}{ style}}
-
-Sets the font style.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{style}{One of {\bf wxNORMAL}, {\bf wxSLANT} and {\bf wxITALIC}.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetStyle}{wxfontgetstyle}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetUnderlined}\label{wxfontsetunderlined}
-
-\func{void}{SetUnderlined}{\param{const bool}{ underlined}}
-
-Sets underlining.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{underlining}{TRUE to underline, FALSE otherwise.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetUnderlined}{wxfontgetunderlined}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::SetWeight}\label{wxfontsetweight}
-
-\func{void}{SetWeight}{\param{int}{ weight}}
-
-Sets the font weight.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{weight}{One of {\bf wxNORMAL}, {\bf wxLIGHT} and {\bf wxBOLD}.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont::GetWeight}{wxfontgetweight}
-
-\membersection{wxFont::operator $=$}\label{wxfontassignment}
-
-\func{wxFont\&}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxFont\& }{font}}
-
-Assignment operator, using reference counting. Returns a reference
-to `this'.
-
-\membersection{wxFont::operator $==$}\label{wxfontequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $==$}{\param{const wxFont\& }{font}}
-
-Equality operator. Two fonts are equal if they contain pointers
-to the same underlying font data. It does not compare each attribute,
-so two indefontdently-created fonts using the same parameters will
-fail the test.
-
-\membersection{wxFont::operator $!=$}\label{wxfontnotequals}
-
-\func{bool}{operator $!=$}{\param{const wxFont\& }{font}}
-
-Inequality operator. Two fonts are not equal if they contain pointers
-to different underlying font data. It does not compare each attribute.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/fontdlg.tex

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFontData}}\label{wxfontdata}
-
-\overview{wxFontDialog overview}{wxfontdialogoverview}
-
-This class holds a variety of information related to font dialogs.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{wxfontdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxFontDialog}{wxfontdialog}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::wxFontData}
-
-\func{}{wxFontData}{\void}
-
-Constructor. Initializes {\it fontColour} to black, {\it showHelp} to black,
-\rtfsp{\it allowSymbols} to TRUE, {\it enableEffects} to TRUE,
-\rtfsp{\it minSize} to 0 and {\it maxSize} to 0.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::\destruct{wxFontData}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFontData}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::EnableEffects}
-
-\func{void}{EnableEffects}{\param{bool}{ enable}}
-
-Enables or disables `effects' under MS Windows only. This refers to the
-controls for manipulating colour, strikeout and underline properties.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetAllowSymbols}
-
-\func{bool}{GetAllowSymbols}{\void}
-
-Under MS Windows, returns a flag determining whether symbol fonts can be selected. Has no
-effect on other platforms.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetColour}
-
-\func{wxColour\&}{GetColour}{\void}
-
-Gets the colour associated with the font dialog.
-
-The default value is black.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetChosenFont}
-
-\func{wxFont}{GetChosenFont}{\void}
-
-Gets the font chosen by the user. If the user pressed OK (wxFontDialog::Show returned TRUE), this returns
-a new font which is now `owned' by the application, and should be deleted
-if not required. If the user pressed Cancel (wxFontDialog::Show returned FALSE) or
-the colour dialog has not been invoked yet, this will return NULL.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetEnableEffects}
-
-\func{bool}{GetEnableEffects}{\void}
-
-Determines whether `effects' are enabled under Windows. This refers to the
-controls for manipulating colour, strikeout and underline properties.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetInitialFont}
-
-\func{wxFont}{GetInitialFont}{\void}
-
-Gets the font that will be initially used by the font dialog. This should have
-previously been set by the application.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::GetShowHelp}
-
-\func{bool}{GetShowHelp}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the Help button will be shown (Windows only).
-
-The default value is FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetAllowSymbols}
-
-\func{void}{SetAllowSymbols}{\param{bool}{ allowSymbols}}
-
-Under MS Windows, determines whether symbol fonts can be selected. Has no
-effect on other platforms.
-
-The default value is TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetChosenFont}
-
-\func{void}{SetChosenFont}{\param{const wxFont\& }{font}}
-
-Sets the font that will be returned to the user (for internal use only).
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetColour}
-
-\func{void}{SetColour}{\param{const wxColour\&}{ colour}}
-
-Sets the colour that will be used for the font foreground colour.
-
-The default colour is black.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetInitialFont}
-
-\func{void}{SetInitialFont}{\param{const wxFont\&}{font}}
-
-Sets the font that will be initially used by the font dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetRange}
-
-\func{void}{SetRange}{\param{int}{ min}, \param{int}{ max}}
-
-Sets the valid range for the font point size (Windows only).
-
-The default is 0, 0 (unrestricted range).
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::SetShowHelp}
-
-\func{void}{SetShowHelp}{\param{bool}{ showHelp}}
-
-Determines whether the Help button will be displayed in the font dialog (Windows only).
-
-The default value is FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxFontData::operator $=$}
-
-\func{void}{operator $=$}{\param{const wxFontData\&}{ data}}
-
-Assingment operator for the font data.
-
-\section{\class{wxFontDialog}}\label{wxfontdialog}
-
-This class represents the font chooser dialog.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}\\
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{wxfontdialogoverview}, \helpref{wxFontData}{wxfontdata}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog}
-
-\func{}{wxFontDialog}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxFontData* }{data = NULL}}
-
-Constructor. Pass a parent window, and optionally a pointer to a block of font
-data, which will be copied to the font dialog's font data.
-
-\membersection{wxFontDialog::\destruct{wxFontDialog}}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxFontDialog}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxFontDialog::GetFontData}
-
-\func{wxFontData\&}{GetFontData}{\void}
-
-Returns the \helpref{font data}{wxfontdata} associated with the font dialog.
-
-\membersection{wxFontDialog::ShowModal}
-
-\func{int}{ShowModal}{\void}
-
-Shows the dialog, returning wxID\_OK if the user pressed Ok, and wxID\_CANCEL
-otherwise.
-
-If the user cancels the dialog (ShowModal returns wxID\_CANCEL), no font will be
-created. If the user presses OK (ShowModal returns wxID\_OK), a new wxFont will
-be created and stored in the font dialog's wxFontData structure.
-

docs/latex/wx/fontlist.tex

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFontList}}\label{wxfontlist}
-
-A font list is a list containing all fonts which have been created. There
-is only one instance of this class: {\bf wxTheFontList}.  Use this object to search
-for a previously created font of the desired type and create it if not already found.
-In some windowing systems, the font may be a scarce resource, so it is best to
-reuse old resources if possible.  When an application finishes, all fonts will be
-deleted and their resources freed, eliminating the possibility of `memory leaks'.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxList}{wxlist}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFont}{wxfont}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFontList::wxFontList}
-
-\func{}{wxFontList}{\void}
-
-Constructor. The application should not construct its own font list:
-use the object pointer {\bf wxTheFontList}.
-
-\membersection{wxFontList::AddFont}
-
-\func{void}{AddFont}{\param{wxFont *}{font}}
-
-Used by wxWindows to add a font to the list, called in the font constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxFontList::FindOrCreateFont}\label{findorcreatefont}
-
-\func{wxFont *}{FindOrCreateFont}{\param{int}{ point\_size}, \param{int}{ family}, \param{int}{ style}, \param{int}{ weight}, \param{bool}{ underline = FALSE},
- \param{const wxString\& }{facename = NULL}}
-
-Finds a font of the given specification, or creates one and adds it to the list. See the \helpref{wxFont constructor}{wxfontconstr} for
-details of the arguments.
-
-\membersection{wxFontList::RemoveFont}
-
-\func{void}{RemoveFont}{\param{wxFont *}{font}}
-
-Used by wxWindows to remove a font from the list.
-
-

docs/latex/wx/frame.tex

@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxFrame}}\label{wxframe}
-
-A frame is a window whose size and position can (usually) be changed by the user. It usually has
-thick borders and a title bar, and can optionally contain a menu bar, toolbar and
-status bar. A frame can contain any window that is not a frame or dialog.
-
-A frame that has a status bar and toolbar created via the CreateStatusBar/CreateToolBar functions
-manages these windows, and adjusts the value returned by GetClientSize to reflect
-the remaining size available to application windows.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}\\
-\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Window styles}
-
-\twocolwidtha{5cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxICONIZE}}{Display the frame iconized (minimized) (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxCAPTION}}{Puts a caption on the frame.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxDEFAULT\_FRAME\_STYLE}}{Defined as {\bf wxMINIMIZE\_BOX \pipe wxMAXIMIZE\_BOX \pipe wxTHICK\_FRAME \pipe wxSYSTEM\_MENU \pipe wxCAPTION}.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxMINIMIZE}}{Identical to {\bf wxICONIZE}.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxMINIMIZE\_BOX}}{Displays a minimize box on the frame (Windows and Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxMAXIMIZE}}{Displays the frame maximized (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxMAXIMIZE\_BOX}}{Displays a maximize box on the frame (Windows and Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxSTAY\_ON\_TOP}}{Stay on top of other windows (Windows only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxSYSTEM\_MENU}}{Displays a system menu (Windows and Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxTHICK\_FRAME}}{Displays a thick frame around the window (Windows and Motif only).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxRESIZE\_BORDER}}{Displays a resizeable border around the window (Motif only).}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-See also \helpref{window styles overview}{windowstyles}.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-An application should normally define an \helpref{OnCloseWindow}{wxwindowonclosewindow} handler for the
-frame to respond to system close events, for example so that related data and subwindows can be cleaned up.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxMDIParentFrame}{wxmdiparentframe}, \helpref{wxMDIChildFrame}{wxmdichildframe},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxMiniFrame}{wxminiframe}, \helpref{wxDialog}{wxdialog}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::wxFrame}\label{wxframeconstr}
-
-\func{}{wxFrame}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxFrame}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_FRAME\_STYLE},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{name = ``frame"}}
-
-Constructor, creating the window.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{The window parent. This may be NULL. If it is non-NULL, the frame will
-always be displayed on top of the parent window on Windows.}
-
-\docparam{id}{The window identifier. It may take a value of -1 to indicate a default value.}
-
-\docparam{title}{The caption to be displayed on the frame's title bar.}
-
-\docparam{pos}{The window position. A value of (-1, -1) indicates a default position, chosen by
-either the windowing system or wxWindows, depending on platform.}
-
-\docparam{size}{The window size. A value of (-1, -1) indicates a default size, chosen by
-either the windowing system or wxWindows, depending on platform.}
-
-\docparam{style}{The window style. See \helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}.}
-
-\docparam{name}{The name of the window. This parameter is used to associate a name with the item,
-allowing the application user to set Motif resource values for
-individual windows.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-For Motif, MWM (the Motif Window Manager) should be running for any window styles to work
-(otherwise all styles take effect).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::Create}{wxframecreate}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::\destruct{wxFrame}}
-
-\func{void}{\destruct{wxFrame}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::Centre}\label{wxframecentre}
-
-\func{void}{Centre}{\param{int}{ direction = wxBOTH}}
-
-Centres the frame on the display.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{direction}{The parameter may be {\tt wxHORIZONTAL}, {\tt wxVERTICAL} or {\tt wxBOTH}.}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::Command}\label{wxframecommand}
-
-\func{void}{Command}{\param{int }{id}}
-
-Simulate a menu command.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{id}{The identifier for a menu item.}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::Create}\label{wxframecreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{const wxPoint\&}{ pos = wxDefaultPosition},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxSize\&}{ size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long}{ style = wxDEFAULT\_FRAME\_STYLE},\rtfsp
-\param{const wxString\& }{name = ``frame"}}
-
-Used in two-step frame construction. See \helpref{wxFrame::wxFrame}{wxframeconstr}\rtfsp
-for further details.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}\label{wxframecreatestatusbar}
-
-\func{virtual wxStatusBar*}{CreateStatusBar}{\param{int}{ number = 1},
- \param{long}{ style = 0},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id = -1}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name = "statusBar"}}
-
-Creates a status bar at the bottom of the frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{number}{The number of fields to create. Specify a
-value greater than 1 to create a multi-field status bar.}
-
-\docparam{style}{The status bar style. See \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar} for a list
-of valid styles.}
-
-\docparam{id}{The status bar window identifier. If -1, an identifier will be chosen by
-wxWindows.}
-
-\docparam{name}{The status bar window name.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A pointer to the the status bar if it was created successfully, NULL otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The width of the status bar is the whole width of the frame (adjusted automatically when
-resizing), and the height and text size are chosen by the host windowing system.
-
-By default, the status bar is an instance of wxStatusBar. To use a different class,
-override \helpref{wxFrame::OnCreateStatusBar}{wxframeoncreatestatusbar}.
-
-Note that you can put controls and other windows on the status bar if you wish.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::SetStatusText}{wxframesetstatustext},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::OnCreateStatusBar}{wxframeoncreatestatusbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetStatusBar}{wxframegetstatusbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::CreateToolBar}\label{wxframecreatetoolbar}
-
-\func{virtual wxToolBar*}{CreateToolBar}{\param{long}{ style = wxNO\_BORDER \pipe wxTB\_HORIZONTAL},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id = -1}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name = "toolBar"}}
-
-Creates a toolbar at the top or left of the frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{style}{The toolbar style. See \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar} for a list
-of valid styles.}
-
-\docparam{id}{The toolbar window identifier. If -1, an identifier will be chosen by
-wxWindows.}
-
-\docparam{name}{The toolbar window name.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A pointer to the the toolbar if it was created successfully, NULL otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-By default, the toolbar is an instance of wxToolBar (which is defined to be
-a suitable toolbar class on each platform, such as wxToolBar95). To use a different class,
-override \helpref{wxFrame::OnCreateToolBar}{wxframeoncreatetoolbar}.
-
-When a toolbar has been created with this function, or made known to the frame
-with \helpref{wxFrame::SetToolBar}{wxframesettoolbar}, the frame will manage the toolbar
-position and adjust the return value from \helpref{wxWindow::GetClientSize}{wxwindowgetclientsize} to
-reflect the available space for application windows.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::OnCreateToolBar}{wxframeoncreatetoolbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::SetToolBar}{wxframesettoolbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetToolBar}{wxframegettoolbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::GetMenuBar}\label{wxframegetmenubar}
-
-\constfunc{wxMenuBar*}{GetMenuBar}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the menubar currently associated with the frame (if any).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::SetMenuBar}{wxframesetmenubar}, \helpref{wxMenuBar}{wxmenubar}, \helpref{wxMenu}{wxmenu}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::GetStatusBar}\label{wxframegetstatusbar}
-
-\func{wxStatusBar*}{GetStatusBar}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the status bar currently associated with the frame (if any).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}, \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::GetTitle}\label{wxframegettitle}
-
-\func{wxString\&}{GetTitle}{\void}
-
-Gets a temporary pointer to the frame title. See
-\helpref{wxFrame::SetTitle}{wxframesettitle}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::GetToolBar}\label{wxframegettoolbar}
-
-\func{wxToolBar*}{GetToolBar}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to the toolbar currently associated with the frame (if any).
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateToolBar}{wxframecreatetoolbar}, \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::SetToolBar}{wxframesettoolbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::Iconize}\label{wxframeiconize}
-
-\func{void}{Iconize}{\param{const bool}{ iconize}}
-
-Iconizes or restores the frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{izonize}{If TRUE, iconizes the frame; if FALSE, shows and restores it.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::IsIconized}{wxframeisiconized}, \helpref{wxFrame::Maximize}{wxframemaximize}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::IsIconized}\label{wxframeisiconized}
-
-\func{bool}{IsIconized}{\void}
-
-Returns TRUE if the frame is iconized.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::LoadAccelerators}\label{wxframeloadaccelerators}
-
-\func{void}{LoadAccelerators}{\param{const wxString\& }{table}}
-
-Loads a keyboard accelerator table for this frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{table}{Accelerator table to load.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-TRUE if the operation was successful, FALSE otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Accelerator tables map keystrokes onto control and menu identifiers, so the
-programmer does not have to explicitly program this correspondence.
-
-See the hello demo ({\tt hello.cpp} and {\tt hello.rc}) for
-an example of accelerator usage. This is a fragment from {\tt hello.rc}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-#define HELLO_LOAD_FILE  111
-
-menus_accel ACCELERATORS
-{
-
-"^L", HELLO_LOAD_FILE
-
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This function only works under Windows.
-
-% huh? If you call LoadAccelerators, you need to override wxFrame::OnActivate to do nothing.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::Maximize}\label{wxframemaximize}
-
-\func{void}{Maximize}{\param{const bool }{maximize}}
-
-Maximizes or restores the frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{maximize}{If TRUE, maximizes the frame, otherwise it restores it}.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-This function only works under Windows.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::Iconize}{wxframeiconize}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnActivate}
-
-\func{void}{OnActivate}{\param{bool}{ active}}
-
-Called when a window is activated or deactivated (MS Windows
-only). If the window is being activated, {\it active} is TRUE, else it
-is FALSE.
-
-If you call wxFrame::LoadAccelerators, you need to override this function e.g.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-   void OnActivate(bool) {};
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnCreateStatusBar}\label{wxframeoncreatestatusbar}
-
-\func{virtual wxStatusBar*}{OnCreateStatusBar}{\param{int }{number}
- \param{long}{ style},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name}}
-
-Virtual function called when a status bar is requested by \helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{number}{The number of fields to create.}
-
-\docparam{style}{The window style. See \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar} for a list
-of valid styles.}
-
-\docparam{id}{The window identifier. If -1, an identifier will be chosen by
-wxWindows.}
-
-\docparam{name}{The window name.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A status bar object.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-An application can override this function to return a different kind of status bar. The default
-implementation returns an instance of \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}, \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnCreateToolBar}\label{wxframeoncreatetoolbar}
-
-\func{virtual wxToolBar*}{OnCreateToolBar}{\param{long}{ style},
- \param{wxWindowID}{ id}, \param{const wxString\&}{ name}}
-
-Virtual function called when a toolbar is requested by \helpref{wxFrame::CreateToolBar}{wxframecreatetoolbar}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{style}{The toolbar style. See \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar} for a list
-of valid styles.}
-
-\docparam{id}{The toolbar window identifier. If -1, an identifier will be chosen by
-wxWindows.}
-
-\docparam{name}{The toolbar window name.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-A toolbar object.
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-An application can override this function to return a different kind of toolbar. The default
-implementation returns an instance of \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar}.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateToolBar}{wxframecreatetoolbar}, \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnMenuCommand}\label{wxframeonmenucommand}
-
-\func{void}{OnMenuCommand}{\param{wxCommandEvent\&}{ event}}
-
-See \helpref{wxWindow::OnMenuCommand}{wxwindowonmenucommand}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnMenuHighlight}\label{wxframeonmenuhighlight}
-
-\func{void}{OnMenuHighlight}{\param{wxMenuEvent\&}{ event}}
-
-See \helpref{wxWindow::OnMenuHighlight}{wxwindowonmenuhighlight}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::OnSize}\label{wxframeonsize}
-
-\func{void}{OnSize}{\param{wxSizeEvent\& }{event}}
-
-See \helpref{wxWindow::OnSize}{wxwindowonsize}.
-
-The default {\bf wxFrame::OnSize} implementation looks for a single subwindow,
-and if one is found, resizes it to fit
-inside the frame. Override this member if more complex behaviour
-is required (for example, if there are several subwindows).
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetIcon}\label{wxframeseticon}
-
-\func{void}{SetIcon}{\param{const wxIcon\& }{icon}}
-
-Sets the icon for this frame.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{icon}{The icon to associate with this frame.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The frame takes a `copy' of {\it icon}, but since it uses reference
-counting, the copy is very quick. It is safe to delete {\it icon} after
-calling this function.
-
-Under Windows, instead of using {\bf SetIcon}, you can add the
-following lines to your MS Windows resource file:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxSTD_MDIPARENTFRAME ICON icon1.ico
-wxSTD_MDICHILDFRAME  ICON icon2.ico
-wxSTD_FRAME          ICON icon3.ico
-\end{verbatim}
-
-where icon1.ico will be used for the MDI parent frame, icon2.ico
-will be used for MDI child frames, and icon3.ico will be used for
-non-MDI frames.
-
-If these icons are not supplied, and {\bf SetIcon} is not called either,
-then the following defaults apply if you have included wx.rc.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxDEFAULT_FRAME               ICON std.ico
-wxDEFAULT_MDIPARENTFRAME      ICON mdi.ico
-wxDEFAULT_MDICHILDFRAME       ICON child.ico
-\end{verbatim}
-
-You can replace std.ico, mdi.ico and child.ico with your own defaults
-for all your wxWindows application. Currently they show the same icon.
-
-{\it Note:} a wxWindows application linked with subsystem equal to 4.0
-(i.e. marked as a Windows 95 application) doesn't respond properly
-to wxFrame::SetIcon. To work around this until a solution is found,
-mark your program as a 3.5 application. This will also ensure
-that Windows provides small icons for the application automatically.
-
-See also \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetMenuBar}\label{wxframesetmenubar}
-
-\func{void}{SetMenuBar}{\param{wxMenuBar* }{menuBar}}
-
-Tells the frame to show the given menu bar.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{menuBar}{The menu bar to associate with the frame.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-If the frame is destroyed, the
-menu bar and its menus will be destroyed also, so do not delete the menu
-bar explicitly (except by resetting the frame's menu bar to another
-frame or NULL).
-
-Under Windows, a call to \helpref{wxFrame::OnSize}{wxframeonsize} is generated, so be sure to initialize
-data members properly before calling {\bf SetMenuBar}.
-
-Note that it is not possible to call this function twice for the same frame object.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetMenuBar}{wxframegetmenubar}, \helpref{wxMenuBar}{wxmenubar}, \helpref{wxMenu}{wxmenu}.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetStatusBar}\label{wxframesetstatusbar}
-
-\func{void}{SetStatusBar}{\param{wxStatusBar*}{ statusBar}}
-
-Associates a status bar with the frame.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}, \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetStatusBar}{wxframegetstatusbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetStatusText}\label{wxframesetstatustext}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetStatusText}{\param{const wxString\& }{ text}, \param{int}{ number = 0}}
-
-Sets the status bar text and redraws the status bar.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{text}{The text for the status field.}
-
-\docparam{number}{The status field (starting from zero).}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-Use an empty string to clear the status bar.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}, \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetStatusWidths}\label{wxframesetstatuswidths}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetStatusWidths}{\param{int}{ n}, \param{int *}{widths}}
-
-Sets the widths of the fields in the status bar.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\wxheading{n}{The number of fields in the status bar. It must be the
-same used in \helpref{CreateStatusBar}{wxframecreatestatusbar}.}
-
-\docparam{widths}{Must contain an array of {\it n} integers, each of which is a status field width
-in pixels. A value of -1 indicates that the field is variable width; at least one
-field must be -1. You should delete this array after calling {\bf SetStatusWidths}.}
-
-\wxheading{Remarks}
-
-The widths of the variable fields are calculated from the total width of all fields,
-minus the sum of widths of the non-variable fields, divided by the number of 
-variable fields.
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetToolBar}\label{wxframesettoolbar}
-
-\func{void}{SetToolBar}{\param{wxToolBar*}{ toolBar}}
-
-Associates a toolbar with the frame.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::CreateToolBar}{wxframecreatetoolbar}, \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar},\rtfsp
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetToolBar}{wxframegettoolbar}
-
-\membersection{wxFrame::SetTitle}\label{wxframesettitle}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetTitle}{\param{const wxString\& }{ title}}
-
-Sets the frame title.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{title}{The frame title.}
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame::GetTitle}{wxframegettitle}
-